diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Documentation')
273 files changed, 7053 insertions, 1533 deletions
diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget index 01e769d6984..37559a06393 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget @@ -1,13 +1,13 @@ What: /config/usb-gadget Date: Jun 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.11 +KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: This group contains sub-groups corresponding to created USB gadgets. What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget Date: Jun 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.11 +KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: The attributes of a gadget: @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ Description: What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/configs Date: Jun 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.11 +KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: This group contains a USB gadget's configurations @@ -58,20 +58,20 @@ Description: What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions Date: Jun 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.11 +KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: This group contains functions available to this USB gadget. What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings Date: Jun 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.11 +KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: This group contains subdirectories for language-specific strings for this gadget. What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/strings/language Date: Jun 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.11 +KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: The attributes: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm index 5708a568b5f..d21092d75a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-acm @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/acm.name Date: Jun 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.11 +KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm index 6b9a582ce0b..0addf7704b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ecm @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ecm.name Date: Jun 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.11 +KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: The attributes: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem index dbddf36b48b..a4c57158fcd 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-eem @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/eem.name Date: Jun 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.11 +KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: The attributes: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs index 14343e237e8..e39b27653c6 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ffs @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ffs.name Date: Nov 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.13 +KernelVersion: 3.13 Description: The purpose of this directory is to create and remove it. A corresponding USB function instance is created/removed. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback index 852b2365a5b..9aae5bfb990 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-loopback @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/Loopback.name Date: Nov 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.13 +KernelVersion: 3.13 Description: The attributes: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage index ad72a37ee9f..9931fb0d63b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-mass-storage @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name Date: Oct 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.13 +KernelVersion: 3.13 Description: The attributes: @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Description: What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/mass_storage.name/lun.name Date: Oct 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.13 +KernelVersion: 3.13 Description: The attributes: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm index bc309f42357..6fe723effc7 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-ncm @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/ncm.name Date: Jun 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.11 +KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: The attributes: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex index aaa5c96fb7c..a6a9327ed9b 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-obex @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/obex.name Date: Jun 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.11 +KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet index 3e3b742cdfd..7037a358e6c 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-phonet @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/phonet.name Date: Jun 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.11 +KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: This item contains just one readonly attribute: ifname. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis index 822e6dad8fc..e32879b84b4 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-rndis @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/rndis.name Date: Jun 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.11 +KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: The attributes: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial index 16f130c1501..474d249f760 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-serial @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/gser.name Date: Jun 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.11 +KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: This item contains just one readonly attribute: port_num. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink index a30f3093ef6..29477c319f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-sourcesink @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/SourceSink.name Date: Nov 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.13 +KernelVersion: 3.13 Description: The attributes: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset index 154ae597cd9..9373e2c51ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/configfs-usb-gadget-subset @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ What: /config/usb-gadget/gadget/functions/geth.name Date: Jun 2013 -KenelVersion: 3.11 +KernelVersion: 3.11 Description: The attributes: diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd index 0a306476424..501adc2a9ec 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-bus-rbd @@ -18,6 +18,28 @@ Removal of a device: $ echo <dev-id> > /sys/bus/rbd/remove +What: /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major +Date: December 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.14 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com> +Description: Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major + parameter set to true. + Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/add. If present, + should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use + /sys/bus/rbd/add if /sys/bus/rbd/add_single_major is + available will fail for backwards compatibility reasons. + +What: /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major +Date: December 2013 +KernelVersion: 3.14 +Contact: Sage Weil <sage@inktank.com> +Description: Available only if rbd module is inserted with single_major + parameter set to true. + Usage is the same as for /sys/bus/rbd/remove. If present, + should be used instead of the latter: any attempts to use + /sys/bus/rbd/remove if /sys/bus/rbd/remove_single_major is + available will fail for backwards compatibility reasons. + Entries under /sys/bus/rbd/devices/<dev-id>/ -------------------------------------------- @@ -33,6 +55,10 @@ major The block device major number. +minor + + The block device minor number. (December 2013, since 3.14.) + name The name of the rbd image. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh index 0baa657b18c..4793d3dff6a 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-class-net-mesh @@ -68,6 +68,14 @@ Description: Defines the penalty which will be applied to an originator message's tq-field on every hop. +What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/isolation_mark +Date: Nov 2013 +Contact: Antonio Quartulli <antonio@meshcoding.com> +Description: + Defines the isolation mark (and its bitmask) which + is used to classify clients as "isolated" by the + Extended Isolation feature. + What: /sys/class/net/<mesh_iface>/mesh/network_coding Date: Nov 2012 Contact: Martin Hundeboll <martin@hundeboll.net> diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu index 468e4d48f88..d5a0d33c571 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-devices-system-cpu @@ -200,3 +200,27 @@ Description: address and size of the percpu note. note of cpu#. crash_notes_size: size of the note of cpu#. + + +What: /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/max_perf_pct + /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/min_perf_pct + /sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/no_turbo +Date: February 2013 +Contact: linux-pm@vger.kernel.org +Description: Parameters for the Intel P-state driver + + Logic for selecting the current P-state in Intel + Sandybridge+ processors. The three knobs control + limits for the P-state that will be requested by the + driver. + + max_perf_pct: limits the maximum P state that will be requested by + the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance. + + min_perf_pct: limits the minimum P state that will be requested by + the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance. + + no_turbo: limits the driver to selecting P states below the turbo + frequency range. + + More details can be found in Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs index 31942efcaf0..32b0809203d 100644 --- a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-fs-f2fs @@ -24,3 +24,34 @@ Date: July 2013 Contact: "Namjae Jeon" <namjae.jeon@samsung.com> Description: Controls the victim selection policy for garbage collection. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/reclaim_segments +Date: October 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the issue rate of segment discard commands. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/ipu_policy +Date: November 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the in-place-update policy. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/min_ipu_util +Date: November 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the FS utilization condition for the in-place-update + policies. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_small_discards +Date: November 2013 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the issue rate of small discard commands. + +What: /sys/fs/f2fs/<disk>/max_victim_search +Date: January 2014 +Contact: "Jaegeuk Kim" <jaegeuk.kim@samsung.com> +Description: + Controls the number of trials to find a victim segment. diff --git a/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7bd81168e06 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/ABI/testing/sysfs-kernel-vmcoreinfo @@ -0,0 +1,14 @@ +What: /sys/kernel/vmcoreinfo +Date: October 2007 +KernelVersion: 2.6.24 +Contact: Ken'ichi Ohmichi <oomichi@mxs.nes.nec.co.jp> + Kexec Mailing List <kexec@lists.infradead.org> + Vivek Goyal <vgoyal@redhat.com> +Description + Shows physical address and size of vmcoreinfo ELF note. + First value contains physical address of note in hex and + second value contains the size of note in hex. This ELF + note info is parsed by second kernel and exported to user + space as part of ELF note in /proc/vmcore file. This note + contains various information like struct size, symbol + values, page size etc. diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml index 0c7195e3e09..c4cac6dbf9a 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/compat.xml @@ -2523,6 +2523,18 @@ that used it. It was originally scheduled for removal in 2.6.35. </orderedlist> </section> + <section> + <title>V4L2 in Linux 3.14</title> + <orderedlist> + <listitem> + <para> In struct <structname>v4l2_rect</structname>, the type +of <structfield>width</structfield> and <structfield>height</structfield> +fields changed from _s32 to _u32. + </para> + </listitem> + </orderedlist> + </section> + <section id="other"> <title>Relation of V4L2 to other Linux multimedia APIs</title> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml index 7a3b49b3cc3..a5a3188e5af 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/controls.xml @@ -3161,6 +3161,47 @@ V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_GOLDEN_FRAME_REF_PERIOD as a golden frame.</entry> </entrytbl> </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_MIN_QP</constant></entry> + <entry>integer</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Minimum quantization parameter for VP8.</entry> + </row> + + <row><entry></entry></row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_MAX_QP</constant></entry> + <entry>integer</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Maximum quantization parameter for VP8.</entry> + </row> + + <row><entry></entry></row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_I_FRAME_QP</constant> </entry> + <entry>integer</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Quantization parameter for an I frame for VP8.</entry> + </row> + + <row><entry></entry></row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_P_FRAME_QP</constant> </entry> + <entry>integer</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Quantization parameter for a P frame for VP8.</entry> + </row> + + <row><entry></entry></row> + <row> + <entry spanname="id"><constant>V4L2_CID_MPEG_VIDEO_VPX_PROFILE</constant> </entry> + <entry>integer</entry> + </row> + <row><entry spanname="descr">Select the desired profile for VPx encoder. +Acceptable values are 0, 1, 2 and 3 corresponding to encoder profiles 0, 1, 2 and 3.</entry> + </row> + <row><entry></entry></row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-overlay.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-overlay.xml index 40d1d768143..cc6e0c5c960 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-overlay.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/dev-overlay.xml @@ -346,17 +346,14 @@ rectangle, in pixels.</entry> rectangle, in pixels. Offsets increase to the right and down.</entry> </row> <row> - <entry>__s32</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry> <entry>Width of the rectangle, in pixels.</entry> </row> <row> - <entry>__s32</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry> - <entry>Height of the rectangle, in pixels. Width and -height cannot be negative, the fields are signed for hysterical -reasons. <!-- video4linux-list@redhat.com on 22 Oct 2002 subject -"Re:[V4L][patches!] Re:v4l2/kernel-2.5" --></entry> + <entry>Height of the rectangle, in pixels.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml index 355df43badc..cf8548556c7 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/media-ioc-enum-links.xml @@ -134,6 +134,15 @@ <entry>Output pad, relative to the entity. Output pads source data and are origins of links.</entry> </row> + <row> + <entry><constant>MEDIA_PAD_FL_MUST_CONNECT</constant></entry> + <entry>If this flag is set and the pad is linked to any other + pad, then at least one of those links must be enabled for the + entity to be able to stream. There could be temporary reasons + (e.g. device configuration dependent) for the pad to need + enabled links even when this flag isn't set; the absence of the + flag doesn't imply there is none.</entry> + </row> </tbody> </tgroup> </table> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml index f72c1cc93a9..7331ce116f4 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/subdev-formats.xml @@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ <constant>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_RGB555_2X8_PADHI_BE</constant>. </para> - <para>The following tables list existing packet RGB formats.</para> + <para>The following tables list existing packed RGB formats.</para> <table pgwide="0" frame="none" id="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-rgb"> <title>RGB formats</title> @@ -615,7 +615,7 @@ </mediaobject> </figure> - <para>The following table lists existing packet Bayer formats. The data + <para>The following table lists existing packed Bayer formats. The data organization is given as an example for the first pixel only.</para> <table pgwide="0" frame="none" id="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-bayer"> @@ -1178,7 +1178,7 @@ U, Y, V, Y order will be named <constant>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_UYVY8_2X8</constant>. </para> - <para><xref linkend="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-yuv8"/> list existing packet YUV + <para><xref linkend="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-yuv8"/> lists existing packed YUV formats and describes the organization of each pixel data in each sample. When a format pattern is split across multiple samples each of the samples in the pattern is described.</para> @@ -2492,6 +2492,163 @@ </section> <section> + <title>HSV/HSL Formats</title> + + <para>Those formats transfer pixel data as RGB values in a cylindrical-coordinate + system using Hue-Saturation-Value or Hue-Saturation-Lightness components. The + format code is made of the following information. + <itemizedlist> + <listitem><para>The hue, saturation, value or lightness and optional alpha + components order code, as encoded in a pixel sample. The only currently + supported value is AHSV. + </para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The number of bits per component, for each component. The values + can be different for all components. The only currently supported value is 8888. + </para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The number of bus samples per pixel. Pixels that are wider than + the bus width must be transferred in multiple samples. The only currently + supported value is 1.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>The bus width.</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>For formats where the total number of bits per pixel is smaller + than the number of bus samples per pixel times the bus width, a padding + value stating if the bytes are padded in their most high order bits + (PADHI) or low order bits (PADLO).</para></listitem> + <listitem><para>For formats where the number of bus samples per pixel is larger + than 1, an endianness value stating if the pixel is transferred MSB first + (BE) or LSB first (LE).</para></listitem> + </itemizedlist> + </para> + + <para>The following table lists existing HSV/HSL formats.</para> + + <table pgwide="0" frame="none" id="v4l2-mbus-pixelcode-hsv"> + <title>HSV/HSL formats</title> + <tgroup cols="27"> + <colspec colname="id" align="left" /> + <colspec colname="code" align="center"/> + <colspec colname="bit" /> + <colspec colnum="4" colname="b31" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="5" colname="b20" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="6" colname="b29" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="7" colname="b28" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="8" colname="b27" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="9" colname="b26" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="10" colname="b25" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="11" colname="b24" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="12" colname="b23" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="13" colname="b22" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="14" colname="b21" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="15" colname="b20" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="16" colname="b19" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="17" colname="b18" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="18" colname="b17" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="19" colname="b16" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="20" colname="b15" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="21" colname="b14" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="22" colname="b13" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="23" colname="b12" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="24" colname="b11" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="25" colname="b10" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="26" colname="b09" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="27" colname="b08" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="28" colname="b07" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="29" colname="b06" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="30" colname="b05" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="31" colname="b04" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="32" colname="b03" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="33" colname="b02" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="34" colname="b01" align="center" /> + <colspec colnum="35" colname="b00" align="center" /> + <spanspec namest="b31" nameend="b00" spanname="b0" /> + <thead> + <row> + <entry>Identifier</entry> + <entry>Code</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry spanname="b0">Data organization</entry> + </row> + <row> + <entry></entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>Bit</entry> + <entry>31</entry> + <entry>30</entry> + <entry>29</entry> + <entry>28</entry> + <entry>27</entry> + <entry>26</entry> + <entry>25</entry> + <entry>24</entry> + <entry>23</entry> + <entry>22</entry> + <entry>21</entry> + <entry>20</entry> + <entry>19</entry> + <entry>18</entry> + <entry>17</entry> + <entry>16</entry> + <entry>15</entry> + <entry>14</entry> + <entry>13</entry> + <entry>12</entry> + <entry>11</entry> + <entry>10</entry> + <entry>9</entry> + <entry>8</entry> + <entry>7</entry> + <entry>6</entry> + <entry>5</entry> + <entry>4</entry> + <entry>3</entry> + <entry>2</entry> + <entry>1</entry> + <entry>0</entry> + </row> + </thead> + <tbody valign="top"> + <row id="V4L2-MBUS-FMT-AHSV8888-1X32"> + <entry>V4L2_MBUS_FMT_AHSV8888_1X32</entry> + <entry>0x6001</entry> + <entry></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>a<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>h<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>h<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>h<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>h<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>h<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>h<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>h<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>h<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>s<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>s<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>s<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>s<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>s<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>s<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>s<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>s<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>7</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>6</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>5</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>4</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>3</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>2</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>1</subscript></entry> + <entry>v<subscript>0</subscript></entry> + </row> + </tbody> + </tgroup> + </table> + </section> + + <section> <title>JPEG Compressed Formats</title> <para>Those data formats consist of an ordered sequence of 8-bit bytes diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml index 8469fe13945..74b7f27af71 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/v4l2.xml @@ -141,6 +141,14 @@ structs, ioctls) must be noted in more detail in the history chapter applications. --> <revision> + <revnumber>3.14</revnumber> + <date>2013-11-25</date> + <authorinitials>rr</authorinitials> + <revremark>Set width and height as unsigned on v4l2_rect. + </revremark> + </revision> + + <revision> <revnumber>3.11</revnumber> <date>2013-05-26</date> <authorinitials>hv</authorinitials> @@ -501,7 +509,7 @@ and discussions on the V4L mailing list.</revremark> </partinfo> <title>Video for Linux Two API Specification</title> - <subtitle>Revision 3.11</subtitle> + <subtitle>Revision 3.14</subtitle> <chapter id="common"> &sub-common; diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml index bf7cc979fdf..1f5ed64cd75 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-cropcap.xml @@ -133,18 +133,14 @@ rectangle, in pixels.</entry> rectangle, in pixels.</entry> </row> <row> - <entry>__s32</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>width</structfield></entry> <entry>Width of the rectangle, in pixels.</entry> </row> <row> - <entry>__s32</entry> + <entry>__u32</entry> <entry><structfield>height</structfield></entry> - <entry>Height of the rectangle, in pixels. Width -and height cannot be negative, the fields are signed for -hysterical reasons. <!-- video4linux-list@redhat.com -on 22 Oct 2002 subject "Re:[V4L][patches!] Re:v4l2/kernel-2.5" --> -</entry> + <entry>Height of the rectangle, in pixels.</entry> </row> </tbody> </tgroup> diff --git a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml index 716ea15e54a..65dff55079d 100644 --- a/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml +++ b/Documentation/DocBook/media/v4l/vidioc-streamon.xml @@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ buffers are filled (if there are any empty buffers in the incoming queue) until <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> has been called. Accordingly the output hardware is disabled, no video signal is produced until <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMON</constant> has been called. -The ioctl will succeed only when at least one output buffer is in the +The ioctl will succeed when at least one output buffer is in the incoming queue.</para> <para>The <constant>VIDIOC_STREAMOFF</constant> ioctl, apart of diff --git a/Documentation/acpi/namespace.txt b/Documentation/acpi/namespace.txt index 260f6a3661f..1860cb3865c 100644 --- a/Documentation/acpi/namespace.txt +++ b/Documentation/acpi/namespace.txt @@ -235,10 +235,6 @@ Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>. named object's type in the second column). In that case the object's directory in sysfs will contain the 'path' attribute whose value is the full path to the node from the namespace root. - struct acpi_device objects are created for the ACPI namespace nodes - whose _STA control methods return PRESENT or FUNCTIONING. The power - resource nodes or nodes without _STA are assumed to be both PRESENT - and FUNCTIONING. F: The struct acpi_device object is created for a fixed hardware feature (as indicated by the fixed feature flag's name in the second @@ -340,7 +336,7 @@ Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>. | +-------------+-------+----------------+ | | | | +- - - - - - - +- - - - - - +- - - - - - - -+ - | +-| * PNP0C0D:00 | \_SB_.LID0 | acpi:PNP0C0D: | + | +-| PNP0C0D:00 | \_SB_.LID0 | acpi:PNP0C0D: | | | +- - - - - - - +- - - - - - +- - - - - - - -+ | | | | +------------+------------+-----------------------+ @@ -390,6 +386,3 @@ Wysocki <rafael.j.wysocki@intel.com>. attribute (as described earlier in this document). NOTE: N/A indicates the device object does not have the 'path' or the 'modalias' attribute. - NOTE: The PNP0C0D device listed above is highlighted (marked by "*") - to indicate it will be created only when its _STA methods return - PRESENT or FUNCTIONING. diff --git a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README index da0151db996..5a930c1528a 100644 --- a/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README +++ b/Documentation/arm/Marvell/README @@ -211,6 +211,30 @@ MMP/MMP2 family (communication processor) Linux kernel mach directory: arch/arm/mach-mmp Linux kernel plat directory: arch/arm/plat-pxa +Berlin family (Digital Entertainment) +------------------------------------- + + Flavors: + 88DE3005, Armada 1500-mini + Design name: BG2CD + Core: ARM Cortex-A9, PL310 L2CC + Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/armada-1500-mini/ + 88DE3100, Armada 1500 + Design name: BG2 + Core: Marvell PJ4B (ARMv7), Tauros3 L2CC + Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/armada-1500/ + Product Brief: http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/armada-1500/assets/Marvell-ARMADA-1500-Product-Brief.pdf + 88DE???? + Design name: BG3 + Core: ARM Cortex-A15, CA15 integrated L2CC + + Homepage: http://www.marvell.com/digital-entertainment/ + Directory: arch/arm/mach-berlin + + Comments: + * This line of SoCs is based on Marvell Sheeva or ARM Cortex CPUs + with Synopsys DesignWare (IRQ, GPIO, Timers, ...) and PXA IP (SDHCI, USB, ETH, ...). + Long-term plans --------------- diff --git a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt index 8df5e8e6dce..2101e718670 100644 --- a/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt +++ b/Documentation/block/biodoc.txt @@ -447,14 +447,13 @@ struct bio_vec { * main unit of I/O for the block layer and lower layers (ie drivers) */ struct bio { - sector_t bi_sector; struct bio *bi_next; /* request queue link */ struct block_device *bi_bdev; /* target device */ unsigned long bi_flags; /* status, command, etc */ unsigned long bi_rw; /* low bits: r/w, high: priority */ unsigned int bi_vcnt; /* how may bio_vec's */ - unsigned int bi_idx; /* current index into bio_vec array */ + struct bvec_iter bi_iter; /* current index into bio_vec array */ unsigned int bi_size; /* total size in bytes */ unsigned short bi_phys_segments; /* segments after physaddr coalesce*/ @@ -480,7 +479,7 @@ With this multipage bio design: - Code that traverses the req list can find all the segments of a bio by using rq_for_each_segment. This handles the fact that a request has multiple bios, each of which can have multiple segments. -- Drivers which can't process a large bio in one shot can use the bi_idx +- Drivers which can't process a large bio in one shot can use the bi_iter field to keep track of the next bio_vec entry to process. (e.g a 1MB bio_vec needs to be handled in max 128kB chunks for IDE) [TBD: Should preferably also have a bi_voffset and bi_vlen to avoid modifying @@ -589,7 +588,7 @@ driver should not modify these values. The block layer sets up the nr_sectors and current_nr_sectors fields (based on the corresponding hard_xxx values and the number of bytes transferred) and updates it on every transfer that invokes end_that_request_first. It does the same for the -buffer, bio, bio->bi_idx fields too. +buffer, bio, bio->bi_iter fields too. The buffer field is just a virtual address mapping of the current segment of the i/o buffer in cases where the buffer resides in low-memory. For high diff --git a/Documentation/block/biovecs.txt b/Documentation/block/biovecs.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..74a32ad52f5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/block/biovecs.txt @@ -0,0 +1,111 @@ + +Immutable biovecs and biovec iterators: +======================================= + +Kent Overstreet <kmo@daterainc.com> + +As of 3.13, biovecs should never be modified after a bio has been submitted. +Instead, we have a new struct bvec_iter which represents a range of a biovec - +the iterator will be modified as the bio is completed, not the biovec. + +More specifically, old code that needed to partially complete a bio would +update bi_sector and bi_size, and advance bi_idx to the next biovec. If it +ended up partway through a biovec, it would increment bv_offset and decrement +bv_len by the number of bytes completed in that biovec. + +In the new scheme of things, everything that must be mutated in order to +partially complete a bio is segregated into struct bvec_iter: bi_sector, +bi_size and bi_idx have been moved there; and instead of modifying bv_offset +and bv_len, struct bvec_iter has bi_bvec_done, which represents the number of +bytes completed in the current bvec. + +There are a bunch of new helper macros for hiding the gory details - in +particular, presenting the illusion of partially completed biovecs so that +normal code doesn't have to deal with bi_bvec_done. + + * Driver code should no longer refer to biovecs directly; we now have + bio_iovec() and bio_iovec_iter() macros that return literal struct biovecs, + constructed from the raw biovecs but taking into account bi_bvec_done and + bi_size. + + bio_for_each_segment() has been updated to take a bvec_iter argument + instead of an integer (that corresponded to bi_idx); for a lot of code the + conversion just required changing the types of the arguments to + bio_for_each_segment(). + + * Advancing a bvec_iter is done with bio_advance_iter(); bio_advance() is a + wrapper around bio_advance_iter() that operates on bio->bi_iter, and also + advances the bio integrity's iter if present. + + There is a lower level advance function - bvec_iter_advance() - which takes + a pointer to a biovec, not a bio; this is used by the bio integrity code. + +What's all this get us? +======================= + +Having a real iterator, and making biovecs immutable, has a number of +advantages: + + * Before, iterating over bios was very awkward when you weren't processing + exactly one bvec at a time - for example, bio_copy_data() in fs/bio.c, + which copies the contents of one bio into another. Because the biovecs + wouldn't necessarily be the same size, the old code was tricky convoluted - + it had to walk two different bios at the same time, keeping both bi_idx and + and offset into the current biovec for each. + + The new code is much more straightforward - have a look. This sort of + pattern comes up in a lot of places; a lot of drivers were essentially open + coding bvec iterators before, and having common implementation considerably + simplifies a lot of code. + + * Before, any code that might need to use the biovec after the bio had been + completed (perhaps to copy the data somewhere else, or perhaps to resubmit + it somewhere else if there was an error) had to save the entire bvec array + - again, this was being done in a fair number of places. + + * Biovecs can be shared between multiple bios - a bvec iter can represent an + arbitrary range of an existing biovec, both starting and ending midway + through biovecs. This is what enables efficient splitting of arbitrary + bios. Note that this means we _only_ use bi_size to determine when we've + reached the end of a bio, not bi_vcnt - and the bio_iovec() macro takes + bi_size into account when constructing biovecs. + + * Splitting bios is now much simpler. The old bio_split() didn't even work on + bios with more than a single bvec! Now, we can efficiently split arbitrary + size bios - because the new bio can share the old bio's biovec. + + Care must be taken to ensure the biovec isn't freed while the split bio is + still using it, in case the original bio completes first, though. Using + bio_chain() when splitting bios helps with this. + + * Submitting partially completed bios is now perfectly fine - this comes up + occasionally in stacking block drivers and various code (e.g. md and + bcache) had some ugly workarounds for this. + + It used to be the case that submitting a partially completed bio would work + fine to _most_ devices, but since accessing the raw bvec array was the + norm, not all drivers would respect bi_idx and those would break. Now, + since all drivers _must_ go through the bvec iterator - and have been + audited to make sure they are - submitting partially completed bios is + perfectly fine. + +Other implications: +=================== + + * Almost all usage of bi_idx is now incorrect and has been removed; instead, + where previously you would have used bi_idx you'd now use a bvec_iter, + probably passing it to one of the helper macros. + + I.e. instead of using bio_iovec_idx() (or bio->bi_iovec[bio->bi_idx]), you + now use bio_iter_iovec(), which takes a bvec_iter and returns a + literal struct bio_vec - constructed on the fly from the raw biovec but + taking into account bi_bvec_done (and bi_size). + + * bi_vcnt can't be trusted or relied upon by driver code - i.e. anything that + doesn't actually own the bio. The reason is twofold: firstly, it's not + actually needed for iterating over the bio anymore - we only use bi_size. + Secondly, when cloning a bio and reusing (a portion of) the original bio's + biovec, in order to calculate bi_vcnt for the new bio we'd have to iterate + over all the biovecs in the new bio - which is silly as it's not needed. + + So, don't use bi_vcnt anymore. diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt index fa72e97dd66..fe2ef978d85 100644 --- a/Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt +++ b/Documentation/blockdev/ramdisk.txt @@ -36,21 +36,30 @@ allowing one to squeeze more programs onto an average installation or rescue floppy disk. -2) Kernel Command Line Parameters +2) Parameters --------------------------------- +2a) Kernel Command Line Parameters + ramdisk_size=N ============== This parameter tells the RAM disk driver to set up RAM disks of N k size. The -default is 4096 (4 MB) (8192 (8 MB) on S390). +default is 4096 (4 MB). + +2b) Module parameters - ramdisk_blocksize=N - =================== + rd_nr + ===== + /dev/ramX devices created. -This parameter tells the RAM disk driver how many bytes to use per block. The -default is 1024 (BLOCK_SIZE). + max_part + ======== + Maximum partition number. + rd_size + ======= + See ramdisk_size. 3) Using "rdev -r" ------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2eccddffa6c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/blockdev/zram.txt @@ -0,0 +1,71 @@ +zram: Compressed RAM based block devices +---------------------------------------- + +* Introduction + +The zram module creates RAM based block devices named /dev/zram<id> +(<id> = 0, 1, ...). Pages written to these disks are compressed and stored +in memory itself. These disks allow very fast I/O and compression provides +good amounts of memory savings. Some of the usecases include /tmp storage, +use as swap disks, various caches under /var and maybe many more :) + +Statistics for individual zram devices are exported through sysfs nodes at +/sys/block/zram<id>/ + +* Usage + +Following shows a typical sequence of steps for using zram. + +1) Load Module: + modprobe zram num_devices=4 + This creates 4 devices: /dev/zram{0,1,2,3} + (num_devices parameter is optional. Default: 1) + +2) Set Disksize + Set disk size by writing the value to sysfs node 'disksize'. + The value can be either in bytes or you can use mem suffixes. + Examples: + # Initialize /dev/zram0 with 50MB disksize + echo $((50*1024*1024)) > /sys/block/zram0/disksize + + # Using mem suffixes + echo 256K > /sys/block/zram0/disksize + echo 512M > /sys/block/zram0/disksize + echo 1G > /sys/block/zram0/disksize + +3) Activate: + mkswap /dev/zram0 + swapon /dev/zram0 + + mkfs.ext4 /dev/zram1 + mount /dev/zram1 /tmp + +4) Stats: + Per-device statistics are exported as various nodes under + /sys/block/zram<id>/ + disksize + num_reads + num_writes + invalid_io + notify_free + discard + zero_pages + orig_data_size + compr_data_size + mem_used_total + +5) Deactivate: + swapoff /dev/zram0 + umount /dev/zram1 + +6) Reset: + Write any positive value to 'reset' sysfs node + echo 1 > /sys/block/zram0/reset + echo 1 > /sys/block/zram1/reset + + This frees all the memory allocated for the given device and + resets the disksize to zero. You must set the disksize again + before reusing the device. + +Nitin Gupta +ngupta@vflare.org diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/net_cls.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/net_cls.txt index 9face6bb578..ec182346dea 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/net_cls.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/net_cls.txt @@ -6,6 +6,8 @@ tag network packets with a class identifier (classid). The Traffic Controller (tc) can be used to assign different priorities to packets from different cgroups. +Also, Netfilter (iptables) can use this tag to perform +actions on such packets. Creating a net_cls cgroups instance creates a net_cls.classid file. This net_cls.classid value is initialized to 0. @@ -32,3 +34,6 @@ tc class add dev eth0 parent 10: classid 10:1 htb rate 40mbit - creating traffic class 10:1 tc filter add dev eth0 parent 10: protocol ip prio 10 handle 1: cgroup + +configuring iptables, basic example: +iptables -A OUTPUT -m cgroup ! --cgroup 0x100001 -j DROP diff --git a/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt b/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt index 52e1da16a30..5108afb3645 100644 --- a/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt +++ b/Documentation/cgroups/resource_counter.txt @@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ to work with it. f. u64 res_counter_uncharge_until (struct res_counter *rc, struct res_counter *top, - unsinged long val) + unsigned long val) Almost same as res_counter_uncharge() but propagation of uncharge stops when rc == top. This is useful when kill a res_counter in diff --git a/Documentation/clk.txt b/Documentation/clk.txt index 3aeb5c44044..699ef2a323b 100644 --- a/Documentation/clk.txt +++ b/Documentation/clk.txt @@ -77,6 +77,11 @@ the operations defined in clk.h: int (*set_parent)(struct clk_hw *hw, u8 index); u8 (*get_parent)(struct clk_hw *hw); int (*set_rate)(struct clk_hw *hw, unsigned long); + int (*set_rate_and_parent)(struct clk_hw *hw, + unsigned long rate, + unsigned long parent_rate, u8 index); + unsigned long (*recalc_accuracy)(struct clk_hw *hw, + unsigned long parent_accuracy); void (*init)(struct clk_hw *hw); }; @@ -202,6 +207,8 @@ optional or must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis. .set_parent | | | n | y | n | .get_parent | | | n | y | n | | | | | | | +.recalc_accuracy| | | | | | + | | | | | | .init | | | | | | ----------------------------------------------------------- [1] either one of round_rate or determine_rate is required. diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt index 9b4edfcf486..dd62e1334f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/boost.txt @@ -17,8 +17,8 @@ Introduction Some CPUs support a functionality to raise the operating frequency of some cores in a multi-core package if certain conditions apply, mostly if the whole chip is not fully utilized and below it's intended thermal -budget. This is done without operating system control by a combination -of hardware and firmware. +budget. The decision about boost disable/enable is made either at hardware +(e.g. x86) or software (e.g ARM). On Intel CPUs this is called "Turbo Boost", AMD calls it "Turbo-Core", in technical documentation "Core performance boost". In Linux we use the term "boost" for convenience. @@ -48,24 +48,24 @@ be desirable: User controlled switch ---------------------- -To allow the user to toggle the boosting functionality, the acpi-cpufreq -driver exports a sysfs knob to disable it. There is a file: +To allow the user to toggle the boosting functionality, the cpufreq core +driver exports a sysfs knob to enable or disable it. There is a file: /sys/devices/system/cpu/cpufreq/boost which can either read "0" (boosting disabled) or "1" (boosting enabled). -Reading the file is always supported, even if the processor does not -support boosting. In this case the file will be read-only and always -reads as "0". Explicitly changing the permissions and writing to that -file anyway will return EINVAL. +The file is exported only when cpufreq driver supports boosting. +Explicitly changing the permissions and writing to that file anyway will +return EINVAL. On supported CPUs one can write either a "0" or a "1" into this file. This will either disable the boost functionality on all cores in the -whole system (0) or will allow the hardware to boost at will (1). +whole system (0) or will allow the software or hardware to boost at will +(1). Writing a "1" does not explicitly boost the system, but just allows the -CPU (and the firmware) to boost at their discretion. Some implementations -take external factors like the chip's temperature into account, so -boosting once does not necessarily mean that it will occur every time -even using the exact same software setup. +CPU to boost at their discretion. Some implementations take external +factors like the chip's temperature into account, so boosting once does +not necessarily mean that it will occur every time even using the exact +same software setup. AMD legacy cpb switch diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt b/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e742d21dbd9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/cpu-freq/intel-pstate.txt @@ -0,0 +1,40 @@ +Intel P-state driver +-------------------- + +This driver implements a scaling driver with an internal governor for +Intel Core processors. The driver follows the same model as the +Transmeta scaling driver (longrun.c) and implements the setpolicy() +instead of target(). Scaling drivers that implement setpolicy() are +assumed to implement internal governors by the cpufreq core. All the +logic for selecting the current P state is contained within the +driver; no external governor is used by the cpufreq core. + +Intel SandyBridge+ processors are supported. + +New sysfs files for controlling P state selection have been added to +/sys/devices/system/cpu/intel_pstate/ + + max_perf_pct: limits the maximum P state that will be requested by + the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance. + + min_perf_pct: limits the minimum P state that will be requested by + the driver stated as a percentage of the available performance. + + no_turbo: limits the driver to selecting P states below the turbo + frequency range. + +For contemporary Intel processors, the frequency is controlled by the +processor itself and the P-states exposed to software are related to +performance levels. The idea that frequency can be set to a single +frequency is fiction for Intel Core processors. Even if the scaling +driver selects a single P state the actual frequency the processor +will run at is selected by the processor itself. + +New debugfs files have also been added to /sys/kernel/debug/pstate_snb/ + + deadband + d_gain_pct + i_gain_pct + p_gain_pct + sample_rate_ms + setpoint diff --git a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt index 8cb9938cc47..be675d2d15a 100644 --- a/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt +++ b/Documentation/cpu-hotplug.txt @@ -285,7 +285,7 @@ A: This is what you would need in your kernel code to receive notifications. return NOTIFY_OK; } - static struct notifier_block foobar_cpu_notifer = + static struct notifier_block foobar_cpu_notifier = { .notifier_call = foobar_cpu_callback, }; diff --git a/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt b/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt index 611f5a5499b..fa0151a712f 100644 --- a/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt +++ b/Documentation/debugging-via-ohci1394.txt @@ -22,10 +22,12 @@ locations such as buffers like the printk buffer or the process table. Retrieving a full system memory dump is also possible over the FireWire, using data transfer rates in the order of 10MB/s or more. -Memory access is currently limited to the low 4G of physical address -space which can be a problem on IA64 machines where memory is located -mostly above that limit, but it is rarely a problem on more common -hardware such as hardware based on x86, x86-64 and PowerPC. +With most FireWire controllers, memory access is limited to the low 4 GB +of physical address space. This can be a problem on IA64 machines where +memory is located mostly above that limit, but it is rarely a problem on +more common hardware such as x86, x86-64 and PowerPC. However, at least +Agere/LSI FW643e and FW643e2 controllers are known to support access to +physical addresses above 4 GB. Together with a early initialization of the OHCI-1394 controller for debugging, this facility proved most useful for examining long debugs logs in the printk @@ -36,17 +38,11 @@ available (notebooks) or too slow for extensive debug information (like ACPI). Drivers ------- -The ohci1394 driver in drivers/ieee1394 initializes the OHCI-1394 controllers -to a working state and enables physical DMA by default for all remote nodes. -This can be turned off by ohci1394's module parameter phys_dma=0. - -The alternative firewire-ohci driver in drivers/firewire uses filtered physical +The firewire-ohci driver in drivers/firewire uses filtered physical DMA by default, which is more secure but not suitable for remote debugging. -Compile the driver with CONFIG_FIREWIRE_OHCI_REMOTE_DMA (Kernel hacking menu: -Remote debugging over FireWire with firewire-ohci) to get unfiltered physical -DMA. +Pass the remote_dma=1 parameter to the driver to get unfiltered physical DMA. -Because ohci1394 and firewire-ohci depend on the PCI enumeration to be +Because the firewire-ohci driver depends on the PCI enumeration to be completed, an initialization routine which runs pretty early has been implemented for x86. This routine runs long before console_init() can be called, i.e. before the printk buffer appears on the console. @@ -64,7 +60,7 @@ be used to view the printk buffer of a remote machine, even with live update. Bernhard Kaindl enhanced firescope to support accessing 64-bit machines from 32-bit firescope and vice versa: -- http://halobates.de/firewire/firescope-0.2.2.tar.bz2 +- http://v3.sk/~lkundrak/firescope/ and he implemented fast system dump (alpha version - read README.txt): - http://halobates.de/firewire/firedump-0.1.tar.bz2 @@ -92,11 +88,11 @@ Step-by-step instructions for using firescope with early OHCI initialization: 1) Verify that your hardware is supported: - Load the ohci1394 or the fw-ohci module and check your kernel logs. + Load the firewire-ohci module and check your kernel logs. You should see a line similar to - ohci1394: fw-host0: OHCI-1394 1.1 (PCI): IRQ=[18] MMIO=[fe9ff800-fe9fffff] - ... Max Packet=[2048] IR/IT contexts=[4/8] + firewire_ohci 0000:15:00.1: added OHCI v1.0 device as card 2, 4 IR + 4 IT + ... contexts, quirks 0x11 when loading the driver. If you have no supported controller, many PCI, CardBus and even some Express cards which are fully compliant to OHCI-1394 @@ -105,6 +101,9 @@ Step-by-step instructions for using firescope with early OHCI initialization: compliant, they are based on TI PCILynx chips and require drivers for Win- dows operating systems. + The mentioned kernel log message contains ">4 GB phys DMA" in case of + OHCI-1394 controllers which support accesses above this limit. + 2) Establish a working FireWire cable connection: Any FireWire cable, as long at it provides electrically and mechanically @@ -113,20 +112,18 @@ Step-by-step instructions for using firescope with early OHCI initialization: If an driver is running on both machines you should see a line like - ieee1394: Node added: ID:BUS[0-01:1023] GUID[0090270001b84bba] + firewire_core 0000:15:00.1: created device fw1: GUID 00061b0020105917, S400 on both machines in the kernel log when the cable is plugged in and connects the two machines. 3) Test physical DMA using firescope: - On the debug host, - - load the raw1394 module, - - make sure that /dev/raw1394 is accessible, + On the debug host, make sure that /dev/fw* is accessible, then start firescope: $ firescope - Port 0 (ohci1394) opened, 2 nodes detected + Port 0 (/dev/fw1) opened, 2 nodes detected FireScope --------- diff --git a/Documentation/devices.txt b/Documentation/devices.txt index 80b72419ffd..10378cc4837 100644 --- a/Documentation/devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/devices.txt @@ -409,6 +409,7 @@ Your cooperation is appreciated. 193 = /dev/d7s SPARC 7-segment display 194 = /dev/zkshim Zero-Knowledge network shim control 195 = /dev/elographics/e2201 Elographics touchscreen E271-2201 + 196 = /dev/vfio/vfio VFIO userspace driver interface 198 = /dev/sexec Signed executable interface 199 = /dev/scanners/cuecat :CueCat barcode scanner 200 = /dev/net/tun TAP/TUN network device diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d25f8d37968 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ABI.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ + + Devicetree (DT) ABI + +I. Regarding stable bindings/ABI, we quote from the 2013 ARM mini-summit + summary document: + + "That still leaves the question of, what does a stable binding look + like? Certainly a stable binding means that a newer kernel will not + break on an older device tree, but that doesn't mean the binding is + frozen for all time. Grant said there are ways to change bindings that + don't result in breakage. For instance, if a new property is added, + then default to the previous behaviour if it is missing. If a binding + truly needs an incompatible change, then change the compatible string + at the same time. The driver can bind against both the old and the + new. These guidelines aren't new, but they desperately need to be + documented." + +II. General binding rules + + 1) Maintainers, don't let perfect be the enemy of good. Don't hold up a + binding because it isn't perfect. + + 2) Use specific compatible strings so that if we need to add a feature (DMA) + in the future, we can create a new compatible string. See I. + + 3) Bindings can be augmented, but the driver shouldn't break when given + the old binding. ie. add additional properties, but don't change the + meaning of an existing property. For drivers, default to the original + behaviour when a newly added property is missing. + + 4) Don't submit bindings for staging or unstable. That will be decided by + the devicetree maintainers *after* discussion on the mailinglist. + +III. Notes + + 1) This document is intended as a general familiarization with the process as + decided at the 2013 Kernel Summit. When in doubt, the current word of the + devicetree maintainers overrules this document. In that situation, a patch + updating this document would be appreciated. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards index 5fac246a953..3509707f932 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/arm-boards @@ -14,6 +14,9 @@ Required nodes: - core-module: the root node to the Integrator platforms must have a core-module with regs and the compatible string "arm,core-module-integrator" +- external-bus-interface: the root node to the Integrator platforms + must have an external bus interface with regs and the + compatible-string "arm,external-bus-interface" Required properties for the core module: - regs: the location and size of the core module registers, one @@ -48,6 +51,11 @@ Required nodes: reg = <0x10000000 0x200>; }; + ebi@12000000 { + compatible = "arm,external-bus-interface"; + reg = <0x12000000 0x100>; + }; + syscon { compatible = "arm,integrator-ap-syscon"; reg = <0x11000000 0x100>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt index ad031211b5b..2742e9cfd6b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-aic.txt @@ -2,6 +2,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible: Should be "atmel,<chip>-aic" + <chip> can be "at91rm9200" or "sama5d3" - interrupt-controller: Identifies the node as an interrupt controller. - interrupt-parent: For single AIC system, it is an empty property. - #interrupt-cells: The number of cells to define the interrupts. It should be 3. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt index 78530e621a1..16f60b41c14 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/atmel-at91.txt @@ -58,7 +58,8 @@ Example: }; RAMC SDRAM/DDR Controller required properties: -- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91sam9260-sdramc", +- compatible: Should be "atmel,at91rm9200-sdramc", + "atmel,at91sam9260-sdramc", "atmel,at91sam9g45-ddramc", - reg: Should contain registers location and length For at91sam9263 and at91sam9g45 you must specify 2 entries. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-timer.txt index 17d88b233d1..39adf54b438 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-timer.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/bcm/kona-timer.txt @@ -8,13 +8,18 @@ Required properties: - DEPRECATED: compatible : "bcm,kona-timer" - reg : Register range for the timer - interrupts : interrupt for the timer +- clocks: phandle + clock specifier pair of the external clock - clock-frequency: frequency that the clock operates +Only one of clocks or clock-frequency should be specified. + +Refer to clocks/clock-bindings.txt for generic clock consumer properties. + Example: timer@35006000 { compatible = "brcm,kona-timer"; reg = <0x35006000 0x1000>; interrupts = <0x0 7 0x4>; - clock-frequency = <32768>; + clocks = <&hub_timer_clk>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci/nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci/nand.txt deleted file mode 100644 index 3545ea704b5..00000000000 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/davinci/nand.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,46 +0,0 @@ -* Texas Instruments Davinci NAND - -This file provides information, what the device node for the -davinci nand interface contain. - -Required properties: -- compatible: "ti,davinci-nand"; -- reg : contain 2 offset/length values: - - offset and length for the access window - - offset and length for accessing the aemif control registers -- ti,davinci-chipselect: Indicates on the davinci_nand driver which - chipselect is used for accessing the nand. - -Recommended properties : -- ti,davinci-mask-ale: mask for ale -- ti,davinci-mask-cle: mask for cle -- ti,davinci-mask-chipsel: mask for chipselect -- ti,davinci-ecc-mode: ECC mode valid values for davinci driver: - - "none" - - "soft" - - "hw" -- ti,davinci-ecc-bits: used ECC bits, currently supported 1 or 4. -- ti,davinci-nand-buswidth: buswidth 8 or 16 -- ti,davinci-nand-use-bbt: use flash based bad block table support. - -nand device bindings may contain additional sub-nodes describing -partitions of the address space. See partition.txt for more detail. - -Example(da850 EVM ): -nand_cs3@62000000 { - compatible = "ti,davinci-nand"; - reg = <0x62000000 0x807ff - 0x68000000 0x8000>; - ti,davinci-chipselect = <1>; - ti,davinci-mask-ale = <0>; - ti,davinci-mask-cle = <0>; - ti,davinci-mask-chipsel = <0>; - ti,davinci-ecc-mode = "hw"; - ti,davinci-ecc-bits = <4>; - ti,davinci-nand-use-bbt; - - partition@180000 { - label = "ubifs"; - reg = <0x180000 0x7e80000>; - }; -}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/firmware/tlm,trusted-foundations.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/firmware/tlm,trusted-foundations.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..780d0392a66 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/firmware/tlm,trusted-foundations.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +Trusted Foundations +------------------- + +Boards that use the Trusted Foundations secure monitor can signal its +presence by declaring a node compatible with "tlm,trusted-foundations" +under the /firmware/ node + +Required properties: +- compatible: "tlm,trusted-foundations" +- tlm,version-major: major version number of Trusted Foundations firmware +- tlm,version-minor: minor version number of Trusted Foundations firmware + +Example: + firmware { + trusted-foundations { + compatible = "tlm,trusted-foundations"; + tlm,version-major = <2>; + tlm,version-minor = <8>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt index 3dfb0c0384f..bae0d87a38b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/gic.txt @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ have PPIs or SGIs. Main node required properties: - compatible : should be one of: + "arm,gic-400" "arm,cortex-a15-gic" "arm,cortex-a9-gic" "arm,cortex-a7-gic" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8c7a4653508 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/hisilicon/hisilicon.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +Hisilicon Platforms Device Tree Bindings +---------------------------------------------------- + +Hi4511 Board +Required root node properties: + - compatible = "hisilicon,hi3620-hi4511"; + +Hisilicon system controller + +Required properties: +- compatible : "hisilicon,sysctrl" +- reg : Register address and size + +Optional properties: +- smp-offset : offset in sysctrl for notifying slave cpu booting + cpu 1, reg; + cpu 2, reg + 0x4; + cpu 3, reg + 0x8; + If reg value is not zero, cpun exit wfi and go +- resume-offset : offset in sysctrl for notifying cpu0 when resume +- reboot-offset : offset in sysctrl for system reboot + +Example: + + /* for Hi3620 */ + sysctrl: system-controller@fc802000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,sysctrl"; + reg = <0xfc802000 0x1000>; + smp-offset = <0x31c>; + resume-offset = <0x308>; + reboot-offset = <0x4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt index c0c7626fd0f..b513cb8196f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/l2cc.txt @@ -7,20 +7,21 @@ The ARM L2 cache representation in the device tree should be done as follows: Required properties: - compatible : should be one of: - "arm,pl310-cache" - "arm,l220-cache" - "arm,l210-cache" - "marvell,aurora-system-cache": Marvell Controller designed to be + "arm,pl310-cache" + "arm,l220-cache" + "arm,l210-cache" + "bcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache": DEPRECATED by "brcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache" + "brcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache": For Broadcom bcm11351 chipset where an + offset needs to be added to the address before passing down to the L2 + cache controller + "marvell,aurora-system-cache": Marvell Controller designed to be compatible with the ARM one, with system cache mode (meaning maintenance operations on L1 are broadcasted to the L2 and L2 performs the same operation). - "marvell,"aurora-outer-cache: Marvell Controller designed to be - compatible with the ARM one with outer cache mode. - "brcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache": For Broadcom bcm11351 chipset where an - offset needs to be added to the address before passing down to the L2 - cache controller - "bcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache": DEPRECATED by - "brcm,bcm11351-a2-pl310-cache" + "marvell,aurora-outer-cache": Marvell Controller designed to be + compatible with the ARM one with outer cache mode. + "marvell,tauros3-cache": Marvell Tauros3 cache controller, compatible + with arm,pl310-cache controller. - cache-unified : Specifies the cache is a unified cache. - cache-level : Should be set to 2 for a level 2 cache. - reg : Physical base address and size of cache controller's memory mapped diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..737afa5f814 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/marvell,berlin.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Marvell Berlin SoC Family Device Tree Bindings +--------------------------------------------------------------- + +Boards with a SoC of the Marvell Berlin family, e.g. Armada 1500 +shall have the following properties: + +* Required root node properties: +compatible: must contain "marvell,berlin" + +In addition, the above compatible shall be extended with the specific +SoC and board used. Currently known SoC compatibles are: + "marvell,berlin2" for Marvell Armada 1500 (BG2, 88DE3100), + "marvell,berlin2cd" for Marvell Armada 1500-mini (BG2CD, 88DE3005) + "marvell,berlin2ct" for Marvell Armada ? (BG2CT, 88DE????) + "marvell,berlin3" for Marvell Armada ? (BG3, 88DE????) + +* Example: + +/ { + model = "Sony NSZ-GS7"; + compatible = "sony,nsz-gs7", "marvell,berlin2", "marvell,berlin"; + + ... +} diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/moxart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/moxart.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..11087edb065 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/moxart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +MOXA ART device tree bindings + +Boards with the MOXA ART SoC shall have the following properties: + +Required root node property: + +compatible = "moxa,moxart"; + +Boards: + +- UC-7112-LX: embedded computer + compatible = "moxa,moxart-uc-7112-lx", "moxa,moxart" diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt index 808c1543b0f..34dc40cffdf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/omap/omap.txt @@ -31,6 +31,59 @@ spinlock@1 { ti,hwmods = "spinlock"; }; +SoC Type (optional): + +- General Purpose devices + compatible = "ti,gp" +- High Security devices + compatible = "ti,hs" + +SoC Families: + +- OMAP2 generic - defaults to OMAP2420 + compatible = "ti,omap2" +- OMAP3 generic - defaults to OMAP3430 + compatible = "ti,omap3" +- OMAP4 generic - defaults to OMAP4430 + compatible = "ti,omap4" +- OMAP5 generic - defaults to OMAP5430 + compatible = "ti,omap5" +- DRA7 generic - defaults to DRA742 + compatible = "ti,dra7" +- AM43x generic - defaults to AM4372 + compatible = "ti,am43" + +SoCs: + +- OMAP2420 + compatible = "ti,omap2420", "ti,omap2" +- OMAP2430 + compatible = "ti,omap2430", "ti,omap2" + +- OMAP3430 + compatible = "ti,omap3430", "ti,omap3" +- AM3517 + compatible = "ti,am3517", "ti,omap3" +- OMAP3630 + compatible = "ti,omap36xx", "ti,omap3" +- AM33xx + compatible = "ti,am33xx", "ti,omap3" + +- OMAP4430 + compatible = "ti,omap4430", "ti,omap4" +- OMAP4460 + compatible = "ti,omap4460", "ti,omap4" + +- OMAP5430 + compatible = "ti,omap5430", "ti,omap5" +- OMAP5432 + compatible = "ti,omap5432", "ti,omap5" + +- DRA742 + compatible = "ti,dra7xx", "ti,dra7" + +- AM4372 + compatible = "ti,am4372", "ti,am43" Boards: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/sysreg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/sysreg.txt index 5039c0a12f5..0ab3251a6ec 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/sysreg.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/samsung/sysreg.txt @@ -1,7 +1,12 @@ SAMSUNG S5P/Exynos SoC series System Registers (SYSREG) Properties: - - name : should be 'sysreg'; - compatible : should contain "samsung,<chip name>-sysreg", "syscon"; For Exynos4 SoC series it should be "samsung,exynos4-sysreg", "syscon"; - reg : offset and length of the register set. + +Example: + syscon@10010000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos4-sysreg", "syscon"; + reg = <0x10010000 0x400>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt index ed9c8533443..558ed4b4ef3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra.txt @@ -32,3 +32,8 @@ board-specific compatible values: nvidia,whistler toradex,colibri_t20-512 toradex,iris + +Trusted Foundations +------------------------------------------- +Tegra supports the Trusted Foundation secure monitor. See the +"tlm,trusted-foundations" binding's documentation for more details. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt index 1608a54e90e..68ac65f82a1 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/tegra/nvidia,tegra20-pmc.txt @@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Required properties: - compatible : Should contain "nvidia,tegra<chip>-pmc". - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device - clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. - clock-names : Must include the following entries: "pclk" (The Tegra clock of that name), "clk32k_in" (The 32KHz clock input to Tegra). diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-fpga-irq.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-fpga-irq.txt index 9989eda755d..c9cf605bb99 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-fpga-irq.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/arm/versatile-fpga-irq.txt @@ -29,3 +29,8 @@ pic: pic@14000000 { clear-mask = <0xffffffff>; valid-mask = <0x003fffff>; }; + +Optional properties: +- interrupts: if the FPGA IRQ controller is cascaded, i.e. if its IRQ + output is simply connected to the input of another IRQ controller, + then the parent IRQ shall be specified in this property. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cd5e2391288 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/at91-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,339 @@ +Device Tree Clock bindings for arch-at91 + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be one of the following: + "atmel,at91rm9200-pmc" or + "atmel,at91sam9g45-pmc" or + "atmel,at91sam9n12-pmc" or + "atmel,at91sam9x5-pmc" or + "atmel,sama5d3-pmc": + at91 PMC (Power Management Controller) + All at91 specific clocks (clocks defined below) must be child + node of the PMC node. + + "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-main": + at91 main oscillator + + "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-master" or + "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-master": + at91 master clock + + "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-peripheral" or + "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-peripheral": + at91 peripheral clocks + + "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-pll" or + "atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-pll" or + "atmel,at91sam9g20-clk-pllb" or + "atmel,sama5d3-clk-pll": + at91 pll clocks + + "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-plldiv": + at91 plla divisor + + "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-programmable" or + "atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-programmable" or + "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-programmable": + at91 programmable clocks + + "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-smd": + at91 SMD (Soft Modem) clock + + "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-system": + at91 system clocks + + "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-usb" or + "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-usb" or + "atmel,at91sam9n12-clk-usb": + at91 usb clock + + "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-utmi": + at91 utmi clock + +Required properties for PMC node: +- reg : defines the IO memory reserved for the PMC. +- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id). +- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id). +- interrupts : shall be set to PMC interrupt line. +- interrupt-controller : tell that the PMC is an interrupt controller. +- #interrupt-cells : must be set to 1. The first cell encodes the interrupt id, + and reflect the bit position in the PMC_ER/DR/SR registers. + You can use the dt macros defined in dt-bindings/clk/at91.h. + 0 (AT91_PMC_MOSCS) -> main oscillator ready + 1 (AT91_PMC_LOCKA) -> PLL A ready + 2 (AT91_PMC_LOCKB) -> PLL B ready + 3 (AT91_PMC_MCKRDY) -> master clock ready + 6 (AT91_PMC_LOCKU) -> UTMI PLL clock ready + 8 .. 15 (AT91_PMC_PCKRDY(id)) -> programmable clock ready + 16 (AT91_PMC_MOSCSELS) -> main oscillator selected + 17 (AT91_PMC_MOSCRCS) -> RC main oscillator stabilized + 18 (AT91_PMC_CFDEV) -> clock failure detected + +For example: + pmc: pmc@fffffc00 { + compatible = "atmel,sama5d3-pmc"; + interrupts = <1 4 7>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + + /* put at91 clocks here */ + }; + +Required properties for main clock: +- interrupt-parent : must reference the PMC node. +- interrupts : shall be set to "<0>". +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- clocks (optional if clock-frequency is provided) : shall be the slow clock + phandle. This clock is used to calculate the main clock rate if + "clock-frequency" is not provided. +- clock-frequency : the main oscillator frequency.Prefer the use of + "clock-frequency" over automatic clock rate calculation. + +For example: + main: mainck { + compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-main"; + interrupt-parent = <&pmc>; + interrupts = <0>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&ck32k>; + clock-frequency = <18432000>; + }; + +Required properties for master clock: +- interrupt-parent : must reference the PMC node. +- interrupts : shall be set to "<3>". +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- clocks : shall be the master clock sources (see atmel datasheet) phandles. + e.g. "<&ck32k>, <&main>, <&plla>, <&pllb>". +- atmel,clk-output-range : minimum and maximum clock frequency (two u32 + fields). + e.g. output = <0 133000000>; <=> 0 to 133MHz. +- atmel,clk-divisors : master clock divisors table (four u32 fields). + 0 <=> reserved value. + e.g. divisors = <1 2 4 6>; +- atmel,master-clk-have-div3-pres : some SoC use the reserved value 7 in the + PRES field as CLOCK_DIV3 (e.g sam9x5). + +For example: + mck: mck { + compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-master"; + interrupt-parent = <&pmc>; + interrupts = <3>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + atmel,clk-output-range = <0 133000000>; + atmel,clk-divisors = <1 2 4 0>; + }; + +Required properties for peripheral clocks: +- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id). +- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id). +- clocks : shall be the master clock phandle. + e.g. clocks = <&mck>; +- name: device tree node describing a specific system clock. + * #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. + * reg: peripheral id. See Atmel's datasheets to get a full + list of peripheral ids. + * atmel,clk-output-range : minimum and maximum clock frequency + (two u32 fields). Only valid on at91sam9x5-clk-peripheral + compatible IPs. + +For example: + periph: periphck { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-peripheral"; + #size-cells = <0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&mck>; + + ssc0_clk { + #clock-cells = <0>; + reg = <2>; + atmel,clk-output-range = <0 133000000>; + }; + + usart0_clk { + #clock-cells = <0>; + reg = <3>; + atmel,clk-output-range = <0 66000000>; + }; + }; + + +Required properties for pll clocks: +- interrupt-parent : must reference the PMC node. +- interrupts : shall be set to "<1>". +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- clocks : shall be the main clock phandle. +- reg : pll id. + 0 -> PLL A + 1 -> PLL B +- atmel,clk-input-range : minimum and maximum source clock frequency (two u32 + fields). + e.g. input = <1 32000000>; <=> 1 to 32MHz. +- #atmel,pll-clk-output-range-cells : number of cells reserved for pll output + range description. Sould be set to 2, 3 + or 4. + * 1st and 2nd cells represent the frequency range (min-max). + * 3rd cell is optional and represents the OUT field value for the given + range. + * 4th cell is optional and represents the ICPLL field (PLLICPR + register) +- atmel,pll-clk-output-ranges : pll output frequency ranges + optional parameter + depending on #atmel,pll-output-range-cells + property value. + +For example: + plla: pllack { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-pll"; + interrupt-parent = <&pmc>; + interrupts = <1>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&main>; + reg = <0>; + atmel,clk-input-range = <2000000 32000000>; + #atmel,pll-clk-output-range-cells = <4>; + atmel,pll-clk-output-ranges = <74500000 800000000 0 0 + 69500000 750000000 1 0 + 64500000 700000000 2 0 + 59500000 650000000 3 0 + 54500000 600000000 0 1 + 49500000 550000000 1 1 + 44500000 500000000 2 1 + 40000000 450000000 3 1>; + }; + +Required properties for plldiv clocks (plldiv = pll / 2): +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- clocks : shall be the plla clock phandle. + +The pll divisor is equal to 2 and cannot be changed. + +For example: + plladiv: plladivck { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-plldiv"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&plla>; + }; + +Required properties for programmable clocks: +- interrupt-parent : must reference the PMC node. +- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id). +- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id). +- clocks : shall be the programmable clock source phandles. + e.g. clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plla>, <&pllb>; +- name: device tree node describing a specific prog clock. + * #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. + * reg : programmable clock id (register offset from PCKx + register). + * interrupts : shall be set to "<(8 + id)>". + +For example: + prog: progck { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g45-clk-programmable"; + #size-cells = <0>; + #address-cells = <1>; + interrupt-parent = <&pmc>; + clocks = <&clk32k>, <&main>, <&plladiv>, <&utmi>, <&mck>; + + prog0 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + reg = <0>; + interrupts = <8>; + }; + + prog1 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + reg = <1>; + interrupts = <9>; + }; + }; + + +Required properties for smd clock: +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- clocks : shall be the smd clock source phandles. + e.g. clocks = <&plladiv>, <&utmi>; + +For example: + smd: smdck { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-smd"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&plladiv>, <&utmi>; + }; + +Required properties for system clocks: +- #size-cells : shall be 0 (reg is used to encode clk id). +- #address-cells : shall be 1 (reg is used to encode clk id). +- name: device tree node describing a specific system clock. + * #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. + * reg: system clock id (bit position in SCER/SCDR/SCSR registers). + See Atmel's datasheet to get a full list of system clock ids. + +For example: + system: systemck { + compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-system"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + ddrck { + #clock-cells = <0>; + reg = <2>; + clocks = <&mck>; + }; + + uhpck { + #clock-cells = <0>; + reg = <6>; + clocks = <&usb>; + }; + + udpck { + #clock-cells = <0>; + reg = <7>; + clocks = <&usb>; + }; + }; + + +Required properties for usb clock: +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- clocks : shall be the smd clock source phandles. + e.g. clocks = <&pllb>; +- atmel,clk-divisors (only available for "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-usb"): + usb clock divisor table. + e.g. divisors = <1 2 4 0>; + +For example: + usb: usbck { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-usb"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&plladiv>, <&utmi>; + }; + + usb: usbck { + compatible = "atmel,at91rm9200-clk-usb"; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&pllb>; + atmel,clk-divisors = <1 2 4 0>; + }; + + +Required properties for utmi clock: +- interrupt-parent : must reference the PMC node. +- interrupts : shall be set to "<AT91_PMC_LOCKU IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>". +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- clocks : shall be the main clock source phandle. + +For example: + utmi: utmick { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9x5-clk-utmi"; + interrupt-parent = <&pmc>; + interrupts = <AT91_PMC_LOCKU IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&main>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-kona-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-kona-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..56d1f496107 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/bcm-kona-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,93 @@ +Broadcom Kona Family Clocks + +This binding is associated with Broadcom SoCs having "Kona" style +clock control units (CCUs). A CCU is a clock provider that manages +a set of clock signals. Each CCU is represented by a node in the +device tree. + +This binding uses the common clock binding: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible + Shall have one of the following values: + - "brcm,bcm11351-root-ccu" + - "brcm,bcm11351-aon-ccu" + - "brcm,bcm11351-hub-ccu" + - "brcm,bcm11351-master-ccu" + - "brcm,bcm11351-slave-ccu" +- reg + Shall define the base and range of the address space + containing clock control registers +- #clock-cells + Shall have value <1>. The permitted clock-specifier values + are defined below. +- clock-output-names + Shall be an ordered list of strings defining the names of + the clocks provided by the CCU. + + +BCM281XX family SoCs use Kona CCUs. The following table defines +the set of CCUs and clock specifiers for BCM281XX clocks. When +a clock consumer references a clocks, its symbolic specifier +(rather than its numeric index value) should be used. These +specifiers are defined in "include/dt-bindings/clock/bcm281xx.h". + + CCU Clock Type Index Specifier + --- ----- ---- ----- --------- + root frac_1m peri 0 BCM281XX_ROOT_CCU_FRAC_1M + + aon hub_timer peri 0 BCM281XX_AON_CCU_HUB_TIMER + aon pmu_bsc peri 1 BCM281XX_AON_CCU_PMU_BSC + aon pmu_bsc_var peri 2 BCM281XX_AON_CCU_PMU_BSC_VAR + + hub tmon_1m peri 0 BCM281XX_HUB_CCU_TMON_1M + + master sdio1 peri 0 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_SDIO1 + master sdio2 peri 1 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_SDIO2 + master sdio3 peri 2 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_SDIO3 + master sdio4 peri 3 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_SDIO4 + master dmac peri 4 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_DMAC + master usb_ic peri 5 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_USB_IC + master hsic2_48m peri 6 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_HSIC_48M + master hsic2_12m peri 7 BCM281XX_MASTER_CCU_HSIC_12M + + slave uartb peri 0 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB + slave uartb2 peri 1 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB2 + slave uartb3 peri 2 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB3 + slave uartb4 peri 3 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB4 + slave ssp0 peri 4 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_SSP0 + slave ssp2 peri 5 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_SSP2 + slave bsc1 peri 6 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_BSC1 + slave bsc2 peri 7 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_BSC2 + slave bsc3 peri 8 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_BSC3 + slave pwm peri 9 BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_PWM + + +Device tree example: + + slave_ccu: slave_ccu { + compatible = "brcm,bcm11351-slave-ccu"; + reg = <0x3e011000 0x0f00>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clock-output-names = "uartb", + "uartb2", + "uartb3", + "uartb4"; + }; + + ref_crystal_clk: ref_crystal { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + clock-frequency = <26000000>; + }; + + uart@3e002000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm11351-dw-apb-uart", "snps,dw-apb-uart"; + status = "disabled"; + reg = <0x3e002000 0x1000>; + clocks = <&slave_ccu BCM281XX_SLAVE_CCU_UARTB3>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 65 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + reg-shift = <2>; + reg-io-width = <4>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-exynos-audss.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-exynos-audss.txt index 75e2e1999f8..180e8835569 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-exynos-audss.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clk-exynos-audss.txt @@ -8,12 +8,29 @@ Required Properties: - compatible: should be one of the following: - "samsung,exynos4210-audss-clock" - controller compatible with all Exynos4 SoCs. - - "samsung,exynos5250-audss-clock" - controller compatible with all Exynos5 SoCs. - + - "samsung,exynos5250-audss-clock" - controller compatible with Exynos5250 + SoCs. + - "samsung,exynos5420-audss-clock" - controller compatible with Exynos5420 + SoCs. - reg: physical base address and length of the controller's register set. - #clock-cells: should be 1. +- clocks: + - pll_ref: Fixed rate PLL reference clock, parent of mout_audss. "fin_pll" + is used if not specified. + - pll_in: Input PLL to the AudioSS block, parent of mout_audss. "fout_epll" + is used if not specified. + - cdclk: External i2s clock, parent of mout_i2s. "cdclk0" is used if not + specified. + - sclk_audio: Audio bus clock, parent of mout_i2s. "sclk_audio0" is used if + not specified. + - sclk_pcm_in: PCM clock, parent of sclk_pcm. "sclk_pcm0" is used if not + specified. + +- clock-names: Aliases for the above clocks. They should be "pll_ref", + "pll_in", "cdclk", "sclk_audio", and "sclk_pcm_in" respectively. + The following is the list of clocks generated by the controller. Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier to specify the clock which they consume. Some of the clocks are available only on a particular @@ -34,16 +51,30 @@ i2s_bus 6 sclk_i2s 7 pcm_bus 8 sclk_pcm 9 +adma 10 Exynos5420 + +Example 1: An example of a clock controller node using the default input + clock names is listed below. + +clock_audss: audss-clock-controller@3810000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5250-audss-clock"; + reg = <0x03810000 0x0C>; + #clock-cells = <1>; +}; -Example 1: An example of a clock controller node is listed below. +Example 2: An example of a clock controller node with the input clocks + specified. clock_audss: audss-clock-controller@3810000 { compatible = "samsung,exynos5250-audss-clock"; reg = <0x03810000 0x0C>; #clock-cells = <1>; + clocks = <&clock 1>, <&clock 7>, <&clock 138>, <&clock 160>, + <&ext_i2s_clk>; + clock-names = "pll_ref", "pll_in", "sclk_audio", "sclk_pcm_in", "cdclk"; }; -Example 2: I2S controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock +Example 3: I2S controller node that consumes the clock generated by the clock controller. Refer to the standard clock bindings for information about 'clocks' and 'clock-names' property. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt index eb65d417f8c..7c52c29d99f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt @@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ Sources of clock signal can be represented by any node in the device tree. Those nodes are designated as clock providers. Clock consumer nodes use a phandle and clock specifier pair to connect clock provider outputs to clock inputs. Similar to the gpio specifiers, a clock -specifier is an array of one more more cells identifying the clock +specifier is an array of zero, one or more cells identifying the clock output on a device. The length of a clock specifier is defined by the value of a #clock-cells property in the clock provider node. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/corenet-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/corenet-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..24711af48e3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/corenet-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +* Clock Block on Freescale CoreNet Platforms + +Freescale CoreNet chips take primary clocking input from the external +SYSCLK signal. The SYSCLK input (frequency) is multiplied using +multiple phase locked loops (PLL) to create a variety of frequencies +which can then be passed to a variety of internal logic, including +cores and peripheral IP blocks. +Please refer to the Reference Manual for details. + +1. Clock Block Binding + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain a specific clock block compatible string + and a single chassis clock compatible string. + Clock block strings include, but not limited to, one of the: + * "fsl,p2041-clockgen" + * "fsl,p3041-clockgen" + * "fsl,p4080-clockgen" + * "fsl,p5020-clockgen" + * "fsl,p5040-clockgen" + * "fsl,t4240-clockgen" + * "fsl,b4420-clockgen" + * "fsl,b4860-clockgen" + Chassis clock strings include: + * "fsl,qoriq-clockgen-1.0": for chassis 1.0 clocks + * "fsl,qoriq-clockgen-2.0": for chassis 2.0 clocks +- reg: Describes the address of the device's resources within the + address space defined by its parent bus, and resource zero + represents the clock register set +- clock-frequency: Input system clock frequency + +Recommended properties: +- ranges: Allows valid translation between child's address space and + parent's. Must be present if the device has sub-nodes. +- #address-cells: Specifies the number of cells used to represent + physical base addresses. Must be present if the device has + sub-nodes and set to 1 if present +- #size-cells: Specifies the number of cells used to represent + the size of an address. Must be present if the device has + sub-nodes and set to 1 if present + +2. Clock Provider/Consumer Binding + +Most of the bindings are from the common clock binding[1]. + [1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should include one of the following: + * "fsl,qoriq-core-pll-1.0" for core PLL clocks (v1.0) + * "fsl,qoriq-core-pll-2.0" for core PLL clocks (v2.0) + * "fsl,qoriq-core-mux-1.0" for core mux clocks (v1.0) + * "fsl,qoriq-core-mux-2.0" for core mux clocks (v2.0) + * "fsl,qoriq-sysclk-1.0": for input system clock (v1.0). + It takes parent's clock-frequency as its clock. + * "fsl,qoriq-sysclk-2.0": for input system clock (v2.0). + It takes parent's clock-frequency as its clock. +- #clock-cells: From common clock binding. The number of cells in a + clock-specifier. Should be <0> for "fsl,qoriq-sysclk-[1,2].0" + clocks, or <1> for "fsl,qoriq-core-pll-[1,2].0" clocks. + For "fsl,qoriq-core-pll-[1,2].0" clocks, the single + clock-specifier cell may take the following values: + * 0 - equal to the PLL frequency + * 1 - equal to the PLL frequency divided by 2 + * 2 - equal to the PLL frequency divided by 4 + +Recommended properties: +- clocks: Should be the phandle of input parent clock +- clock-names: From common clock binding, indicates the clock name +- clock-output-names: From common clock binding, indicates the names of + output clocks +- reg: Should be the offset and length of clock block base address. + The length should be 4. + +Example for clock block and clock provider: +/ { + clockgen: global-utilities@e1000 { + compatible = "fsl,p5020-clockgen", "fsl,qoriq-clockgen-1.0"; + ranges = <0x0 0xe1000 0x1000>; + clock-frequency = <133333333>; + reg = <0xe1000 0x1000>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + sysclk: sysclk { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "fsl,qoriq-sysclk-1.0"; + clock-output-names = "sysclk"; + } + + pll0: pll0@800 { + #clock-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x800 0x4>; + compatible = "fsl,qoriq-core-pll-1.0"; + clocks = <&sysclk>; + clock-output-names = "pll0", "pll0-div2"; + }; + + pll1: pll1@820 { + #clock-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x820 0x4>; + compatible = "fsl,qoriq-core-pll-1.0"; + clocks = <&sysclk>; + clock-output-names = "pll1", "pll1-div2"; + }; + + mux0: mux0@0 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x0 0x4>; + compatible = "fsl,qoriq-core-mux-1.0"; + clocks = <&pll0 0>, <&pll0 1>, <&pll1 0>, <&pll1 1>; + clock-names = "pll0", "pll0-div2", "pll1", "pll1-div2"; + clock-output-names = "cmux0"; + }; + + mux1: mux1@20 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + reg = <0x20 0x4>; + compatible = "fsl,qoriq-core-mux-1.0"; + clocks = <&pll0 0>, <&pll0 1>, <&pll1 0>, <&pll1 1>; + clock-names = "pll0", "pll0-div2", "pll1", "pll1-div2"; + clock-output-names = "cmux1"; + }; + }; + } + +Example for clock consumer: + +/ { + cpu0: PowerPC,e5500@0 { + ... + clocks = <&mux0>; + ... + }; + } diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/emev2-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/emev2-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..60bbb1a8c69 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/emev2-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +Device tree Clock bindings for Renesas EMMA Mobile EV2 + +This binding uses the common clock binding. + +* SMU +System Management Unit described in user's manual R19UH0037EJ1000_SMU. +This is not a clock provider, but clocks under SMU depend on it. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "renesas,emev2-smu" +- reg: Address and Size of SMU registers + +* SMU_CLKDIV +Function block with an input mux and a divider, which corresponds to +"Serial clock generator" in fig."Clock System Overview" of the manual, +and "xxx frequency division setting register" (XXXCLKDIV) registers. +This makes internal (neither input nor output) clock that is provided +to input of xxxGCLK block. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "renesas,emev2-smu-clkdiv" +- reg: Byte offset from SMU base and Bit position in the register +- clocks: Parent clocks. Input clocks as described in clock-bindings.txt +- #clock-cells: Should be <0> + +* SMU_GCLK +Clock gating node shown as "Clock stop processing block" in the +fig."Clock System Overview" of the manual. +Registers are "xxx clock gate control register" (XXXGCLKCTRL). + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "renesas,emev2-smu-gclk" +- reg: Byte offset from SMU base and Bit position in the register +- clocks: Input clock as described in clock-bindings.txt +- #clock-cells: Should be <0> + +Example of provider: + +usia_u0_sclkdiv: usia_u0_sclkdiv { + compatible = "renesas,emev2-smu-clkdiv"; + reg = <0x610 0>; + clocks = <&pll3_fo>, <&pll4_fo>, <&pll1_fo>, <&osc1_fo>; + #clock-cells = <0>; +}; + +usia_u0_sclk: usia_u0_sclk { + compatible = "renesas,emev2-smu-gclk"; + reg = <0x4a0 1>; + clocks = <&usia_u0_sclkdiv>; + #clock-cells = <0>; +}; + +Example of consumer: + +uart@e1020000 { + compatible = "renesas,em-uart"; + reg = <0xe1020000 0x38>; + interrupts = <0 8 0>; + clocks = <&usia_u0_sclk>; + clock-names = "sclk"; +}; + +Example of clock-tree description: + + This describes a clock path in the clock tree + c32ki -> pll3_fo -> usia_u0_sclkdiv -> usia_u0_sclk + +smu@e0110000 { + compatible = "renesas,emev2-smu"; + reg = <0xe0110000 0x10000>; + #address-cells = <2>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + c32ki: c32ki { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + clock-frequency = <32768>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + }; + pll3_fo: pll3_fo { + compatible = "fixed-factor-clock"; + clocks = <&c32ki>; + clock-div = <1>; + clock-mult = <7000>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + }; + usia_u0_sclkdiv: usia_u0_sclkdiv { + compatible = "renesas,emev2-smu-clkdiv"; + reg = <0x610 0>; + clocks = <&pll3_fo>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + }; + usia_u0_sclk: usia_u0_sclk { + compatible = "renesas,emev2-smu-gclk"; + reg = <0x4a0 1>; + clocks = <&usia_u0_sclkdiv>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5250-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5250-clock.txt index 0f2f920e873..72ce617dea8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5250-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/exynos5250-clock.txt @@ -62,6 +62,7 @@ clock which they consume. div_i2s1 157 div_i2s2 158 sclk_hdmiphy 159 + div_pcm0 160 [Peripheral Clock Gates] diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.txt index 0b1fe782409..48ea0ad8ad4 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-clock.txt @@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ Required properties: - clock-frequency : frequency of clock in Hz. Should be a single cell. Optional properties: +- clock-accuracy : accuracy of clock in ppb (parts per billion). + Should be a single cell. - gpios : From common gpio binding; gpio connection to clock enable pin. - clock-output-names : From common clock binding. @@ -18,4 +20,5 @@ Example: compatible = "fixed-clock"; #clock-cells = <0>; clock-frequency = <1000000000>; + clock-accuracy = <100>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-factor-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-factor-clock.txt index 5757f9abfc2..1bae8527eb9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-factor-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/fixed-factor-clock.txt @@ -19,6 +19,6 @@ Example: compatible = "fixed-factor-clock"; clocks = <&parentclk>; #clock-cells = <0>; - div = <2>; - mult = <1>; + clock-div = <2>; + clock-mult = <1>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4b71ab41be5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,19 @@ +* Hisilicon Hi3620 Clock Controller + +The Hi3620 clock controller generates and supplies clock to various +controllers within the Hi3620 SoC. + +Required Properties: + +- compatible: should be one of the following. + - "hisilicon,hi3620-clock" - controller compatible with Hi3620 SoC. + +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. + +- #clock-cells: should be 1. + +Each clock is assigned an identifier and client nodes use this identifier +to specify the clock which they consume. + +All these identifier could be found in <dt-bindings/clock/hi3620-clock.h>. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx35-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx35-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a70356452a8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx35-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ +* Clock bindings for Freescale i.MX35 + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "fsl,imx35-ccm" +- reg: Address and length of the register set +- interrupts: Should contain CCM interrupt +- #clock-cells: Should be <1> + +The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock +ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. The following is a full list of i.MX35 +clocks and IDs. + + Clock ID + --------------------------- + ckih 0 + mpll 1 + ppll 2 + mpll_075 3 + arm 4 + hsp 5 + hsp_div 6 + hsp_sel 7 + ahb 8 + ipg 9 + arm_per_div 10 + ahb_per_div 11 + ipg_per 12 + uart_sel 13 + uart_div 14 + esdhc_sel 15 + esdhc1_div 16 + esdhc2_div 17 + esdhc3_div 18 + spdif_sel 19 + spdif_div_pre 20 + spdif_div_post 21 + ssi_sel 22 + ssi1_div_pre 23 + ssi1_div_post 24 + ssi2_div_pre 25 + ssi2_div_post 26 + usb_sel 27 + usb_div 28 + nfc_div 29 + asrc_gate 30 + pata_gate 31 + audmux_gate 32 + can1_gate 33 + can2_gate 34 + cspi1_gate 35 + cspi2_gate 36 + ect_gate 37 + edio_gate 38 + emi_gate 39 + epit1_gate 40 + epit2_gate 41 + esai_gate 42 + esdhc1_gate 43 + esdhc2_gate 44 + esdhc3_gate 45 + fec_gate 46 + gpio1_gate 47 + gpio2_gate 48 + gpio3_gate 49 + gpt_gate 50 + i2c1_gate 51 + i2c2_gate 52 + i2c3_gate 53 + iomuxc_gate 54 + ipu_gate 55 + kpp_gate 56 + mlb_gate 57 + mshc_gate 58 + owire_gate 59 + pwm_gate 60 + rngc_gate 61 + rtc_gate 62 + rtic_gate 63 + scc_gate 64 + sdma_gate 65 + spba_gate 66 + spdif_gate 67 + ssi1_gate 68 + ssi2_gate 69 + uart1_gate 70 + uart2_gate 71 + uart3_gate 72 + usbotg_gate 73 + wdog_gate 74 + max_gate 75 + admux_gate 76 + csi_gate 77 + csi_div 78 + csi_sel 79 + iim_gate 80 + gpu2d_gate 81 + +Examples: + +clks: ccm@53f80000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx35-ccm"; + reg = <0x53f80000 0x4000>; + interrupts = <31>; + #clock-cells = <1>; +}; + +esdhc1: esdhc@53fb4000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx35-esdhc"; + reg = <0x53fb4000 0x4000>; + interrupts = <7>; + clocks = <&clks 9>, <&clks 8>, <&clks 43>; + clock-names = "ipg", "ahb", "per"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt index 4c029a8739d..cadc4d29ada 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/imx5-clock.txt @@ -7,197 +7,8 @@ Required properties: - #clock-cells: Should be <1> The clock consumer should specify the desired clock by having the clock -ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. The following is a full list of i.MX5 -clocks and IDs. - - Clock ID - --------------------------- - dummy 0 - ckil 1 - osc 2 - ckih1 3 - ckih2 4 - ahb 5 - ipg 6 - axi_a 7 - axi_b 8 - uart_pred 9 - uart_root 10 - esdhc_a_pred 11 - esdhc_b_pred 12 - esdhc_c_s 13 - esdhc_d_s 14 - emi_sel 15 - emi_slow_podf 16 - nfc_podf 17 - ecspi_pred 18 - ecspi_podf 19 - usboh3_pred 20 - usboh3_podf 21 - usb_phy_pred 22 - usb_phy_podf 23 - cpu_podf 24 - di_pred 25 - tve_s 27 - uart1_ipg_gate 28 - uart1_per_gate 29 - uart2_ipg_gate 30 - uart2_per_gate 31 - uart3_ipg_gate 32 - uart3_per_gate 33 - i2c1_gate 34 - i2c2_gate 35 - gpt_ipg_gate 36 - pwm1_ipg_gate 37 - pwm1_hf_gate 38 - pwm2_ipg_gate 39 - pwm2_hf_gate 40 - gpt_hf_gate 41 - fec_gate 42 - usboh3_per_gate 43 - esdhc1_ipg_gate 44 - esdhc2_ipg_gate 45 - esdhc3_ipg_gate 46 - esdhc4_ipg_gate 47 - ssi1_ipg_gate 48 - ssi2_ipg_gate 49 - ssi3_ipg_gate 50 - ecspi1_ipg_gate 51 - ecspi1_per_gate 52 - ecspi2_ipg_gate 53 - ecspi2_per_gate 54 - cspi_ipg_gate 55 - sdma_gate 56 - emi_slow_gate 57 - ipu_s 58 - ipu_gate 59 - nfc_gate 60 - ipu_di1_gate 61 - vpu_s 62 - vpu_gate 63 - vpu_reference_gate 64 - uart4_ipg_gate 65 - uart4_per_gate 66 - uart5_ipg_gate 67 - uart5_per_gate 68 - tve_gate 69 - tve_pred 70 - esdhc1_per_gate 71 - esdhc2_per_gate 72 - esdhc3_per_gate 73 - esdhc4_per_gate 74 - usb_phy_gate 75 - hsi2c_gate 76 - mipi_hsc1_gate 77 - mipi_hsc2_gate 78 - mipi_esc_gate 79 - mipi_hsp_gate 80 - ldb_di1_div_3_5 81 - ldb_di1_div 82 - ldb_di0_div_3_5 83 - ldb_di0_div 84 - ldb_di1_gate 85 - can2_serial_gate 86 - can2_ipg_gate 87 - i2c3_gate 88 - lp_apm 89 - periph_apm 90 - main_bus 91 - ahb_max 92 - aips_tz1 93 - aips_tz2 94 - tmax1 95 - tmax2 96 - tmax3 97 - spba 98 - uart_sel 99 - esdhc_a_sel 100 - esdhc_b_sel 101 - esdhc_a_podf 102 - esdhc_b_podf 103 - ecspi_sel 104 - usboh3_sel 105 - usb_phy_sel 106 - iim_gate 107 - usboh3_gate 108 - emi_fast_gate 109 - ipu_di0_gate 110 - gpc_dvfs 111 - pll1_sw 112 - pll2_sw 113 - pll3_sw 114 - ipu_di0_sel 115 - ipu_di1_sel 116 - tve_ext_sel 117 - mx51_mipi 118 - pll4_sw 119 - ldb_di1_sel 120 - di_pll4_podf 121 - ldb_di0_sel 122 - ldb_di0_gate 123 - usb_phy1_gate 124 - usb_phy2_gate 125 - per_lp_apm 126 - per_pred1 127 - per_pred2 128 - per_podf 129 - per_root 130 - ssi_apm 131 - ssi1_root_sel 132 - ssi2_root_sel 133 - ssi3_root_sel 134 - ssi_ext1_sel 135 - ssi_ext2_sel 136 - ssi_ext1_com_sel 137 - ssi_ext2_com_sel 138 - ssi1_root_pred 139 - ssi1_root_podf 140 - ssi2_root_pred 141 - ssi2_root_podf 142 - ssi_ext1_pred 143 - ssi_ext1_podf 144 - ssi_ext2_pred 145 - ssi_ext2_podf 146 - ssi1_root_gate 147 - ssi2_root_gate 148 - ssi3_root_gate 149 - ssi_ext1_gate 150 - ssi_ext2_gate 151 - epit1_ipg_gate 152 - epit1_hf_gate 153 - epit2_ipg_gate 154 - epit2_hf_gate 155 - can_sel 156 - can1_serial_gate 157 - can1_ipg_gate 158 - owire_gate 159 - gpu3d_s 160 - gpu2d_s 161 - gpu3d_gate 162 - gpu2d_gate 163 - garb_gate 164 - cko1_sel 165 - cko1_podf 166 - cko1 167 - cko2_sel 168 - cko2_podf 169 - cko2 170 - srtc_gate 171 - pata_gate 172 - sata_gate 173 - spdif_xtal_sel 174 - spdif0_sel 175 - spdif1_sel 176 - spdif0_pred 177 - spdif0_podf 178 - spdif1_pred 179 - spdif1_podf 180 - spdif0_com_sel 181 - spdif1_com_sel 182 - spdif0_gate 183 - spdif1_gate 184 - spdif_ipg_gate 185 - ocram 186 +ID in its "clocks" phandle cell. See include/dt-bindings/clock/imx5-clock.h +for the full list of i.MX5 clock IDs. Examples (for mx53): @@ -212,7 +23,7 @@ can1: can@53fc8000 { compatible = "fsl,imx53-flexcan", "fsl,p1010-flexcan"; reg = <0x53fc8000 0x4000>; interrupts = <82>; - clocks = <&clks 158>, <&clks 157>; + clocks = <&clks IMX5_CLK_CAN1_IPG_GATE>, <&clks IMX5_CLK_CAN1_SERIAL_GATE>; clock-names = "ipg", "per"; status = "disabled"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/keystone-pll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/keystone-pll.txt index 12bd72605a3..225990f79b7 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/keystone-pll.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/keystone-pll.txt @@ -17,13 +17,14 @@ Required properties: - reg - pll control0 and pll multipler registers - reg-names : control and multiplier. The multiplier is applicable only for main pll clock -- fixed-postdiv : fixed post divider value +- fixed-postdiv : fixed post divider value. If absent, use clkod register bits + for postdiv Example: mainpllclk: mainpllclk@2310110 { #clock-cells = <0>; compatible = "ti,keystone,main-pll-clock"; - clocks = <&refclkmain>; + clocks = <&refclksys>; reg = <0x02620350 4>, <0x02310110 4>; reg-names = "control", "multiplier"; fixed-postdiv = <2>; @@ -32,11 +33,10 @@ Example: papllclk: papllclk@2620358 { #clock-cells = <0>; compatible = "ti,keystone,pll-clock"; - clocks = <&refclkmain>; + clocks = <&refclkpass>; clock-output-names = "pa-pll-clk"; reg = <0x02620358 4>; reg-names = "control"; - fixed-postdiv = <6>; }; Required properties: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/maxim,max77686.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/maxim,max77686.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..96ce71bbd74 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/maxim,max77686.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ +Binding for Maxim MAX77686 32k clock generator block + +This is a part of device tree bindings of MAX77686 multi-function device. +More information can be found in bindings/mfd/max77686.txt file. + +The MAX77686 contains three 32.768khz clock outputs that can be controlled +(gated/ungated) over I2C. + +Following properties should be presend in main device node of the MFD chip. + +Required properties: +- #clock-cells: simple one-cell clock specifier format is used, where the + only cell is used as an index of the clock inside the provider. Following + indices are allowed: + - 0: 32khz_ap clock, + - 1: 32khz_cp clock, + - 2: 32khz_pmic clock. + +Example: Node of the MFD chip + + max77686: max77686@09 { + compatible = "maxim,max77686"; + interrupt-parent = <&wakeup_eint>; + interrupts = <26 0>; + reg = <0x09>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + + /* ... */ + }; + +Example: Clock consumer node + + foo@0 { + compatible = "bar,foo"; + /* ... */ + clock-names = "my-clock"; + clocks = <&max77686 2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra114-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra114-car.txt index 0c80c267710..9acea9d9316 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra114-car.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra114-car.txt @@ -15,6 +15,9 @@ Required properties : In clock consumers, this cell represents the clock ID exposed by the CAR. The assignments may be found in header file <dt-bindings/clock/tegra114-car.h>. +- #reset-cells : Should be 1. + In clock consumers, this cell represents the bit number in the CAR's + array of CLK_RST_CONTROLLER_RST_DEVICES_* registers. Example SoC include file: @@ -23,6 +26,7 @@ Example SoC include file: compatible = "nvidia,tegra114-car"; reg = <0x60006000 0x1000>; #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; }; usb@c5004000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ded5d6212c8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra124-car.txt @@ -0,0 +1,63 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra124 Clock And Reset Controller + +This binding uses the common clock binding: +Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +The CAR (Clock And Reset) Controller on Tegra is the HW module responsible +for muxing and gating Tegra's clocks, and setting their rates. + +Required properties : +- compatible : Should be "nvidia,tegra124-car" +- reg : Should contain CAR registers location and length +- clocks : Should contain phandle and clock specifiers for two clocks: + the 32 KHz "32k_in", and the board-specific oscillator "osc". +- #clock-cells : Should be 1. + In clock consumers, this cell represents the clock ID exposed by the + CAR. The assignments may be found in header file + <dt-bindings/clock/tegra124-car.h>. +- #reset-cells : Should be 1. + In clock consumers, this cell represents the bit number in the CAR's + array of CLK_RST_CONTROLLER_RST_DEVICES_* registers. + +Example SoC include file: + +/ { + tegra_car: clock { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra124-car"; + reg = <0x60006000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + }; + + usb@c5004000 { + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA124_CLK_USB2>; + }; +}; + +Example board file: + +/ { + clocks { + compatible = "simple-bus"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + osc: clock@0 { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + reg = <0>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <112400000>; + }; + + clk_32k: clock@1 { + compatible = "fixed-clock"; + reg = <1>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-frequency = <32768>; + }; + }; + + &tegra_car { + clocks = <&clk_32k> <&osc>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt index fcfed5bf73f..6c5901b503d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra20-car.txt @@ -15,6 +15,9 @@ Required properties : In clock consumers, this cell represents the clock ID exposed by the CAR. The assignments may be found in header file <dt-bindings/clock/tegra20-car.h>. +- #reset-cells : Should be 1. + In clock consumers, this cell represents the bit number in the CAR's + array of CLK_RST_CONTROLLER_RST_DEVICES_* registers. Example SoC include file: @@ -23,6 +26,7 @@ Example SoC include file: compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-car"; reg = <0x60006000 0x1000>; #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; }; usb@c5004000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt index 0f714081e98..63618cde12d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/nvidia,tegra30-car.txt @@ -15,6 +15,9 @@ Required properties : In clock consumers, this cell represents the clock ID exposed by the CAR. The assignments may be found in header file <dt-bindings/clock/tegra30-car.h>. +- #reset-cells : Should be 1. + In clock consumers, this cell represents the bit number in the CAR's + array of CLK_RST_CONTROLLER_RST_DEVICES_* registers. Example SoC include file: @@ -23,6 +26,7 @@ Example SoC include file: compatible = "nvidia,tegra30-car"; reg = <0x60006000 0x1000>; #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; }; usb@c5004000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..767401f4287 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,gcc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Qualcomm Global Clock & Reset Controller Binding +------------------------------------------------ + +Required properties : +- compatible : shall contain only one of the following: + + "qcom,gcc-msm8660" + "qcom,gcc-msm8960" + "qcom,gcc-msm8974" + +- reg : shall contain base register location and length +- #clock-cells : shall contain 1 +- #reset-cells : shall contain 1 + +Example: + clock-controller@900000 { + compatible = "qcom,gcc-msm8960"; + reg = <0x900000 0x4000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,mmcc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,mmcc.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d572e9964c5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/qcom,mmcc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Qualcomm Multimedia Clock & Reset Controller Binding +---------------------------------------------------- + +Required properties : +- compatible : shall contain only one of the following: + + "qcom,mmcc-msm8660" + "qcom,mmcc-msm8960" + "qcom,mmcc-msm8974" + +- reg : shall contain base register location and length +- #clock-cells : shall contain 1 +- #reset-cells : shall contain 1 + +Example: + clock-controller@4000000 { + compatible = "qcom,mmcc-msm8960"; + reg = <0x4000000 0x1000>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + #reset-cells = <1>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..952e373178d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-div6-clocks.txt @@ -0,0 +1,28 @@ +* Renesas CPG DIV6 Clock + +The CPG DIV6 clocks are variable factor clocks provided by the Clock Pulse +Generator (CPG). They clock input is divided by a configurable factor from 1 +to 64. + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: Must be one of the following + - "renesas,r8a7790-div6-clock" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) DIV6 clocks + - "renesas,r8a7791-div6-clock" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) DIV6 clocks + - "renesas,cpg-div6-clock" for generic DIV6 clocks + - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the DIV6 clock + - clocks: Reference to the parent clock + - #clock-cells: Must be 0 + - clock-output-names: The name of the clock as a free-form string + + +Example +------- + + sd2_clk: sd2_clk@e6150078 { + compatible = "renesas,r8a7790-div6-clock", "renesas,cpg-div6-clock"; + reg = <0 0xe6150078 0 4>; + clocks = <&pll1_div2_clk>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + clock-output-names = "sd2"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a6a352c2771 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks.txt @@ -0,0 +1,51 @@ +* Renesas CPG Module Stop (MSTP) Clocks + +The CPG can gate SoC device clocks. The gates are organized in groups of up to +32 gates. + +This device tree binding describes a single 32 gate clocks group per node. +Clocks are referenced by user nodes by the MSTP node phandle and the clock +index in the group, from 0 to 31. + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: Must be one of the following + - "renesas,r8a7790-mstp-clocks" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) MSTP gate clocks + - "renesas,r8a7791-mstp-clocks" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) MSTP gate clocks + - "renesas,cpg-mstp-clock" for generic MSTP gate clocks + - reg: Base address and length of the I/O mapped registers used by the MSTP + clocks. The first register is the clock control register and is mandatory. + The second register is the clock status register and is optional when not + implemented in hardware. + - clocks: Reference to the parent clocks, one per output clock. The parents + must appear in the same order as the output clocks. + - #clock-cells: Must be 1 + - clock-output-names: The name of the clocks as free-form strings + - renesas,indices: Indices of the gate clocks into the group (0 to 31) + +The clocks, clock-output-names and renesas,indices properties contain one +entry per gate clock. The MSTP groups are sparsely populated. Unimplemented +gate clocks must not be declared. + + +Example +------- + + #include <dt-bindings/clock/r8a7790-clock.h> + + mstp3_clks: mstp3_clks@e615013c { + compatible = "renesas,r8a7790-mstp-clocks", "renesas,cpg-mstp-clocks"; + reg = <0 0xe615013c 0 4>, <0 0xe6150048 0 4>; + clocks = <&cp_clk>, <&mmc1_clk>, <&sd3_clk>, <&sd2_clk>, + <&cpg_clocks R8A7790_CLK_SD1>, <&cpg_clocks R8A7790_CLK_SD0>, + <&mmc0_clk>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clock-output-names = + "tpu0", "mmcif1", "sdhi3", "sdhi2", + "sdhi1", "sdhi0", "mmcif0"; + renesas,clock-indices = < + R8A7790_CLK_TPU0 R8A7790_CLK_MMCIF1 R8A7790_CLK_SDHI3 + R8A7790_CLK_SDHI2 R8A7790_CLK_SDHI1 R8A7790_CLK_SDHI0 + R8A7790_CLK_MMCIF0 + >; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7b41c2fe54d --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +* Renesas R-Car Gen2 Clock Pulse Generator (CPG) + +The CPG generates core clocks for the R-Car Gen2 SoCs. It includes three PLLs +and several fixed ratio dividers. + +Required Properties: + + - compatible: Must be one of + - "renesas,r8a7790-cpg-clocks" for the r8a7790 CPG + - "renesas,r8a7791-cpg-clocks" for the r8a7791 CPG + - "renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks" for the generic R-Car Gen2 CPG + + - reg: Base address and length of the memory resource used by the CPG + + - clocks: Reference to the parent clock + - #clock-cells: Must be 1 + - clock-output-names: The names of the clocks. Supported clocks are "main", + "pll0", "pll1", "pll3", "lb", "qspi", "sdh", "sd0", "sd1" and "z" + + +Example +------- + + cpg_clocks: cpg_clocks@e6150000 { + compatible = "renesas,r8a7790-cpg-clocks", + "renesas,rcar-gen2-cpg-clocks"; + reg = <0 0xe6150000 0 0x1000>; + clocks = <&extal_clk>; + #clock-cells = <1>; + clock-output-names = "main", "pll0, "pll1", "pll3", + "lb", "qspi", "sdh", "sd0", "sd1", "z"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si570.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si570.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c09f21e1d98 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/silabs,si570.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +Binding for Silicon Labs 570, 571, 598 and 599 programmable +I2C clock generators. + +Reference +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. Details about the devices can be +found in the data sheets[2][3]. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +[2] Si570/571 Data Sheet + http://www.silabs.com/Support%20Documents/TechnicalDocs/si570.pdf +[3] Si598/599 Data Sheet + http://www.silabs.com/Support%20Documents/TechnicalDocs/si598-99.pdf + +Required properties: + - compatible: Shall be one of "silabs,si570", "silabs,si571", + "silabs,si598", "silabs,si599" + - reg: I2C device address. + - #clock-cells: From common clock bindings: Shall be 0. + - factory-fout: Factory set default frequency. This frequency is part specific. + The correct frequency for the part used has to be provided in + order to generate the correct output frequencies. For more + details, please refer to the data sheet. + - temperature-stability: Temperature stability of the device in PPM. Should be + one of: 7, 20, 50 or 100. + +Optional properties: + - clock-output-names: From common clock bindings. Recommended to be "si570". + - clock-frequency: Output frequency to generate. This defines the output + frequency set during boot. It can be reprogrammed during + runtime through the common clock framework. + +Example: + si570: clock-generator@5d { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "silabs,si570"; + temperature-stability = <50>; + reg = <0x5d>; + factory-fout = <156250000>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt index 91a748fed13..c2cb7621ad2 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/sunxi.txt @@ -7,8 +7,10 @@ This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. Required properties: - compatible : shall be one of the following: "allwinner,sun4i-osc-clk" - for a gatable oscillator - "allwinner,sun4i-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock + "allwinner,sun4i-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock and PLL4 "allwinner,sun6i-a31-pll1-clk" - for the main PLL clock on A31 + "allwinner,sun4i-pll5-clk" - for the PLL5 clock + "allwinner,sun4i-pll6-clk" - for the PLL6 clock "allwinner,sun4i-cpu-clk" - for the CPU multiplexer clock "allwinner,sun4i-axi-clk" - for the AXI clock "allwinner,sun4i-axi-gates-clk" - for the AXI gates @@ -33,10 +35,14 @@ Required properties: "allwinner,sun7i-a20-apb1-gates-clk" - for the APB1 gates on A20 "allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb2-div-clk" - for the APB2 gates on A31 "allwinner,sun6i-a31-apb2-gates-clk" - for the APB2 gates on A31 + "allwinner,sun4i-mod0-clk" - for the module 0 family of clocks + "allwinner,sun7i-a20-out-clk" - for the external output clocks Required properties for all clocks: - reg : shall be the control register address for the clock. -- clocks : shall be the input parent clock(s) phandle for the clock +- clocks : shall be the input parent clock(s) phandle for the clock. For + multiplexed clocks, the list order must match the hardware + programming order. - #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0 except for "allwinner,*-gates-clk" where it shall be set to 1 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/apll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/apll.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7faf5a68b3b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/apll.txt @@ -0,0 +1,31 @@ +Binding for Texas Instruments APLL clock. + +Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. It assumes a +register-mapped APLL with usually two selectable input clocks +(reference clock and bypass clock), with analog phase locked +loop logic for multiplying the input clock to a desired output +clock. This clock also typically supports different operation +modes (locked, low power stop etc.) APLL mostly behaves like +a subtype of a DPLL [2], although a simplified one at that. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/dpll.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be "ti,dra7-apll-clock" +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- clocks : link phandles of parent clocks (clk-ref and clk-bypass) +- reg : address and length of the register set for controlling the APLL. + It contains the information of registers in the following order: + "control" - contains the control register base address + "idlest" - contains the idlest register base address + +Examples: + apll_pcie_ck: apll_pcie_ck@4a008200 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&apll_pcie_in_clk_mux>, <&dpll_pcie_ref_ck>; + reg = <0x4a00821c 0x4>, <0x4a008220 0x4>; + compatible = "ti,dra7-apll-clock"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/autoidle.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/autoidle.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7c735dde9fe --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/autoidle.txt @@ -0,0 +1,39 @@ +Binding for Texas Instruments autoidle clock. + +Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. It assumes a register mapped +clock which can be put to idle automatically by hardware based on the usage +and a configuration bit setting. Autoidle clock is never an individual +clock, it is always a derivative of some basic clock like a gate, divider, +or fixed-factor. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- reg : offset for the register controlling the autoidle +- ti,autoidle-shift : bit shift of the autoidle enable bit +- ti,invert-autoidle-bit : autoidle is enabled by setting the bit to 0 + +Examples: + dpll_core_m4_ck: dpll_core_m4_ck { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,divider-clock"; + clocks = <&dpll_core_x2_ck>; + ti,max-div = <31>; + ti,autoidle-shift = <8>; + reg = <0x2d38>; + ti,index-starts-at-one; + ti,invert-autoidle-bit; + }; + + dpll_usb_clkdcoldo_ck: dpll_usb_clkdcoldo_ck { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,fixed-factor-clock"; + clocks = <&dpll_usb_ck>; + ti,clock-div = <1>; + ti,autoidle-shift = <8>; + reg = <0x01b4>; + ti,clock-mult = <1>; + ti,invert-autoidle-bit; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/clockdomain.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/clockdomain.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cb76b3f2b34 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/clockdomain.txt @@ -0,0 +1,24 @@ +Binding for Texas Instruments clockdomain. + +Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1] in consumer role. +Every clock on TI SoC belongs to one clockdomain, but software +only needs this information for specific clocks which require +their parent clockdomain to be controlled when the clock is +enabled/disabled. This binding doesn't define a new clock +binding type, it is used to group existing clock nodes under +hardware hierarchy. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be "ti,clockdomain" +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- clocks : link phandles of clocks within this domain + +Examples: + dss_clkdm: dss_clkdm { + compatible = "ti,clockdomain"; + clocks = <&dss1_alwon_fck_3430es2>, <&dss_ick_3430es2>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/composite.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/composite.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5f43c4706b0 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/composite.txt @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +Binding for TI composite clock. + +Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. It assumes a +register-mapped composite clock with multiple different sub-types; + +a multiplexer clock with multiple input clock signals or parents, one +of which can be selected as output, this behaves exactly as [2] + +an adjustable clock rate divider, this behaves exactly as [3] + +a gating function which can be used to enable and disable the output +clock, this behaves exactly as [4] + +The binding must provide a list of the component clocks that shall be +merged to this clock. The component clocks shall be of one of the +"ti,*composite*-clock" types. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/mux.txt +[3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/divider.txt +[4] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/gate.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be: "ti,composite-clock" +- clocks : link phandles of component clocks +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. + +Examples: + +usb_l4_gate_ick: usb_l4_gate_ick { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,composite-interface-clock"; + clocks = <&l4_ick>; + ti,bit-shift = <5>; + reg = <0x0a10>; +}; + +usb_l4_div_ick: usb_l4_div_ick { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,composite-divider-clock"; + clocks = <&l4_ick>; + ti,bit-shift = <4>; + ti,max-div = <1>; + reg = <0x0a40>; + ti,index-starts-at-one; +}; + +usb_l4_ick: usb_l4_ick { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,composite-clock"; + clocks = <&usb_l4_gate_ick>, <&usb_l4_div_ick>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/divider.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/divider.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..35a6f5c7e5c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/divider.txt @@ -0,0 +1,114 @@ +Binding for TI divider clock + +Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. It assumes a +register-mapped adjustable clock rate divider that does not gate and has +only one input clock or parent. By default the value programmed into +the register is one less than the actual divisor value. E.g: + +register value actual divisor value +0 1 +1 2 +2 3 + +This assumption may be modified by the following optional properties: + +ti,index-starts-at-one - valid divisor values start at 1, not the default +of 0. E.g: +register value actual divisor value +1 1 +2 2 +3 3 + +ti,index-power-of-two - valid divisor values are powers of two. E.g: +register value actual divisor value +0 1 +1 2 +2 4 + +Additionally an array of valid dividers may be supplied like so: + + ti,dividers = <4>, <8>, <0>, <16>; + +Which will map the resulting values to a divisor table by their index: +register value actual divisor value +0 4 +1 8 +2 <invalid divisor, skipped> +3 16 + +Any zero value in this array means the corresponding bit-value is invalid +and must not be used. + +The binding must also provide the register to control the divider and +unless the divider array is provided, min and max dividers. Optionally +the number of bits to shift that mask, if necessary. If the shift value +is missing it is the same as supplying a zero shift. + +This binding can also optionally provide support to the hardware autoidle +feature, see [2]. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/autoidle.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be "ti,divider-clock" or "ti,composite-divider-clock". +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- clocks : link to phandle of parent clock +- reg : offset for register controlling adjustable divider + +Optional properties: +- clock-output-names : from common clock binding. +- ti,dividers : array of integers defining divisors +- ti,bit-shift : number of bits to shift the divider value, defaults to 0 +- ti,min-div : min divisor for dividing the input clock rate, only + needed if the first divisor is offset from the default value (1) +- ti,max-div : max divisor for dividing the input clock rate, only needed + if ti,dividers is not defined. +- ti,index-starts-at-one : valid divisor programming starts at 1, not zero, + only valid if ti,dividers is not defined. +- ti,index-power-of-two : valid divisor programming must be a power of two, + only valid if ti,dividers is not defined. +- ti,autoidle-shift : bit shift of the autoidle enable bit for the clock, + see [2] +- ti,invert-autoidle-bit : autoidle is enabled by setting the bit to 0, + see [2] +- ti,set-rate-parent : clk_set_rate is propagated to parent + +Examples: +dpll_usb_m2_ck: dpll_usb_m2_ck@4a008190 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,divider-clock"; + clocks = <&dpll_usb_ck>; + ti,max-div = <127>; + reg = <0x190>; + ti,index-starts-at-one; +}; + +aess_fclk: aess_fclk@4a004528 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,divider-clock"; + clocks = <&abe_clk>; + ti,bit-shift = <24>; + reg = <0x528>; + ti,max-div = <2>; +}; + +dpll_core_m3x2_div_ck: dpll_core_m3x2_div_ck { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,composite-divider-clock"; + clocks = <&dpll_core_x2_ck>; + ti,max-div = <31>; + reg = <0x0134>; + ti,index-starts-at-one; +}; + +ssi_ssr_div_fck_3430es2: ssi_ssr_div_fck_3430es2 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,composite-divider-clock"; + clocks = <&corex2_fck>; + ti,bit-shift = <8>; + reg = <0x0a40>; + ti,dividers = <0>, <1>, <2>, <3>, <4>, <0>, <6>, <0>, <8>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/dpll.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/dpll.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..30bfdb7c9f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/dpll.txt @@ -0,0 +1,75 @@ +Binding for Texas Instruments DPLL clock. + +Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. It assumes a +register-mapped DPLL with usually two selectable input clocks +(reference clock and bypass clock), with digital phase locked +loop logic for multiplying the input clock to a desired output +clock. This clock also typically supports different operation +modes (locked, low power stop etc.) This binding has several +sub-types, which effectively result in slightly different setup +for the actual DPLL clock. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be one of: + "ti,omap3-dpll-clock", + "ti,omap3-dpll-core-clock", + "ti,omap3-dpll-per-clock", + "ti,omap3-dpll-per-j-type-clock", + "ti,omap4-dpll-clock", + "ti,omap4-dpll-x2-clock", + "ti,omap4-dpll-core-clock", + "ti,omap4-dpll-m4xen-clock", + "ti,omap4-dpll-j-type-clock", + "ti,am3-dpll-no-gate-clock", + "ti,am3-dpll-j-type-clock", + "ti,am3-dpll-no-gate-j-type-clock", + "ti,am3-dpll-clock", + "ti,am3-dpll-core-clock", + "ti,am3-dpll-x2-clock", + +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- clocks : link phandles of parent clocks, first entry lists reference clock + and second entry bypass clock +- reg : offsets for the register set for controlling the DPLL. + Registers are listed in following order: + "control" - contains the control register base address + "idlest" - contains the idle status register base address + "mult-div1" - contains the multiplier / divider register base address + "autoidle" - contains the autoidle register base address (optional) + ti,am3-* dpll types do not have autoidle register + +Optional properties: +- DPLL mode setting - defining any one or more of the following overrides + default setting. + - ti,low-power-stop : DPLL supports low power stop mode, gating output + - ti,low-power-bypass : DPLL output matches rate of parent bypass clock + - ti,lock : DPLL locks in programmed rate + +Examples: + dpll_core_ck: dpll_core_ck@44e00490 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,omap4-dpll-core-clock"; + clocks = <&sys_clkin_ck>, <&sys_clkin_ck>; + reg = <0x490>, <0x45c>, <0x488>, <0x468>; + }; + + dpll2_ck: dpll2_ck@48004004 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,omap3-dpll-clock"; + clocks = <&sys_ck>, <&dpll2_fck>; + ti,low-power-stop; + ti,low-power-bypass; + ti,lock; + reg = <0x4>, <0x24>, <0x34>, <0x40>; + }; + + dpll_core_ck: dpll_core_ck@44e00490 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,am3-dpll-core-clock"; + clocks = <&sys_clkin_ck>, <&sys_clkin_ck>; + reg = <0x90>, <0x5c>, <0x68>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/fixed-factor-clock.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/fixed-factor-clock.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..662b36d53bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/fixed-factor-clock.txt @@ -0,0 +1,43 @@ +Binding for TI fixed factor rate clock sources. + +Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1], and also uses the autoidle +support from TI autoidle clock [2]. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/autoidle.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be "ti,fixed-factor-clock". +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- ti,clock-div: fixed divider. +- ti,clock-mult: fixed multiplier. +- clocks: parent clock. + +Optional properties: +- ti,autoidle-shift: bit shift of the autoidle enable bit for the clock, + see [2] +- reg: offset for the autoidle register of this clock, see [2] +- ti,invert-autoidle-bit: autoidle is enabled by setting the bit to 0, see [2] +- ti,set-rate-parent: clk_set_rate is propagated to parent + +Example: + clock { + compatible = "ti,fixed-factor-clock"; + clocks = <&parentclk>; + #clock-cells = <0>; + ti,clock-div = <2>; + ti,clock-mult = <1>; + }; + + dpll_usb_clkdcoldo_ck: dpll_usb_clkdcoldo_ck { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,fixed-factor-clock"; + clocks = <&dpll_usb_ck>; + ti,clock-div = <1>; + ti,autoidle-shift = <8>; + reg = <0x01b4>; + ti,clock-mult = <1>; + ti,invert-autoidle-bit; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/gate.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/gate.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..125281aaa4c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/gate.txt @@ -0,0 +1,85 @@ +Binding for Texas Instruments gate clock. + +Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. This clock is +quite much similar to the basic gate-clock [2], however, +it supports a number of additional features. If no register +is provided for this clock, the code assumes that a clockdomain +will be controlled instead and the corresponding hw-ops for +that is used. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/gate-clock.txt +[3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/clockdomain.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be one of: + "ti,gate-clock" - basic gate clock + "ti,wait-gate-clock" - gate clock which waits until clock is active before + returning from clk_enable() + "ti,dss-gate-clock" - gate clock with DSS specific hardware handling + "ti,am35xx-gate-clock" - gate clock with AM35xx specific hardware handling + "ti,clkdm-gate-clock" - clockdomain gate clock, which derives its functional + clock directly from a clockdomain, see [3] how + to map clockdomains properly + "ti,hsdiv-gate-clock" - gate clock with OMAP36xx specific hardware handling, + required for a hardware errata +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0 +- clocks : link to phandle of parent clock +- reg : offset for register controlling adjustable gate, not needed for + ti,clkdm-gate-clock type + +Optional properties: +- ti,bit-shift : bit shift for programming the clock gate, invalid for + ti,clkdm-gate-clock type +- ti,set-bit-to-disable : inverts default gate programming. Setting the bit + gates the clock and clearing the bit ungates the clock. + +Examples: + mmchs2_fck: mmchs2_fck@48004a00 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,gate-clock"; + clocks = <&core_96m_fck>; + reg = <0x48004a00 0x4>; + ti,bit-shift = <25>; + }; + + uart4_fck_am35xx: uart4_fck_am35xx { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,wait-gate-clock"; + clocks = <&core_48m_fck>; + reg = <0x0a00>; + ti,bit-shift = <23>; + }; + + dss1_alwon_fck_3430es2: dss1_alwon_fck_3430es2@48004e00 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,dss-gate-clock"; + clocks = <&dpll4_m4x2_ck>; + reg = <0x48004e00 0x4>; + ti,bit-shift = <0>; + }; + + emac_ick: emac_ick@4800259c { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,am35xx-gate-clock"; + clocks = <&ipss_ick>; + reg = <0x4800259c 0x4>; + ti,bit-shift = <1>; + }; + + emu_src_ck: emu_src_ck { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,clkdm-gate-clock"; + clocks = <&emu_src_mux_ck>; + }; + + dpll4_m2x2_ck: dpll4_m2x2_ck@48004d00 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,hsdiv-gate-clock"; + clocks = <&dpll4_m2x2_mul_ck>; + ti,bit-shift = <0x1b>; + reg = <0x48004d00 0x4>; + ti,set-bit-to-disable; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/interface.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/interface.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..064e8caccac --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/interface.txt @@ -0,0 +1,54 @@ +Binding for Texas Instruments interface clock. + +Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. This clock is +quite much similar to the basic gate-clock [2], however, +it supports a number of additional features, including +companion clock finding (match corresponding functional gate +clock) and hardware autoidle enable / disable. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +[2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/gate-clock.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be one of: + "ti,omap3-interface-clock" - basic OMAP3 interface clock + "ti,omap3-no-wait-interface-clock" - interface clock which has no hardware + capability for waiting clock to be ready + "ti,omap3-hsotgusb-interface-clock" - interface clock with USB specific HW + handling + "ti,omap3-dss-interface-clock" - interface clock with DSS specific HW handling + "ti,omap3-ssi-interface-clock" - interface clock with SSI specific HW handling + "ti,am35xx-interface-clock" - interface clock with AM35xx specific HW handling +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0 +- clocks : link to phandle of parent clock +- reg : base address for the control register + +Optional properties: +- ti,bit-shift : bit shift for the bit enabling/disabling the clock (default 0) + +Examples: + aes1_ick: aes1_ick@48004a14 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,omap3-interface-clock"; + clocks = <&security_l4_ick2>; + reg = <0x48004a14 0x4>; + ti,bit-shift = <3>; + }; + + cam_ick: cam_ick@48004f10 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,omap3-no-wait-interface-clock"; + clocks = <&l4_ick>; + reg = <0x48004f10 0x4>; + ti,bit-shift = <0>; + }; + + ssi_ick_3430es2: ssi_ick_3430es2@48004a10 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,omap3-ssi-interface-clock"; + clocks = <&ssi_l4_ick>; + reg = <0x48004a10 0x4>; + ti,bit-shift = <0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/mux.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/mux.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..2d0d170f800 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/ti/mux.txt @@ -0,0 +1,76 @@ +Binding for TI mux clock. + +Binding status: Unstable - ABI compatibility may be broken in the future + +This binding uses the common clock binding[1]. It assumes a +register-mapped multiplexer with multiple input clock signals or +parents, one of which can be selected as output. This clock does not +gate or adjust the parent rate via a divider or multiplier. + +By default the "clocks" property lists the parents in the same order +as they are programmed into the regster. E.g: + + clocks = <&foo_clock>, <&bar_clock>, <&baz_clock>; + +results in programming the register as follows: + +register value selected parent clock +0 foo_clock +1 bar_clock +2 baz_clock + +Some clock controller IPs do not allow a value of zero to be programmed +into the register, instead indexing begins at 1. The optional property +"index-starts-at-one" modified the scheme as follows: + +register value selected clock parent +1 foo_clock +2 bar_clock +3 baz_clock + +The binding must provide the register to control the mux. Optionally +the number of bits to shift the control field in the register can be +supplied. If the shift value is missing it is the same as supplying +a zero shift. + +[1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + +Required properties: +- compatible : shall be "ti,mux-clock" or "ti,composite-mux-clock". +- #clock-cells : from common clock binding; shall be set to 0. +- clocks : link phandles of parent clocks +- reg : register offset for register controlling adjustable mux + +Optional properties: +- ti,bit-shift : number of bits to shift the bit-mask, defaults to + 0 if not present +- ti,index-starts-at-one : valid input select programming starts at 1, not + zero +- ti,set-rate-parent : clk_set_rate is propagated to parent clock, + not supported by the composite-mux-clock subtype + +Examples: + +sys_clkin_ck: sys_clkin_ck@4a306110 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,mux-clock"; + clocks = <&virt_12000000_ck>, <&virt_13000000_ck>, <&virt_16800000_ck>, <&virt_19200000_ck>, <&virt_26000000_ck>, <&virt_27000000_ck>, <&virt_38400000_ck>; + reg = <0x0110>; + ti,index-starts-at-one; +}; + +abe_dpll_bypass_clk_mux_ck: abe_dpll_bypass_clk_mux_ck@4a306108 { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,mux-clock"; + clocks = <&sys_clkin_ck>, <&sys_32k_ck>; + ti,bit-shift = <24>; + reg = <0x0108>; +}; + +mcbsp5_mux_fck: mcbsp5_mux_fck { + #clock-cells = <0>; + compatible = "ti,composite-mux-clock"; + clocks = <&core_96m_fck>, <&mcbsp_clks>; + ti,bit-shift = <4>; + reg = <0x02d8>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zynq-7000.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zynq-7000.txt index d99af878f5d..17b4a94916d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zynq-7000.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/zynq-7000.txt @@ -22,6 +22,10 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - clocks : as described in the clock bindings - clock-names : as described in the clock bindings + - fclk-enable : Bit mask to enable FCLKs statically at boot time. + Bit [0..3] correspond to FCLK0..FCLK3. The corresponding + FCLK will only be enabled if it is actually running at + boot time. Clock inputs: The following strings are optional parameters to the 'clock-names' property in diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-cpu0.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-cpu0.txt index 051f764bedb..f055515d2b6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-cpu0.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/cpufreq/cpufreq-cpu0.txt @@ -15,6 +15,10 @@ Optional properties: - clock-latency: Specify the possible maximum transition latency for clock, in unit of nanoseconds. - voltage-tolerance: Specify the CPU voltage tolerance in percentage. +- #cooling-cells: +- cooling-min-level: +- cooling-max-level: + Please refer to Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt. Examples: @@ -33,6 +37,9 @@ cpus { 198000 850000 >; clock-latency = <61036>; /* two CLK32 periods */ + #cooling-cells = <2>; + cooling-min-level = <0>; + cooling-max-level = <2>; }; cpu@1 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/atmel-crypto.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/atmel-crypto.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f2aab3dc2b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/atmel-crypto.txt @@ -0,0 +1,68 @@ +* Atmel HW cryptographic accelerators + +These are the HW cryptographic accelerators found on some Atmel products. + +* Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "atmel,at91sam9g46-aes". +- reg: Should contain AES registers location and length. +- interrupts: Should contain the IRQ line for the AES. +- dmas: List of two DMA specifiers as described in + atmel-dma.txt and dma.txt files. +- dma-names: Contains one identifier string for each DMA specifier + in the dmas property. + +Example: +aes@f8038000 { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g46-aes"; + reg = <0xf8038000 0x100>; + interrupts = <43 4 0>; + dmas = <&dma1 2 18>, + <&dma1 2 19>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + +* Triple Data Encryption Standard (Triple DES) + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "atmel,at91sam9g46-tdes". +- reg: Should contain TDES registers location and length. +- interrupts: Should contain the IRQ line for the TDES. + +Optional properties: +- dmas: List of two DMA specifiers as described in + atmel-dma.txt and dma.txt files. +- dma-names: Contains one identifier string for each DMA specifier + in the dmas property. + +Example: +tdes@f803c000 { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g46-tdes"; + reg = <0xf803c000 0x100>; + interrupts = <44 4 0>; + dmas = <&dma1 2 20>, + <&dma1 2 21>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; +}; + +* Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA) + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "atmel,at91sam9g46-sha". +- reg: Should contain SHA registers location and length. +- interrupts: Should contain the IRQ line for the SHA. + +Optional properties: +- dmas: One DMA specifiers as described in + atmel-dma.txt and dma.txt files. +- dma-names: Contains one identifier string for each DMA specifier + in the dmas property. Only one "tx" string needed. + +Example: +sha@f8034000 { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9g46-sha"; + reg = <0xf8034000 0x100>; + interrupts = <42 4 0>; + dmas = <&dma1 2 17>; + dma-names = "tx"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-dcp.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-dcp.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..6949e50f1f1 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/crypto/fsl-dcp.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +Freescale DCP (Data Co-Processor) found on i.MX23/i.MX28 . + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "fsl,<soc>-dcp" +- reg : Should contain MXS DCP registers location and length +- interrupts : Should contain MXS DCP interrupt numbers, VMI IRQ and DCP IRQ + must be supplied, optionally Secure IRQ can be present, but + is currently not implemented and not used. + +Example: + +dcp@80028000 { + compatible = "fsl,imx28-dcp", "fsl,imx23-dcp"; + reg = <0x80028000 0x2000>; + interrupts = <52 53>; + status = "okay"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/bcm2835-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/bcm2835-dma.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1396078d15a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/bcm2835-dma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,57 @@ +* BCM2835 DMA controller + +The BCM2835 DMA controller has 16 channels in total. +Only the lower 13 channels have an associated IRQ. +Some arbitrary channels are used by the firmware +(1,3,6,7 in the current firmware version). +The channels 0,2 and 3 have special functionality +and should not be used by the driver. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "brcm,bcm2835-dma". +- reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length. +- interrupts: Should contain the DMA interrupts associated + to the DMA channels in ascending order. +- #dma-cells: Must be <1>, the cell in the dmas property of the + client device represents the DREQ number. +- brcm,dma-channel-mask: Bit mask representing the channels + not used by the firmware in ascending order, + i.e. first channel corresponds to LSB. + +Example: + +dma: dma@7e007000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-dma"; + reg = <0x7e007000 0xf00>; + interrupts = <1 16>, + <1 17>, + <1 18>, + <1 19>, + <1 20>, + <1 21>, + <1 22>, + <1 23>, + <1 24>, + <1 25>, + <1 26>, + <1 27>, + <1 28>; + + #dma-cells = <1>; + brcm,dma-channel-mask = <0x7f35>; +}; + +DMA clients connected to the BCM2835 DMA controller must use the format +described in the dma.txt file, using a two-cell specifier for each channel. + +Example: + +bcm2835_i2s: i2s@7e203000 { + compatible = "brcm,bcm2835-i2s"; + reg = < 0x7e203000 0x20>, + < 0x7e101098 0x02>; + + dmas = <&dma 2>, + <&dma 3>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt index 4fa814d3832..68b83ecc385 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/fsl-imx-sdma.txt @@ -42,6 +42,7 @@ The full ID of peripheral types can be found below. 19 IPU Memory 20 ASRC 21 ESAI + 22 SSI Dual FIFO (needs firmware ver >= 2) The third cell specifies the transfer priority as below. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/moxa,moxart-dma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/moxa,moxart-dma.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8a9f3559335 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/moxa,moxart-dma.txt @@ -0,0 +1,45 @@ +MOXA ART DMA Controller + +See dma.txt first + +Required properties: + +- compatible : Must be "moxa,moxart-dma" +- reg : Should contain registers location and length +- interrupts : Should contain an interrupt-specifier for the sole + interrupt generated by the device +- #dma-cells : Should be 1, a single cell holding a line request number + +Example: + + dma: dma@90500000 { + compatible = "moxa,moxart-dma"; + reg = <0x90500080 0x40>; + interrupts = <24 0>; + #dma-cells = <1>; + }; + + +Clients: + +DMA clients connected to the MOXA ART DMA controller must use the format +described in the dma.txt file, using a two-cell specifier for each channel: +a phandle plus one integer cells. +The two cells in order are: + +1. A phandle pointing to the DMA controller. +2. Peripheral identifier for the hardware handshaking interface. + +Example: +Use specific request line passing from dma +For example, MMC request line is 5 + + sdhci: sdhci@98e00000 { + compatible = "moxa,moxart-sdhci"; + reg = <0x98e00000 0x5C>; + interrupts = <5 0>; + clocks = <&clk_apb>; + dmas = <&dma 5>, + <&dma 5>; + dma-names = "tx", "rx"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt index a8c21c256ba..1f5729f1062 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/ste-dma40.txt @@ -50,6 +50,9 @@ Each dmas request consists of 4 cells: 0x00000008: Use fixed channel: Use automatic channel selection when unset Use DMA request line number when set + 0x00000010: Set channel as high priority: + Normal priority when unset + High priority when set Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/tegra20-apbdma.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/tegra20-apbdma.txt index 90fa7da525b..c6908e7c42c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/tegra20-apbdma.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/dma/tegra20-apbdma.txt @@ -5,6 +5,16 @@ Required properties: - reg: Should contain DMA registers location and length. This shuld include all of the per-channel registers. - interrupts: Should contain all of the per-channel DMA interrupts. +- clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names : Must include the following entries: + - dma +- #dma-cells : Must be <1>. This dictates the length of DMA specifiers in + client nodes' dmas properties. The specifier represents the DMA request + select value for the peripheral. For more details, consult the Tegra TRM's + documentation of the APB DMA channel control register REQ_SEL field. Examples: @@ -27,4 +37,8 @@ apbdma: dma@6000a000 { 0 149 0x04 0 150 0x04 0 151 0x04 >; + clocks = <&tegra_car 34>; + resets = <&tegra_car 34>; + reset-names = "dma"; + #dma-cells = <1>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a2e839d6e33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio-davinci.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +Davinci GPIO controller bindings + +Required Properties: +- compatible: should be "ti,dm6441-gpio" + +- reg: Physical base address of the controller and the size of memory mapped + registers. + +- gpio-controller : Marks the device node as a gpio controller. + +- interrupt-parent: phandle of the parent interrupt controller. + +- interrupts: Array of GPIO interrupt number. Only banked or unbanked IRQs are + supported at a time. + +- ti,ngpio: The number of GPIO pins supported. + +- ti,davinci-gpio-unbanked: The number of GPIOs that have an individual interrupt + line to processor. + +The GPIO controller also acts as an interrupt controller. It uses the default +two cells specifier as described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ +interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt. + +Example: + +gpio: gpio@1e26000 { + compatible = "ti,dm6441-gpio"; + gpio-controller; + reg = <0x226000 0x1000>; + interrupt-parent = <&intc>; + interrupts = <42 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH 43 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH + 44 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH 45 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH + 46 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH 47 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH + 48 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH 49 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH + 50 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_BOTH>; + ti,ngpio = <144>; + ti,davinci-gpio-unbanked = <0>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <2>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt index b4fa934ae3a..efaeec8961b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpu/nvidia,tegra20-host1x.txt @@ -9,6 +9,12 @@ Required properties: - #size-cells: The number of cells used to represent the size of an address range in the host1x address space. Should be 1. - ranges: The mapping of the host1x address space to the CPU address space. +- clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - host1x The host1x top-level node defines a number of children, each representing one of the following host1x client modules: @@ -19,6 +25,12 @@ of the following host1x client modules: - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-mpe" - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller. + - clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. + - reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - mpe - vi: video input @@ -26,6 +38,12 @@ of the following host1x client modules: - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-vi" - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller. + - clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. + - reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - vi - epp: encoder pre-processor @@ -33,6 +51,12 @@ of the following host1x client modules: - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-epp" - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller. + - clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. + - reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - epp - isp: image signal processor @@ -40,6 +64,12 @@ of the following host1x client modules: - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-isp" - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller. + - clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. + - reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - isp - gr2d: 2D graphics engine @@ -47,12 +77,30 @@ of the following host1x client modules: - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-gr2d" - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller. + - clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. + - reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - 2d - gr3d: 3D graphics engine Required properties: - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-gr3d" - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. + - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - clock-names: Must include the following entries: + (This property may be omitted if the only clock in the list is "3d") + - 3d + This MUST be the first entry. + - 3d2 (Only required on SoCs with two 3D clocks) + - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. + - reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - 3d + - 3d2 (Only required on SoCs with two 3D clocks) - dc: display controller @@ -60,6 +108,19 @@ of the following host1x client modules: - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-dc" - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller. + - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - clock-names: Must include the following entries: + - dc + This MUST be the first entry. + - parent + - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. + - reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - dc + - nvidia,head: The number of the display controller head. This is used to + setup the various types of output to receive video data from the given + head. Each display controller node has a child node, named "rgb", that represents the RGB output associated with the controller. It can take the following @@ -67,6 +128,7 @@ of the following host1x client modules: - nvidia,ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing - nvidia,hpd-gpio: specifies a GPIO used for hotplug detection - nvidia,edid: supplies a binary EDID blob + - nvidia,panel: phandle of a display panel - hdmi: High Definition Multimedia Interface @@ -76,11 +138,22 @@ of the following host1x client modules: - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller. - vdd-supply: regulator for supply voltage - pll-supply: regulator for PLL + - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - clock-names: Must include the following entries: + - hdmi + This MUST be the first entry. + - parent + - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. + - reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - hdmi Optional properties: - nvidia,ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing - nvidia,hpd-gpio: specifies a GPIO used for hotplug detection - nvidia,edid: supplies a binary EDID blob + - nvidia,panel: phandle of a display panel - tvo: TV encoder output @@ -88,12 +161,34 @@ of the following host1x client modules: - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-tvo" - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. - interrupts: The interrupt outputs from the controller. + - clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. - dsi: display serial interface Required properties: - compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-dsi" - reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. + - clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - clock-names: Must include the following entries: + - dsi + This MUST be the first entry. + - lp + - parent + - resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. + - reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - dsi + - nvidia,mipi-calibrate: Should contain a phandle and a specifier specifying + which pads are used by this DSI output and need to be calibrated. See also + ../mipi/nvidia,tegra114-mipi.txt. + + Optional properties: + - nvidia,ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing + - nvidia,hpd-gpio: specifies a GPIO used for hotplug detection + - nvidia,edid: supplies a binary EDID blob + - nvidia,panel: phandle of a display panel Example: @@ -105,6 +200,9 @@ Example: reg = <0x50000000 0x00024000>; interrupts = <0 65 0x04 /* mpcore syncpt */ 0 67 0x04>; /* mpcore general */ + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_HOST1X>; + resets = <&tegra_car 28>; + reset-names = "host1x"; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <1>; @@ -115,41 +213,64 @@ Example: compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-mpe"; reg = <0x54040000 0x00040000>; interrupts = <0 68 0x04>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_MPE>; + resets = <&tegra_car 60>; + reset-names = "mpe"; }; vi { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-vi"; reg = <0x54080000 0x00040000>; interrupts = <0 69 0x04>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_VI>; + resets = <&tegra_car 100>; + reset-names = "vi"; }; epp { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-epp"; reg = <0x540c0000 0x00040000>; interrupts = <0 70 0x04>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_EPP>; + resets = <&tegra_car 19>; + reset-names = "epp"; }; isp { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-isp"; reg = <0x54100000 0x00040000>; interrupts = <0 71 0x04>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_ISP>; + resets = <&tegra_car 23>; + reset-names = "isp"; }; gr2d { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-gr2d"; reg = <0x54140000 0x00040000>; interrupts = <0 72 0x04>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_GR2D>; + resets = <&tegra_car 21>; + reset-names = "2d"; }; gr3d { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-gr3d"; reg = <0x54180000 0x00040000>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_GR3D>; + resets = <&tegra_car 24>; + reset-names = "3d"; }; dc@54200000 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-dc"; reg = <0x54200000 0x00040000>; interrupts = <0 73 0x04>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_DISP1>, + <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_PLL_P>; + clock-names = "dc", "parent"; + resets = <&tegra_car 27>; + reset-names = "dc"; rgb { status = "disabled"; @@ -160,6 +281,11 @@ Example: compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-dc"; reg = <0x54240000 0x00040000>; interrupts = <0 74 0x04>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_DISP2>, + <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_PLL_P>; + clock-names = "dc", "parent"; + resets = <&tegra_car 26>; + reset-names = "dc"; rgb { status = "disabled"; @@ -170,6 +296,11 @@ Example: compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-hdmi"; reg = <0x54280000 0x00040000>; interrupts = <0 75 0x04>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_HDMI>, + <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_PLL_D_OUT0>; + clock-names = "hdmi", "parent"; + resets = <&tegra_car 51>; + reset-names = "hdmi"; status = "disabled"; }; @@ -177,12 +308,18 @@ Example: compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-tvo"; reg = <0x542c0000 0x00040000>; interrupts = <0 76 0x04>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_TVO>; status = "disabled"; }; dsi { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-dsi"; reg = <0x54300000 0x00040000>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_DSI>, + <&tegra_car TEGRA20_CLK_PLL_D_OUT0>; + clock-names = "dsi", "parent"; + resets = <&tegra_car 48>; + reset-names = "dsi"; status = "disabled"; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt index 82e8f6f1717..582b4652a82 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/i2c-mv64xxx.txt @@ -5,7 +5,11 @@ Required properties : - reg : Offset and length of the register set for the device - compatible : Should be "marvell,mv64xxx-i2c" or "allwinner,sun4i-i2c" - or "marvell,mv78230-i2c" + or "marvell,mv78230-i2c" or "marvell,mv78230-a0-i2c" + Note: Only use "marvell,mv78230-a0-i2c" for a very rare, + initial version of the SoC which had broken offload + support. Linux auto-detects this and sets it + appropriately. - interrupts : The interrupt number Optional properties : diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nvidia,tegra20-i2c.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nvidia,tegra20-i2c.txt index ef77cc7a0e4..87507e9ce6d 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nvidia,tegra20-i2c.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/nvidia,tegra20-i2c.txt @@ -39,12 +39,23 @@ Required properties: - interrupts: Should contain I2C controller interrupts. - address-cells: Address cells for I2C device address. - size-cells: Size of the I2C device address. -- clocks: Clock ID as per - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/tegra<chip-id>.txt - for I2C controller. -- clock-names: Name of the clock: - Tegra20/Tegra30 I2C controller: "div-clk and "fast-clk". - Tegra114 I2C controller: "div-clk". +- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: Must include the following entries: + Tegra20/Tegra30: + - div-clk + - fast-clk + Tegra114: + - div-clk +- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - i2c +- dmas: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../dma/dma.txt for details. +- dma-names: Must include the following entries: + - rx + - tx Example: @@ -56,5 +67,9 @@ Example: #size-cells = <0>; clocks = <&tegra_car 12>, <&tegra_car 124>; clock-names = "div-clk", "fast-clk"; + resets = <&tegra_car 12>; + reset-names = "i2c"; + dmas = <&apbdma 16>, <&apbdma 16>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; status = "disabled"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt index c65f71cfaa5..1a1ac2e560e 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/i2c/trivial-devices.txt @@ -40,6 +40,7 @@ fsl,sgtl5000 SGTL5000: Ultra Low-Power Audio Codec gmt,g751 G751: Digital Temperature Sensor and Thermal Watchdog with Two-Wire Interface infineon,slb9635tt Infineon SLB9635 (Soft-) I2C TPM (old protocol, max 100khz) infineon,slb9645tt Infineon SLB9645 I2C TPM (new protocol, max 400khz) +isl,isl12057 Intersil ISL12057 I2C RTC Chip maxim,ds1050 5 Bit Programmable, Pulse-Width Modulator maxim,max1237 Low-Power, 4-/12-Channel, 2-Wire Serial, 12-Bit ADCs maxim,max6625 9-Bit/12-Bit Temperature Sensors with IยฒC-Compatible Serial Interface diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-beeper.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-beeper.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..a5086e37fce --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/gpio-beeper.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +* GPIO beeper device tree bindings + +Register a beeper connected to GPIO pin. + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should be "gpio-beeper". +- gpios: From common gpio binding; gpio connection to beeper enable pin. + +Example: + beeper: beeper { + compatible = "gpio-beeper"; + gpios = <&gpio3 23 GPIO_ACTIVE_HIGH>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt index 2995fae7ee4..0382b8bd69c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/nvidia,tegra20-kbc.txt @@ -13,6 +13,12 @@ Required properties: array of pin numbers which is used as column. - linux,keymap: The keymap for keys as described in the binding document devicetree/bindings/input/matrix-keymap.txt. +- clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - kbc Optional properties, in addition to those specified by the shared matrix-keyboard bindings: @@ -31,6 +37,9 @@ keyboard: keyboard { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-kbc"; reg = <0x7000e200 0x100>; interrupts = <0 85 0x04>; + clocks = <&tegra_car 36>; + resets = <&tegra_car 36>; + reset-names = "kbc"; nvidia,ghost-filter; nvidia,debounce-delay-ms = <640>; nvidia,kbc-row-pins = <0 1 2>; /* pin 0, 1, 2 as rows */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/tsc2007.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/tsc2007.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ec365e17223 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/touchscreen/tsc2007.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +* Texas Instruments tsc2007 touchscreen controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: must be "ti,tsc2007". +- reg: I2C address of the chip. +- ti,x-plate-ohms: X-plate resistance in ohms. + +Optional properties: +- gpios: the interrupt gpio the chip is connected to (trough the penirq pin). + The penirq pin goes to low when the panel is touched. + (see GPIO binding[1] for more details). +- interrupt-parent: the phandle for the gpio controller + (see interrupt binding[0]). +- interrupts: (gpio) interrupt to which the chip is connected + (see interrupt binding[0]). +- ti,max-rt: maximum pressure. +- ti,fuzzx: specifies the absolute input fuzz x value. + If set, it will permit noise in the data up to +- the value given to the fuzz + parameter, that is used to filter noise from the event stream. +- ti,fuzzy: specifies the absolute input fuzz y value. +- ti,fuzzz: specifies the absolute input fuzz z value. +- ti,poll-period: how much time to wait (in milliseconds) before reading again the + values from the tsc2007. + +[0]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt +[1]: Documentation/devicetree/bindings/gpio/gpio.txt + +Example: + &i2c1 { + /* ... */ + tsc2007@49 { + compatible = "ti,tsc2007"; + reg = <0x49>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>; + interrupts = <0x0 0x8>; + gpios = <&gpio4 0 0>; + ti,x-plate-ohms = <180>; + }; + + /* ... */ + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/twl4030-keypad.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/twl4030-keypad.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e4be2f76a71 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/twl4030-keypad.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +* TWL4030's Keypad Controller device tree bindings + +TWL4030's Keypad controller is used to interface a SoC with a matrix-type +keypad device. The keypad controller supports multiple row and column lines. +A key can be placed at each intersection of a unique row and a unique column. +The keypad controller can sense a key-press and key-release and report the +event using a interrupt to the cpu. + +This binding is based on the matrix-keymap binding with the following +changes: + + * keypad,num-rows and keypad,num-columns are required. + +Required SoC Specific Properties: +- compatible: should be one of the following + - "ti,twl4030-keypad": For controllers compatible with twl4030 keypad + controller. +- interrupt: should be one of the following + - <1>: For controllers compatible with twl4030 keypad controller. + +Example: + twl_keypad: keypad { + compatible = "ti,twl4030-keypad"; + interrupts = <1>; + keypad,num-rows = <8>; + keypad,num-columns = <8>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/twl4030-pwrbutton.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/twl4030-pwrbutton.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..c864a46cddc --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/input/twl4030-pwrbutton.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Texas Instruments TWL family (twl4030) pwrbutton module + +This module is part of the TWL4030. For more details about the whole +chip see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/twl-familly.txt. + +This module provides a simple power button event via an Interrupt. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be one of the following + - "ti,twl4030-pwrbutton": For controllers compatible with twl4030 +- interrupts: should be one of the following + - <8>: For controllers compatible with twl4030 + +Example: + +&twl { + twl_pwrbutton: pwrbutton { + compatible = "ti,twl4030-pwrbutton"; + interrupts = <8>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt index 3d3b2b91e33..32cec4b26cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/allwinner,sun4i-ic.txt @@ -14,5 +14,5 @@ intc: interrupt-controller { compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-ic"; reg = <0x01c20400 0x400>; interrupt-controller; - #interrupt-cells = <2>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/snps,dw-apb-ictl.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/snps,dw-apb-ictl.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..492911744ca --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/snps,dw-apb-ictl.txt @@ -0,0 +1,32 @@ +Synopsys DesignWare APB interrupt controller (dw_apb_ictl) + +Synopsys DesignWare provides interrupt controller IP for APB known as +dw_apb_ictl. The IP is used as secondary interrupt controller in some SoCs with +APB bus, e.g. Marvell Armada 1500. + +Required properties: +- compatible: shall be "snps,dw-apb-ictl" +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region starting with ENABLE_LOW register +- interrupt-controller: identifies the node as an interrupt controller +- #interrupt-cells: number of cells to encode an interrupt-specifier, shall be 1 +- interrupts: interrupt reference to primary interrupt controller +- interrupt-parent: (optional) reference specific primary interrupt controller + +The interrupt sources map to the corresponding bits in the interrupt +registers, i.e. +- 0 maps to bit 0 of low interrupts, +- 1 maps to bit 1 of low interrupts, +- 32 maps to bit 0 of high interrupts, +- 33 maps to bit 1 of high interrupts, +- (optional) fast interrupts start at 64. + +Example: + aic: interrupt-controller@3000 { + compatible = "snps,dw-apb-ictl"; + reg = <0x3000 0xc00>; + interrupt-controller; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 3 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt index 80ff3dfb1f3..d7221b84987 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/tca6507.txt @@ -2,6 +2,13 @@ LEDs connected to tca6507 Required properties: - compatible : should be : "ti,tca6507". +- #address-cells: must be 1 +- #size-cells: must be 0 +- reg: typically 0x45. + +Optional properties: +- gpio-controller: allows lines to be used as output-only GPIOs. +- #gpio-cells: if present, must be 0. Each led is represented as a sub-node of the ti,tca6507 device. @@ -10,6 +17,7 @@ LED sub-node properties: - reg : number of LED line (could be from 0 to 6) - linux,default-trigger : (optional) see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/leds/common.txt +- compatible: either "led" (the default) or "gpio". Examples: @@ -19,6 +27,9 @@ tca6507@45 { #size-cells = <0>; reg = <0x45>; + gpio-controller; + #gpio-cells = <2>; + led0: red-aux@0 { label = "red:aux"; reg = <0x0>; @@ -29,5 +40,10 @@ tca6507@45 { reg = <0x5>; linux,default-trigger = "default-on"; }; + + wifi-reset@6 { + reg = <0x6>; + compatible = "gpio"; + }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/marvell.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/marvell.txt index f7a0da6b402..ea2b16ced49 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/marvell.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/marvell.txt @@ -79,7 +79,6 @@ prefixed with the string "marvell,", for Marvell Technology Group Ltd. Required properties: - #address-cells : Should be <1> - #size-cells : Should be <0> - - device_type : Should be "mdio" - compatible : Should be "marvell,mv64360-mdio" Example: @@ -87,7 +86,6 @@ prefixed with the string "marvell,", for Marvell Technology Group Ltd. mdio { #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; - device_type = "mdio"; compatible = "marvell,mv64360-mdio"; ethernet-phy@0 { @@ -132,7 +130,6 @@ prefixed with the string "marvell,", for Marvell Technology Group Ltd. Ethernet port node Required properties: - - device_type : Should be "network". - compatible : Should be "marvell,mv64360-eth". - reg : Should be <0>, <1>, or <2>, according to which registers within the silicon block the device uses. @@ -145,7 +142,6 @@ prefixed with the string "marvell,", for Marvell Technology Group Ltd. Example Discovery Ethernet port node: ethernet@0 { - device_type = "network"; compatible = "marvell,mv64360-eth"; reg = <0>; interrupts = <32>; @@ -159,7 +155,6 @@ prefixed with the string "marvell,", for Marvell Technology Group Ltd. c) Marvell Discovery PHY nodes Required properties: - - device_type : Should be "ethernet-phy" - interrupts : <a> where a is the interrupt number for this phy. - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that services interrupts for this device. @@ -167,7 +162,6 @@ prefixed with the string "marvell,", for Marvell Technology Group Ltd. Example Discovery PHY node: ethernet-phy@1 { - device_type = "ethernet-phy"; compatible = "broadcom,bcm5421"; interrupts = <76>; /* GPP 12 */ interrupt-parent = <&PIC>; @@ -271,7 +265,6 @@ prefixed with the string "marvell,", for Marvell Technology Group Ltd. serial port. Required properties: - - device_type : "serial" - compatible : "marvell,mv64360-mpsc" - reg : Offset and length of the register set for this device - sdma : the phandle for the SDMA node used by this port @@ -288,7 +281,6 @@ prefixed with the string "marvell,", for Marvell Technology Group Ltd. Example Discovery MPSCINTR node: mpsc@8000 { - device_type = "serial"; compatible = "marvell,mv64360-mpsc"; reg = <0x8000 0x38>; virtual-reg = <0xf1008000>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..937b755baf8 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/exynos-jpeg-codec.txt @@ -0,0 +1,11 @@ +Samsung S5P/EXYNOS SoC series JPEG codec + +Required properties: + +- compatible : should be one of: + "samsung,s5pv210-jpeg", "samsung,exynos4210-jpeg"; +- reg : address and length of the JPEG codec IP register set; +- interrupts : specifies the JPEG codec IP interrupt; +- clocks : should contain the JPEG codec IP gate clock specifier, from the + common clock bindings; +- clock-names : should contain "jpeg" entry. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5k5baf.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5k5baf.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1f51e0439c9 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/media/samsung-s5k5baf.txt @@ -0,0 +1,58 @@ +Samsung S5K5BAF UXGA 1/5" 2M CMOS Image Sensor with embedded SoC ISP +-------------------------------------------------------------------- + +Required properties: + +- compatible : "samsung,s5k5baf"; +- reg : I2C slave address of the sensor; +- vdda-supply : analog power supply 2.8V (2.6V to 3.0V); +- vddreg-supply : regulator input power supply 1.8V (1.7V to 1.9V) + or 2.8V (2.6V to 3.0); +- vddio-supply : I/O power supply 1.8V (1.65V to 1.95V) + or 2.8V (2.5V to 3.1V); +- stbyn-gpios : GPIO connected to STDBYN pin; +- rstn-gpios : GPIO connected to RSTN pin; +- clocks : list of phandle and clock specifier pairs + according to common clock bindings for the + clocks described in clock-names; +- clock-names : should include "mclk" for the sensor's master clock; + +Optional properties: + +- clock-frequency : the frequency at which the "mclk" clock should be + configured to operate, in Hz; if this property is not + specified default 24 MHz value will be used. + +The device node should contain one 'port' child node with one child 'endpoint' +node, according to the bindings defined in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/ +media/video-interfaces.txt. The following are properties specific to those +nodes. + +endpoint node +------------- + +- data-lanes : (optional) specifies MIPI CSI-2 data lanes as covered in + video-interfaces.txt. If present it should be <1> - the device + supports only one data lane without re-mapping. + +Example: + +s5k5bafx@2d { + compatible = "samsung,s5k5baf"; + reg = <0x2d>; + vdda-supply = <&cam_io_en_reg>; + vddreg-supply = <&vt_core_15v_reg>; + vddio-supply = <&vtcam_reg>; + stbyn-gpios = <&gpl2 0 1>; + rstn-gpios = <&gpl2 1 1>; + clock-names = "mclk"; + clocks = <&clock_cam 0>; + clock-frequency = <24000000>; + + port { + s5k5bafx_ep: endpoint { + remote-endpoint = <&csis1_ep>; + data-lanes = <1>; + }; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt index c6a3469d343..678f3cf0b8f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/max77686.txt @@ -7,6 +7,9 @@ different i2c slave address,presently for which we are statically creating i2c client while probing.This document describes the binding for mfd device and PMIC submodule. +Binding for the built-in 32k clock generator block is defined separately +in bindings/clk/maxim,max77686.txt file. + Required properties: - compatible : Must be "maxim,max77686"; - reg : Specifies the i2c slave address of PMIC block. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt index 2e3304888ff..b4bd98af1cc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mfd/tps65910.txt @@ -21,7 +21,7 @@ Required properties: The valid regulator-compatible values are: tps65910: vrtc, vio, vdd1, vdd2, vdd3, vdig1, vdig2, vpll, vdac, vaux1, - vaux2, vaux33, vmmc + vaux2, vaux33, vmmc, vbb tps65911: vrtc, vio, vdd1, vdd3, vddctrl, ldo1, ldo2, ldo3, ldo4, ldo5, ldo6, ldo7, ldo8 @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Required properties: vcc4-supply: VAUX1 and VAUX2 input. vcc5-supply: VPLL and VDAC input. vcc6-supply: VDIG1 and VDIG2 input. - vcc7-supply: VRTC input. + vcc7-supply: VRTC and VBB input. vccio-supply: VIO input. tps65911: vcc1-supply: VDD1 input. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mipi/dsi/mipi-dsi-bus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mipi/dsi/mipi-dsi-bus.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..973c2727377 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mipi/dsi/mipi-dsi-bus.txt @@ -0,0 +1,98 @@ +MIPI DSI (Display Serial Interface) busses +========================================== + +The MIPI Display Serial Interface specifies a serial bus and a protocol for +communication between a host and up to four peripherals. This document will +define the syntax used to represent a DSI bus in a device tree. + +This document describes DSI bus-specific properties only or defines existing +standard properties in the context of the DSI bus. + +Each DSI host provides a DSI bus. The DSI host controller's node contains a +set of properties that characterize the bus. Child nodes describe individual +peripherals on that bus. + +The following assumes that only a single peripheral is connected to a DSI +host. Experience shows that this is true for the large majority of setups. + +DSI host +-------- + +In addition to the standard properties and those defined by the parent bus of +a DSI host, the following properties apply to a node representing a DSI host. + +Required properties: +- #address-cells: The number of cells required to represent an address on the + bus. DSI peripherals are addressed using a 2-bit virtual channel number, so + a maximum of 4 devices can be addressed on a single bus. Hence the value of + this property should be 1. +- #size-cells: Should be 0. There are cases where it makes sense to use a + different value here. See below. + +DSI peripheral +-------------- + +Peripherals are represented as child nodes of the DSI host's node. Properties +described here apply to all DSI peripherals, but individual bindings may want +to define additional, device-specific properties. + +Required properties: +- reg: The virtual channel number of a DSI peripheral. Must be in the range + from 0 to 3. + +Some DSI peripherals respond to more than a single virtual channel. In that +case two alternative representations can be chosen: +- The reg property can take multiple entries, one for each virtual channel + that the peripheral responds to. +- If the virtual channels that a peripheral responds to are consecutive, the + #size-cells can be set to 1. The first cell of each entry in the reg + property is the number of the first virtual channel and the second cell is + the number of consecutive virtual channels. + +Example +------- + + dsi-host { + ... + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + /* peripheral responds to virtual channel 0 */ + peripheral@0 { + compatible = "..."; + reg = <0>; + }; + + ... + }; + + dsi-host { + ... + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + + /* peripheral responds to virtual channels 0 and 2 */ + peripheral@0 { + compatible = "..."; + reg = <0, 2>; + }; + + ... + }; + + dsi-host { + ... + + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + + /* peripheral responds to virtual channels 1, 2 and 3 */ + peripheral@1 { + compatible = "..."; + reg = <1 3>; + }; + + ... + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mipi/nvidia,tegra114-mipi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mipi/nvidia,tegra114-mipi.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e4a25cedc5c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mipi/nvidia,tegra114-mipi.txt @@ -0,0 +1,41 @@ +NVIDIA Tegra MIPI pad calibration controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: "nvidia,tegra<chip>-mipi" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the controller's registers. +- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names: Must include the following entries: + - mipi-cal +- #nvidia,mipi-calibrate-cells: Should be 1. The cell is a bitmask of the pads + that need to be calibrated for a given device. + +User nodes need to contain an nvidia,mipi-calibrate property that has a +phandle to refer to the calibration controller node and a bitmask of the pads +that need to be calibrated. + +Example: + + mipi: mipi@700e3000 { + compatible = "nvidia,tegra114-mipi"; + reg = <0x700e3000 0x100>; + clocks = <&tegra_car TEGRA114_CLK_MIPI_CAL>; + clock-names = "mipi-cal"; + #nvidia,mipi-calibrate-cells = <1>; + }; + + ... + + host1x@50000000 { + ... + + dsi@54300000 { + ... + + nvidia,mipi-calibrate = <&mipi 0x060>; + + ... + }; + + ... + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..98ee2abbe13 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/arasan,sdhci.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +Device Tree Bindings for the Arasan SDHCI Controller + + The bindings follow the mmc[1], clock[2] and interrupt[3] bindings. Only + deviations are documented here. + + [1] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/mmc.txt + [2] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt + [3] Documentation/devicetree/bindings/interrupt-controller/interrupts.txt + +Required Properties: + - compatible: Compatibility string. Must be 'arasan,sdhci-8.9a' + - reg: From mmc bindings: Register location and length. + - clocks: From clock bindings: Handles to clock inputs. + - clock-names: From clock bindings: Tuple including "clk_xin" and "clk_ahb" + - interrupts: Interrupt specifier + - interrupt-parent: Phandle for the interrupt controller that services + interrupts for this device. + +Example: + sdhci@e0100000 { + compatible = "arasan,sdhci-8.9a"; + reg = <0xe0100000 0x1000>; + clock-names = "clk_xin", "clk_ahb"; + clocks = <&clkc 21>, <&clkc 32>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <0 24 4>; + } ; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt index c67b975c890..532b1d440ab 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/exynos-dw-mshc.txt @@ -16,6 +16,8 @@ Required Properties: specific extensions. - "samsung,exynos5250-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos5250 specific extensions. + - "samsung,exynos5420-dw-mshc": for controllers with Samsung Exynos5420 + specific extensions. * samsung,dw-mshc-ciu-div: Specifies the divider value for the card interface unit (ciu) clock. This property is applicable only for Exynos5 SoC's and diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..b8653ea9795 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/k3-dw-mshc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +* Hisilicon specific extensions to the Synopsys Designware Mobile + Storage Host Controller + +Read synopsys-dw-mshc.txt for more details + +The Synopsys designware mobile storage host controller is used to interface +a SoC with storage medium such as eMMC or SD/MMC cards. This file documents +differences between the core Synopsys dw mshc controller properties described +by synopsys-dw-mshc.txt and the properties used by the Hisilicon specific +extensions to the Synopsys Designware Mobile Storage Host Controller. + +Required Properties: + +* compatible: should be one of the following. + - "hisilicon,hi4511-dw-mshc": for controllers with hi4511 specific extentions. + +Example: + + /* for Hi3620 */ + + /* SoC portion */ + dwmmc_0: dwmmc0@fcd03000 { + compatible = "hisilicon,hi4511-dw-mshc"; + reg = <0xfcd03000 0x1000>; + interrupts = <0 16 4>; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&mmc_clock HI3620_SD_CIUCLK>, <&clock HI3620_DDRC_PER_CLK>; + clock-names = "ciu", "biu"; + }; + + /* Board portion */ + dwmmc0@fcd03000 { + num-slots = <1>; + vmmc-supply = <&ldo12>; + fifo-depth = <0x100>; + supports-highspeed; + pinctrl-names = "default"; + pinctrl-0 = <&sd_pmx_pins &sd_cfg_func1 &sd_cfg_func2>; + slot@0 { + reg = <0>; + bus-width = <4>; + disable-wp; + cd-gpios = <&gpio10 3 0>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/kona-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/kona-sdhci.txt index 789fb07a426..aaba2483b4f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/kona-sdhci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/kona-sdhci.txt @@ -6,12 +6,16 @@ and the properties present in the bcm281xx SDHCI Required properties: - compatible : Should be "brcm,kona-sdhci" - DEPRECATED: compatible : Should be "bcm,kona-sdhci" +- clocks: phandle + clock specifier pair of the external clock + +Refer to clocks/clock-bindings.txt for generic clock consumer properties. Example: sdio2: sdio@0x3f1a0000 { compatible = "brcm,kona-sdhci"; reg = <0x3f1a0000 0x10000>; + clocks = <&sdio3_clk>; interrupts = <0x0 74 0x4>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt index c6d7b11db9e..f357c16ea81 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mmc/nvidia,tegra20-sdhci.txt @@ -8,6 +8,12 @@ by mmc.txt and the properties used by the sdhci-tegra driver. Required properties: - compatible : Should be "nvidia,<chip>-sdhci" +- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names : Must include the following entries: + - sdhci Optional properties: - power-gpios : Specify GPIOs for power control @@ -18,6 +24,9 @@ sdhci@c8000200 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-sdhci"; reg = <0xc8000200 0x200>; interrupts = <47>; + clocks = <&tegra_car 14>; + resets = <&tegra_car 14>; + reset-names = "sdhci"; cd-gpios = <&gpio 69 0>; /* gpio PI5 */ wp-gpios = <&gpio 57 0>; /* gpio PH1 */ power-gpios = <&gpio 155 0>; /* gpio PT3 */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/davinci-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/davinci-nand.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..cfb18abe600 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/davinci-nand.txt @@ -0,0 +1,94 @@ +Device tree bindings for Texas instruments Davinci/Keystone NAND controller + +This file provides information, what the device node for the davinci/keystone +NAND interface contains. + +Documentation: +Davinci DM646x - http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/sprueq7c/sprueq7c.pdf +Kestone - http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/sprugz3a/sprugz3a.pdf + +Required properties: + +- compatible: "ti,davinci-nand" + "ti,keystone-nand" + +- reg: Contains 2 offset/length values: + - offset and length for the access window. + - offset and length for accessing the AEMIF + control registers. + +- ti,davinci-chipselect: number of chipselect. Indicates on the + davinci_nand driver which chipselect is used + for accessing the nand. + Can be in the range [0-3]. + +Recommended properties : + +- ti,davinci-mask-ale: mask for ALE. Needed for executing address + phase. These offset will be added to the base + address for the chip select space the NAND Flash + device is connected to. + If not set equal to 0x08. + +- ti,davinci-mask-cle: mask for CLE. Needed for executing command + phase. These offset will be added to the base + address for the chip select space the NAND Flash + device is connected to. + If not set equal to 0x10. + +- ti,davinci-mask-chipsel: mask for chipselect address. Needed to mask + addresses for given chipselect. + +- nand-ecc-mode: operation mode of the NAND ecc mode. ECC mode + valid values for davinci driver: + - "none" + - "soft" + - "hw" + +- ti,davinci-ecc-bits: used ECC bits, currently supported 1 or 4. + +- nand-bus-width: buswidth 8 or 16. If not present 8. + +- nand-on-flash-bbt: use flash based bad block table support. OOB + identifier is saved in OOB area. If not present + false. + +Deprecated properties: + +- ti,davinci-ecc-mode: operation mode of the NAND ecc mode. ECC mode + valid values for davinci driver: + - "none" + - "soft" + - "hw" + +- ti,davinci-nand-buswidth: buswidth 8 or 16. If not present 8. + +- ti,davinci-nand-use-bbt: use flash based bad block table support. OOB + identifier is saved in OOB area. If not present + false. + +Nand device bindings may contain additional sub-nodes describing partitions of +the address space. See partition.txt for more detail. The NAND Flash timing +values must be programmed in the chip selectโs node of AEMIF +memory-controller (see Documentation/devicetree/bindings/memory-controllers/ +davinci-aemif.txt). + +Example(da850 EVM ): + +nand_cs3@62000000 { + compatible = "ti,davinci-nand"; + reg = <0x62000000 0x807ff + 0x68000000 0x8000>; + ti,davinci-chipselect = <1>; + ti,davinci-mask-ale = <0>; + ti,davinci-mask-cle = <0>; + ti,davinci-mask-chipsel = <0>; + nand-ecc-mode = "hw"; + ti,davinci-ecc-bits = <4>; + nand-on-flash-bbt; + + partition@180000 { + label = "ubifs"; + reg = <0x180000 0x7e80000>; + }; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt index 551b2a179d0..458d5963468 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/gpmi-nand.txt @@ -17,6 +17,14 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if not present false + - fsl,use-minimum-ecc: Protect this NAND flash with the minimum ECC + strength required. The required ECC strength is + automatically discoverable for some flash + (e.g., according to the ONFI standard). + However, note that if this strength is not + discoverable or this property is not enabled, + the software may chooses an implementation-defined + ECC scheme. The device tree may optionally contain sub-nodes describing partitions of the address space. See partition.txt for more detail. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt index f1421e2bbab..86e0a5601ff 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/mtd/pxa3xx-nand.txt @@ -2,7 +2,9 @@ PXA3xx NAND DT bindings Required properties: - - compatible: Should be "marvell,pxa3xx-nand" + - compatible: Should be set to one of the following: + marvell,pxa3xx-nand + marvell,armada370-nand - reg: The register base for the controller - interrupts: The interrupt to map - #address-cells: Set to <1> if the node includes partitions @@ -13,6 +15,8 @@ Optional properties: - marvell,nand-keep-config: Set to keep the NAND controller config as set by the bootloader - num-cs: Number of chipselect lines to usw + - nand-on-flash-bbt: boolean to enable on flash bbt option if + not present false Example: diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ea4d752389a --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +* Allwinner GMAC ethernet controller + +This device is a platform glue layer for stmmac. +Please see stmmac.txt for the other unchanged properties. + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac" + - clocks: Should contain the GMAC main clock, and tx clock + The tx clock type should be "allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac-clk" + - clock-names: Should contain the clock names "stmmaceth", + and "allwinner_gmac_tx" + +Optional properties: +- phy-supply: phandle to a regulator if the PHY needs one + +Examples: + + gmac: ethernet@01c50000 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun7i-a20-gmac"; + reg = <0x01c50000 0x10000>, + <0x01c20164 0x4>; + interrupts = <0 85 1>; + interrupt-names = "macirq"; + clocks = <&ahb_gates 49>, <&gmac_tx>; + clock-names = "stmmaceth", "allwinner_gmac_tx"; + phy-mode = "mii"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/microchip,mcp251x.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/microchip,mcp251x.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ee3723beb70 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/can/microchip,mcp251x.txt @@ -0,0 +1,25 @@ +* Microchip MCP251X stand-alone CAN controller device tree bindings + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be one of the following: + - "microchip,mcp2510" for MCP2510. + - "microchip,mcp2515" for MCP2515. + - reg: SPI chip select. + - clocks: The clock feeding the CAN controller. + - interrupt-parent: The parent interrupt controller. + - interrupts: Should contain IRQ line for the CAN controller. + +Optional properties: + - vdd-supply: Regulator that powers the CAN controller. + - xceiver-supply: Regulator that powers the CAN transceiver. + +Example: + can0: can@1 { + compatible = "microchip,mcp2515"; + reg = <1>; + clocks = <&clk24m>; + interrupt-parent = <&gpio4>; + interrupts = <13 0x2>; + vdd-supply = <®5v0>; + xceiver-supply = <®5v0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt index bad381faf03..6e356d15154 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/davinci_emac.txt @@ -10,10 +10,6 @@ Required properties: - ti,davinci-ctrl-mod-reg-offset: offset to control module register - ti,davinci-ctrl-ram-offset: offset to control module ram - ti,davinci-ctrl-ram-size: size of control module ram -- ti,davinci-rmii-en: use RMII -- ti,davinci-no-bd-ram: has the emac controller BD RAM -- phy-handle: Contains a phandle to an Ethernet PHY. - if not, davinci_emac driver defaults to 100/FULL - interrupts: interrupt mapping for the davinci emac interrupts sources: 4 sources: <Receive Threshold Interrupt Receive Interrupt @@ -21,7 +17,11 @@ Required properties: Miscellaneous Interrupt> Optional properties: +- phy-handle: Contains a phandle to an Ethernet PHY. + If absent, davinci_emac driver defaults to 100/FULL. - local-mac-address : 6 bytes, mac address +- ti,davinci-rmii-en: 1 byte, 1 means use RMII +- ti,davinci-no-bd-ram: boolean, does EMAC have BD RAM? Example (enbw_cmc board): eth0: emac@1e20000 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt index 4ff65047bb9..70af2ec12b0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/macb.txt @@ -10,6 +10,10 @@ Required properties: - interrupts: Should contain macb interrupt - phy-mode: String, operation mode of the PHY interface. Supported values are: "mii", "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii". +- clock-names: Tuple listing input clock names. + Required elements: 'pclk', 'hclk' + Optional elements: 'tx_clk' +- clocks: Phandles to input clocks. Optional properties: - local-mac-address: 6 bytes, mac address @@ -22,4 +26,6 @@ Examples: interrupts = <21>; phy-mode = "rmii"; local-mac-address = [3a 0e 03 04 05 06]; + clock-names = "pclk", "hclk", "tx_clk"; + clocks = <&clkc 30>, <&clkc 30>, <&clkc 13>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-net.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-net.txt index a73b79f227e..c233b611424 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-net.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/marvell-orion-net.txt @@ -32,7 +32,6 @@ Optional controller properties: * Ethernet port node Required port properties: - - device_type: shall be "network". - compatible: shall be one of "marvell,orion-eth-port", "marvell,kirkwood-eth-port". - reg: port number relative to ethernet controller, shall be 0, 1, or 2. @@ -61,7 +60,6 @@ or mdio-bus { ... ethphy: ethernet-phy@8 { - device_type = "ethernet-phy"; ... }; }; @@ -75,7 +73,6 @@ eth: ethernet-controller@72000 { marvell,tx-checksum-limit = <1600>; ethernet@0 { - device_type = "network"; compatible = "marvell,orion-eth-port"; reg = <0>; interrupts = <29>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt index 7cd18fbfcf7..58307d0931c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/phy.txt @@ -2,7 +2,6 @@ PHY nodes Required properties: - - device_type : Should be "ethernet-phy" - interrupts : <a b> where a is the interrupt number and b is a field that represents an encoding of the sense and level information for the interrupt. This should be encoded based on @@ -11,8 +10,6 @@ Required properties: - interrupt-parent : the phandle for the interrupt controller that services interrupts for this device. - reg : The ID number for the phy, usually a small integer - - linux,phandle : phandle for this node; likely referenced by an - ethernet controller node. Optional Properties: @@ -22,14 +19,13 @@ Optional Properties: specifications. If neither of these are specified, the default is to assume clause 22. The compatible list may also contain other elements. +- max-speed: Maximum PHY supported speed (10, 100, 1000...) Example: ethernet-phy@0 { compatible = "ethernet-phy-ieee802.3-c22"; - linux,phandle = <2452000>; interrupt-parent = <40000>; interrupts = <35 1>; reg = <0>; - device_type = "ethernet-phy"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt index eba0e5e59eb..9d92d42140f 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/net/stmmac.txt @@ -12,7 +12,6 @@ Required properties: property - phy-mode: String, operation mode of the PHY interface. Supported values are: "mii", "rmii", "gmii", "rgmii". -- snps,phy-addr phy address to connect to. - snps,reset-gpio gpio number for phy reset. - snps,reset-active-low boolean flag to indicate if phy reset is active low. - snps,reset-delays-us is triplet of delays @@ -30,6 +29,11 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - mac-address: 6 bytes, mac address +- resets: Should contain a phandle to the STMMAC reset signal, if any +- reset-names: Should contain the reset signal name "stmmaceth", if a + reset phandle is given +- max-frame-size: Maximum Transfer Unit (IEEE defined MTU), rather + than the maximum frame size. Examples: @@ -40,5 +44,6 @@ Examples: interrupts = <24 23>; interrupt-names = "macirq", "eth_wake_irq"; mac-address = [000000000000]; /* Filled in by U-Boot */ + max-frame-size = <3800>; phy-mode = "gmii"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvec/nvidia,nvec.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvec/nvidia,nvec.txt index 5aeee53ff9f..5ae601e7f51 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvec/nvidia,nvec.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/nvec/nvidia,nvec.txt @@ -7,3 +7,15 @@ Required properties: - clock-frequency : the frequency of the i2c bus - gpios : the gpio used for ec request - slave-addr: the i2c address of the slave controller +- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- clock-names : Must include the following entries: + Tegra20/Tegra30: + - div-clk + - fast-clk + Tegra114: + - div-clk +- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names : Must include the following entries: + - i2c diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101aw03.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101aw03.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..72e088a4fb3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/auo,b101aw03.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +AU Optronics Corporation 10.1" WSVGA TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "auo,b101aw03" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/chunghwa,claa101wa01a.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/chunghwa,claa101wa01a.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f24614e4d5e --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/chunghwa,claa101wa01a.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Chunghwa Picture Tubes Ltd. 10.1" WXGA TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "chunghwa,claa101wa01a" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/chunghwa,claa101wb03.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/chunghwa,claa101wb03.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..0ab2c05a4c2 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/chunghwa,claa101wb03.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Chunghwa Picture Tubes Ltd. 10.1" WXGA TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "chunghwa,claa101wb03" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/panasonic,vvx10f004b00.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/panasonic,vvx10f004b00.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d328b0341bf --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/panasonic,vvx10f004b00.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Panasonic Corporation 10.1" WUXGA TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "panasonic,vvx10f004b00" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ltn101nt05.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ltn101nt05.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..ef522c6bb85 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/samsung,ltn101nt05.txt @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +Samsung Electronics 10.1" WSVGA TFT LCD panel + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "samsung,ltn101nt05" + +This binding is compatible with the simple-panel binding, which is specified +in simple-panel.txt in this directory. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/simple-panel.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/simple-panel.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..1341bbf4aa3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/panel/simple-panel.txt @@ -0,0 +1,21 @@ +Simple display panel + +Required properties: +- power-supply: regulator to provide the supply voltage + +Optional properties: +- ddc-i2c-bus: phandle of an I2C controller used for DDC EDID probing +- enable-gpios: GPIO pin to enable or disable the panel +- backlight: phandle of the backlight device attached to the panel + +Example: + + panel: panel { + compatible = "cptt,claa101wb01"; + ddc-i2c-bus = <&panelddc>; + + power-supply = <&vdd_pnl_reg>; + enable-gpios = <&gpio 90 0>; + + backlight = <&backlight>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt index 6b7510775c5..24cee06915c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pci/nvidia,tegra20-pcie.txt @@ -42,14 +42,19 @@ Required properties: - 0xc2000000: prefetchable memory region Please refer to the standard PCI bus binding document for a more detailed explanation. -- clocks: List of clock inputs of the controller. Must contain an entry for - each entry in the clock-names property. +- clocks: Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. - clock-names: Must include the following entries: - "pex": The Tegra clock of that name - "afi": The Tegra clock of that name - "pcie_xclk": The Tegra clock of that name - "pll_e": The Tegra clock of that name - "cml": The Tegra clock of that name (not required for Tegra20) + - pex + - afi + - pll_e + - cml (not required for Tegra20) +- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - pex + - afi + - pcie_x Root ports are defined as subnodes of the PCIe controller node. @@ -91,9 +96,10 @@ SoC DTSI: 0x82000000 0 0xa0000000 0xa0000000 0 0x10000000 /* non-prefetchable memory */ 0xc2000000 0 0xb0000000 0xb0000000 0 0x10000000>; /* prefetchable memory */ - clocks = <&tegra_car 70>, <&tegra_car 72>, <&tegra_car 74>, - <&tegra_car 118>; - clock-names = "pex", "afi", "pcie_xclk", "pll_e"; + clocks = <&tegra_car 70>, <&tegra_car 72>, <&tegra_car 118>; + clock-names = "pex", "afi", "pll_e"; + resets = <&tegra_car 70>, <&tegra_car 72>, <&tegra_car 74>; + reset-names = "pex", "afi", "pcie_x"; status = "disabled"; pci@1,0 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt index 0e426944658..29b28b8f9a8 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/network.txt @@ -10,7 +10,6 @@ Currently defined compatibles: Example: ethernet@11300 { - device_type = "network"; compatible = "fsl,mpc8272-fcc-enet", "fsl,cpm2-fcc-enet"; reg = <11300 20 8400 100 11390 1>; @@ -33,7 +32,6 @@ fsl,mdc-pin : pin of port C controlling mdio clock Example: mdio@10d40 { - device_type = "mdio"; compatible = "fsl,mpc8272ads-mdio-bitbang", "fsl,mpc8272-mdio-bitbang", "fsl,cpm2-mdio-bitbang"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt index c5b43061db3..ec6ee2e864a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/cpm_qe/qe/pincfg.txt @@ -1,8 +1,6 @@ * Pin configuration nodes Required properties: -- linux,phandle : phandle of this node; likely referenced by a QE - device. - pio-map : array of pin configurations. Each pin is defined by 6 integers. The six numbers are respectively: port, pin, dir, open_drain, assignment, has_irq. @@ -29,7 +27,6 @@ Required properties: Example: ucc_pin@01 { - linux,phandle = <140001>; pio-map = < /* port pin dir open_drain assignment has_irq */ 0 3 1 0 1 0 /* TxD0 */ diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-pwm.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..02331b904d4 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/atmel-pwm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,33 @@ +Atmel PWM controller + +Required properties: + - compatible: should be one of: + - "atmel,at91sam9rl-pwm" + - "atmel,sama5d3-pwm" + - reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers + - #pwm-cells: Should be 3. See pwm.txt in this directory for a + description of the cells format. + +Example: + + pwm0: pwm@f8034000 { + compatible = "atmel,at91sam9rl-pwm"; + reg = <0xf8034000 0x400>; + #pwm-cells = <3>; + }; + + pwmleds { + compatible = "pwm-leds"; + + d1 { + label = "d1"; + pwms = <&pwm0 3 5000 0> + max-brightness = <255>; + }; + + d2 { + label = "d2"; + pwms = <&pwm0 1 5000 1> + max-brightness = <255>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt index c3fc57af877..c7ea9d4a988 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/nvidia,tegra20-pwm.txt @@ -7,6 +7,12 @@ Required properties: - reg: physical base address and length of the controller's registers - #pwm-cells: should be 2. See pwm.txt in this directory for a description of the cells format. +- clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- resets: Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names: Must include the following entries: + - pwm Example: @@ -14,4 +20,7 @@ Example: compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-pwm"; reg = <0x7000a000 0x100>; #pwm-cells = <2>; + clocks = <&tegra_car 17>; + resets = <&tegra_car 17>; + reset-names = "pwm"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pxa-pwm.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pxa-pwm.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5ae9f1e3c33 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/pwm/pxa-pwm.txt @@ -0,0 +1,30 @@ +Marvell PWM controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be one or more of: + - "marvell,pxa250-pwm" + - "marvell,pxa270-pwm" + - "marvell,pxa168-pwm" + - "marvell,pxa910-pwm" +- reg: Physical base address and length of the registers used by the PWM channel + Note that one device instance must be created for each PWM that is used, so the + length covers only the register window for one PWM output, not that of the + entire PWM controller. Currently length is 0x10 for all supported devices. +- #pwm-cells: Should be 1. This cell is used to specify the period in + nanoseconds. + +Example PWM device node: + +pwm0: pwm@40b00000 { + compatible = "marvell,pxa250-pwm"; + reg = <0x40b00000 0x10>; + #pwm-cells = <1>; +}; + +Example PWM client node: + +backlight { + compatible = "pwm-backlight"; + pwms = <&pwm0 5000000>; + ... +} diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..bef1fbb647c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/act8865-regulator.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ +ACT8865 regulator +------------------- + +Required properties: +- compatible: "active-semi,act8865" +- reg: I2C slave address + +Any standard regulator properties can be used to configure the single regulator. + +The valid names for regulators are: + DCDC_REG1, DCDC_REG2, DCDC_REG3, LDO_REG1, LDO_REG2, LDO_REG3, LDO_REG4. + +Example: +-------- + + i2c1: i2c@f0018000 { + pmic: act8865@5b { + compatible = "active-semi,act8865"; + reg = <0x5b>; + status = "disabled"; + + regulators { + vcc_1v8_reg: DCDC_REG1 { + regulator-name = "VCC_1V8"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1800000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + vcc_1v2_reg: DCDC_REG2 { + regulator-name = "VCC_1V2"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <1100000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <1300000>; + regulator-suspend-mem-microvolt = <1150000>; + regulator-suspend-standby-microvolt = <1150000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + vcc_3v3_reg: DCDC_REG3 { + regulator-name = "VCC_3V3"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + vddana_reg: LDO_REG1 { + regulator-name = "VDDANA"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <3300000>; + regulator-always-on; + }; + + vddfuse_reg: LDO_REG2 { + regulator-name = "FUSE_2V5"; + regulator-min-microvolt = <2500000>; + regulator-max-microvolt = <2500000>; + }; + }; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt index d1660a90fc0..fc6b38f035b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/regulator/s5m8767-regulator.txt @@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ as per the datasheet of s5m8767. - LDOn - valid values for n are 1 to 28 - - Example: LDO0, LD01, LDO28 + - Example: LDO1, LD02, LDO28 - BUCKn - valid values for n are 1 to 9. - Example: BUCK1, BUCK2, BUCK9 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/haoyu,hym8563.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/haoyu,hym8563.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..31406fd4a43 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/haoyu,hym8563.txt @@ -0,0 +1,27 @@ +Haoyu Microelectronics HYM8563 Real Time Clock + +The HYM8563 provides basic rtc and alarm functionality +as well as a clock output of up to 32kHz. + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be: "haoyu,hym8563" +- reg: i2c address +- interrupts: rtc alarm/event interrupt +- #clock-cells: the value should be 0 + +Example: + +hym8563: hym8563@51 { + compatible = "haoyu,hym8563"; + reg = <0x51>; + + interrupts = <13 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_FALLING>; + + #clock-cells = <0>; +}; + +device { +... + clocks = <&hym8563>; +... +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim,ds1742.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim,ds1742.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..d0f937c355b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/maxim,ds1742.txt @@ -0,0 +1,12 @@ +* Maxim (Dallas) DS1742/DS1743 Real Time Clock + +Required properties: +- compatible: Should contain "maxim,ds1742". +- reg: Physical base address of the RTC and length of memory + mapped region. + +Example: + rtc: rtc@10000000 { + compatible = "maxim,ds1742"; + reg = <0x10000000 0x800>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nvidia,tegra20-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nvidia,tegra20-rtc.txt index 93f45e9dce7..652d1ff2e8b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nvidia,tegra20-rtc.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/nvidia,tegra20-rtc.txt @@ -9,6 +9,8 @@ Required properties: - compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra20-rtc". - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. - interrupts : A single interrupt specifier. +- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. Example: @@ -16,4 +18,5 @@ timer { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-rtc"; reg = <0x7000e000 0x100>; interrupts = <0 2 0x04>; + clocks = <&tegra_car 4>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sunxi-rtc.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sunxi-rtc.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..7cb9dbf3487 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/rtc/sunxi-rtc.txt @@ -0,0 +1,17 @@ +* sun4i/sun7i Real Time Clock + +RTC controller for the Allwinner A10/A20 + +Required properties: +- compatible : Should be "allwinner,sun4i-rtc" or "allwinner,sun7i-a20-rtc" +- reg: physical base address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. +- interrupts: IRQ line for the RTC. + +Example: + +rtc: rtc@01c20d00 { + compatible = "allwinner,sun4i-rtc"; + reg = <0x01c20d00 0x20>; + interrupts = <24>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt index 392a4493eeb..845850caf08 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/nvidia,tegra20-hsuart.txt @@ -4,8 +4,17 @@ Required properties: - compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra30-hsuart", "nvidia,tegra20-hsuart". - reg: Should contain UART controller registers location and length. - interrupts: Should contain UART controller interrupts. -- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and - request selector for this UART controller. +- clocks: Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names : Must include the following entries: + - serial +- dmas : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../dma/dma.txt for details. +- dma-names : Must include the following entries: + - rx + - tx Optional properties: - nvidia,enable-modem-interrupt: Enable modem interrupts. Should be enable @@ -18,7 +27,11 @@ serial@70006000 { reg = <0x70006000 0x40>; reg-shift = <2>; interrupts = <0 36 0x04>; - nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 8>; nvidia,enable-modem-interrupt; + clocks = <&tegra_car 6>; + resets = <&tegra_car 6>; + reset-names = "serial"; + dmas = <&apbdma 8>, <&apbdma 8>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; status = "disabled"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f372cf29068 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/renesas,sci-serial.txt @@ -0,0 +1,46 @@ +* Renesas SH-Mobile Serial Communication Interface + +Required properties: + + - compatible: Must contain one of the following: + + - "renesas,scif-r8a7790" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) SCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,scifa-r8a7790" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) SCIFA compatible UART. + - "renesas,scifb-r8a7790" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) SCIFB compatible UART. + - "renesas,hscif-r8a7790" for R8A7790 (R-Car H2) HSCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,scif-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) SCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,scifa-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) SCIFA compatible UART. + - "renesas,scifb-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) SCIFB compatible UART. + - "renesas,hscif-r8a7791" for R8A7791 (R-Car M2) HSCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,scif" for generic SCIF compatible UART. + - "renesas,scifa" for generic SCIFA compatible UART. + - "renesas,scifb" for generic SCIFB compatible UART. + - "renesas,hscif" for generic HSCIF compatible UART. + + When compatible with the generic version, nodes must list the + SoC-specific version corresponding to the platform first followed by the + generic version. + + - reg: Base address and length of the I/O registers used by the UART. + - interrupts: Must contain an interrupt-specifier for the SCIx interrupt. + + - clocks: Must contain a phandle and clock-specifier pair for each entry + in clock-names. + - clock-names: Must contain "sci_ick" for the SCIx UART interface clock. + +Note: Each enabled SCIx UART should have an alias correctly numbered in the +"aliases" node. + +Example: + aliases { + serial0 = &scifa0; + }; + + scifa0: serial@e6c40000 { + compatible = "renesas,scifa-r8a7790", "renesas,scifa-generic"; + reg = <0 0xe6c40000 0 64>; + interrupt-parent = <&gic>; + interrupts = <0 144 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH>; + clocks = <&mstp2_clks R8A7790_CLK_SCIFA0>; + clock-names = "sci_ick"; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/vt8500-uart.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/vt8500-uart.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..795c393d09c --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/serial/vt8500-uart.txt @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +* VIA VT8500 and WonderMedia WM8xxx UART Controller + +Required properties: +- compatible: should be "via,vt8500-uart" + +- reg: base physical address of the controller and length of memory mapped + region. + +- interrupts: hardware interrupt number + +- clocks: shall be the input parent clock phandle for the clock. This should + be the 24Mhz reference clock. + +Aliases may be defined to ensure the correct ordering of the uarts. + +Example: + aliases { + serial0 = &uart0; + }; + + uart0: serial@d8200000 { + compatible = "via,vt8500-uart"; + reg = <0xd8200000 0x1040>; + interrupts = <32>; + clocks = <&clkuart0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-alc5632.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-alc5632.txt index 8b8903ef080..57f40f93453 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-alc5632.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-alc5632.txt @@ -3,10 +3,11 @@ NVIDIA Tegra audio complex Required properties: - compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-alc5632" - clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. - clock-names : Must include the following entries: - "pll_a" (The Tegra clock of that name), - "pll_a_out0" (The Tegra clock of that name), - "mclk" (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk) + - pll_a + - pll_a_out0 + - mclk (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk) - nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex. - nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components. Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink, diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5640.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5640.txt index dc6224994d6..7788808dcd0 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5640.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5640.txt @@ -3,10 +3,11 @@ NVIDIA Tegra audio complex, with RT5640 CODEC Required properties: - compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-rt5640" - clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. - clock-names : Must include the following entries: - "pll_a" (The Tegra clock of that name), - "pll_a_out0" (The Tegra clock of that name), - "mclk" (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk) + - pll_a + - pll_a_out0 + - mclk (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk) - nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex. - nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components. Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink, diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8753.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8753.txt index aab6ce0ad2f..96f6a57dd6b 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8753.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8753.txt @@ -3,10 +3,11 @@ NVIDIA Tegra audio complex Required properties: - compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8753" - clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. - clock-names : Must include the following entries: - "pll_a" (The Tegra clock of that name), - "pll_a_out0" (The Tegra clock of that name), - "mclk" (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk) + - pll_a + - pll_a_out0 + - mclk (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk) - nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex. - nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components. Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink, diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8903.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8903.txt index 4b44dfb6ca0..b795d282818 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8903.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8903.txt @@ -3,10 +3,11 @@ NVIDIA Tegra audio complex Required properties: - compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm8903" - clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. - clock-names : Must include the following entries: - "pll_a" (The Tegra clock of that name), - "pll_a_out0" (The Tegra clock of that name), - "mclk" (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk) + - pll_a + - pll_a_out0 + - mclk (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk) - nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex. - nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components. Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink, diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt index ad589b16363..436f6cd9d07 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712.txt @@ -3,10 +3,11 @@ NVIDIA Tegra audio complex Required properties: - compatible : "nvidia,tegra-audio-wm9712" - clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. - clock-names : Must include the following entries: - "pll_a" (The Tegra clock of that name), - "pll_a_out0" (The Tegra clock of that name), - "mclk" (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk) + - pll_a + - pll_a_out0 + - mclk (The Tegra cdev1/extern1 clock, which feeds the CODEC's mclk) - nvidia,model : The user-visible name of this sound complex. - nvidia,audio-routing : A list of the connections between audio components. Each entry is a pair of strings, the first being the connection's sink, diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt index c1454979c1e..eaf00102d92 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-ac97.txt @@ -4,19 +4,33 @@ Required properties: - compatible : "nvidia,tegra20-ac97" - reg : Should contain AC97 controller registers location and length - interrupts : Should contain AC97 interrupt -- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and - request selector for the AC97 controller +- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names : Must include the following entries: + - ac97 +- dmas : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../dma/dma.txt for details. +- dma-names : Must include the following entries: + - rx + - tx +- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. - nvidia,codec-reset-gpio : The Tegra GPIO controller's phandle and the number of the GPIO used to reset the external AC97 codec - nvidia,codec-sync-gpio : The Tegra GPIO controller's phandle and the number of the GPIO corresponding with the AC97 DAP _FS line + Example: ac97@70002000 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-ac97"; reg = <0x70002000 0x200>; interrupts = <0 81 0x04>; - nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 12>; nvidia,codec-reset-gpio = <&gpio 170 0>; nvidia,codec-sync-gpio = <&gpio 120 0>; + clocks = <&tegra_car 3>; + resets = <&tegra_car 3>; + reset-names = "ac97"; + dmas = <&apbdma 12>, <&apbdma 12>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-i2s.txt index 0df2b5c816e..dc30c6bfbe9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-i2s.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra20-i2s.txt @@ -4,8 +4,17 @@ Required properties: - compatible : "nvidia,tegra20-i2s" - reg : Should contain I2S registers location and length - interrupts : Should contain I2S interrupt -- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and - request selector for this I2S controller +- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names : Must include the following entries: + - i2s +- dmas : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../dma/dma.txt for details. +- dma-names : Must include the following entries: + - rx + - tx +- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. Example: @@ -13,5 +22,9 @@ i2s@70002800 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-i2s"; reg = <0x70002800 0x200>; interrupts = < 45 >; - nvidia,dma-request-selector = < &apbdma 2 >; + clocks = <&tegra_car 11>; + resets = <&tegra_car 11>; + reset-names = "i2s"; + dmas = <&apbdma 21>, <&apbdma 21>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt index 0e5c12c6652..946e2ac4609 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt @@ -7,18 +7,48 @@ Required properties: - Tegra30 requires 2 entries, for the APBIF and AHUB/AUDIO register blocks. - Tegra114 requires an additional entry, for the APBIF2 register block. - interrupts : Should contain AHUB interrupt -- nvidia,dma-request-selector : A list of the DMA channel specifiers. Each - entry contains the Tegra DMA controller's phandle and request selector. - If a single entry is present, the request selectors for the channels are - assumed to be contiguous, and increment from this value. - If multiple values are given, one value must be given per channel. -- clocks : Must contain an entry for each required entry in clock-names. +- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. - clock-names : Must include the following entries: - - Tegra30: Requires d_audio, apbif, i2s0, i2s1, i2s2, i2s3, i2s4, dam0, - dam1, dam2, spdif_in. - - Tegra114: Additionally requires amx, adx. + - d_audio + - apbif +- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names : Must include the following entries: + Tegra30 and later: + - d_audio + - apbif + - i2s0 + - i2s1 + - i2s2 + - i2s3 + - i2s4 + - dam0 + - dam1 + - dam2 + - spdif + Tegra114 and later additionally require: + - amx + - adx + Tegra124 and later additionally require: + - amx1 + - adx1 + - afc0 + - afc1 + - afc2 + - afc3 + - afc4 + - afc5 - ranges : The bus address mapping for the configlink register bus. Can be empty since the mapping is 1:1. +- dmas : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../dma/dma.txt for details. +- dma-names : Must include the following entries: + - rx0 .. rx<n> + - tx0 .. tx<n> + ... where n is: + Tegra30: 3 + Tegra114, Tegra124: 9 - #address-cells : For the configlink bus. Should be <1>; - #size-cells : For the configlink bus. Should be <1>. @@ -35,13 +65,20 @@ ahub@70080000 { reg = <0x70080000 0x200 0x70080200 0x100>; interrupts = < 0 103 0x04 >; nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 1>; - clocks = <&tegra_car 106>, <&tegra_car 107>, <&tegra_car 30>, + clocks = <&tegra_car 106>, <&tegra_car 107>; + clock-names = "d_audio", "apbif"; + resets = <&tegra_car 106>, <&tegra_car 107>, <&tegra_car 30>, <&tegra_car 11>, <&tegra_car 18>, <&tegra_car 101>, <&tegra_car 102>, <&tegra_car 108>, <&tegra_car 109>, - <&tegra_car 110>, <&tegra_car 162>; - clock-names = "d_audio", "apbif", "i2s0", "i2s1", "i2s2", + <&tegra_car 110>, <&tegra_car 10>; + reset-names = "d_audio", "apbif", "i2s0", "i2s1", "i2s2", "i2s3", "i2s4", "dam0", "dam1", "dam2", - "spdif_in"; + "spdif"; + dmas = <&apbdma 1>, <&apbdma 1>; + <&apbdma 2>, <&apbdma 2>; + <&apbdma 3>, <&apbdma 3>; + <&apbdma 4>, <&apbdma 4>; + dma-names = "rx0", "tx0", "rx1", "tx1", "rx2", "tx2", "rx3", "tx3"; ranges; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <1>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-i2s.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-i2s.txt index dfa6c037124..0c113ffe381 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-i2s.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/nvidia,tegra30-i2s.txt @@ -3,13 +3,22 @@ NVIDIA Tegra30 I2S controller Required properties: - compatible : "nvidia,tegra30-i2s" - reg : Should contain I2S registers location and length +- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names : Must include the following entries: + - i2s - nvidia,ahub-cif-ids : The list of AHUB CIF IDs for this port, rx (playback) first, tx (capture) second. See nvidia,tegra30-ahub.txt for values. Example: -i2s@70002800 { +i2s@70080300 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra30-i2s"; reg = <0x70080300 0x100>; nvidia,ahub-cif-ids = <4 4>; + clocks = <&tegra_car 11>; + resets = <&tegra_car 11>; + reset-names = "i2s"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt index e9e20ec67d6..19c84df5fff 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/sound/simple-card.txt @@ -43,7 +43,7 @@ Example: sound { compatible = "simple-audio-card"; simple-audio-card,format = "left_j"; - simple-audio-routing = + simple-audio-card,routing = "MIC_IN", "Mic Jack", "Headphone Jack", "HP_OUT", "Ext Spk", "LINE_OUT"; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt index 91ff771c7e7..7ea701e07dc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra114-spi.txt @@ -4,10 +4,19 @@ Required properties: - compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra114-spi". - reg: Should contain SPI registers location and length. - interrupts: Should contain SPI interrupts. -- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and - request selector for this SPI controller. -- This is also require clock named "spi" as per binding document - Documentation/devicetree/bindings/clock/clock-bindings.txt +- clock-names : Must include the following entries: + - spi +- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names : Must include the following entries: + - spi +- dmas : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../dma/dma.txt for details. +- dma-names : Must include the following entries: + - rx + - tx +- clocks : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. Recommended properties: - spi-max-frequency: Definition as per @@ -18,9 +27,14 @@ spi@7000d600 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra114-spi"; reg = <0x7000d600 0x200>; interrupts = <0 82 0x04>; - nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 16>; spi-max-frequency = <25000000>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&tegra_car 44>; + clock-names = "spi"; + resets = <&tegra_car 44>; + reset-names = "spi"; + dmas = <&apbdma 16>, <&apbdma 16>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; status = "disabled"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-sflash.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-sflash.txt index 7b53da5cb75..bdf08e6dec9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-sflash.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-sflash.txt @@ -4,8 +4,17 @@ Required properties: - compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra20-sflash". - reg: Should contain SFLASH registers location and length. - interrupts: Should contain SFLASH interrupts. -- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and - request selector for this SFLASH controller. +- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names : Must include the following entries: + - spi +- dmas : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../dma/dma.txt for details. +- dma-names : Must include the following entries: + - rx + - tx Recommended properties: - spi-max-frequency: Definition as per @@ -17,10 +26,13 @@ spi@7000c380 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-sflash"; reg = <0x7000c380 0x80>; interrupts = <0 39 0x04>; - nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 16>; spi-max-frequency = <25000000>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&tegra_car 43>; + resets = <&tegra_car 43>; + reset-names = "spi"; + dmas = <&apbdma 11>, <&apbdma 11>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; status = "disabled"; }; - diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-slink.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-slink.txt index eefe15e3d95..5db9144a33c 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-slink.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/nvidia,tegra20-slink.txt @@ -4,8 +4,17 @@ Required properties: - compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra20-slink", "nvidia,tegra30-slink". - reg: Should contain SLINK registers location and length. - interrupts: Should contain SLINK interrupts. -- nvidia,dma-request-selector : The Tegra DMA controller's phandle and - request selector for this SLINK controller. +- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. +- resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. +- reset-names : Must include the following entries: + - spi +- dmas : Must contain an entry for each entry in clock-names. + See ../dma/dma.txt for details. +- dma-names : Must include the following entries: + - rx + - tx Recommended properties: - spi-max-frequency: Definition as per @@ -17,10 +26,13 @@ spi@7000d600 { compatible = "nvidia,tegra20-slink"; reg = <0x7000d600 0x200>; interrupts = <0 82 0x04>; - nvidia,dma-request-selector = <&apbdma 16>; spi-max-frequency = <25000000>; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; + clocks = <&tegra_car 44>; + resets = <&tegra_car 44>; + reset-names = "spi"; + dmas = <&apbdma 16>, <&apbdma 16>; + dma-names = "rx", "tx"; status = "disabled"; }; - diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt index 800dafe5b01..e5a4d1b4acf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/spi-bus.txt @@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ only 1(SINGLE), 2(DUAL) and 4(QUAD). Dual/Quad mode is not allowed when 3-wire mode is used. If a gpio chipselect is used for the SPI slave the gpio number will be passed -via the cs_gpio +via the SPI master node cs-gpios property. SPI example for an MPC5200 SPI bus: spi@f00 { diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/ti_qspi.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/ti_qspi.txt index 1f9641ade0b..601a360531a 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/ti_qspi.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/spi/ti_qspi.txt @@ -3,6 +3,11 @@ TI QSPI controller. Required properties: - compatible : should be "ti,dra7xxx-qspi" or "ti,am4372-qspi". - reg: Should contain QSPI registers location and length. +- reg-names: Should contain the resource reg names. + - qspi_base: Qspi configuration register Address space + - qspi_mmap: Memory mapped Address space + - (optional) qspi_ctrlmod: Control module Address space +- interrupts: should contain the qspi interrupt number. - #address-cells, #size-cells : Must be present if the device has sub-nodes - ti,hwmods: Name of the hwmod associated to the QSPI @@ -14,7 +19,8 @@ Example: qspi: qspi@4b300000 { compatible = "ti,dra7xxx-qspi"; - reg = <0x4b300000 0x100>; + reg = <0x47900000 0x100>, <0x30000000 0x3ffffff>; + reg-names = "qspi_base", "qspi_mmap"; #address-cells = <1>; #size-cells = <0>; spi-max-frequency = <25000000>; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/submitting-patches.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/submitting-patches.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..042a0273b8b --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/submitting-patches.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + + Submitting devicetree (DT) binding patches + +I. For patch submitters + + 0) Normal patch submission rules from Documentation/SubmittingPatches + applies. + + 1) The Documentation/ portion of the patch should be a separate patch. + + 2) Submit the entire series to the devicetree mailinglist at + + devicetree@vger.kernel.org + +II. For kernel maintainers + + 1) If you aren't comfortable reviewing a given binding, reply to it and ask + the devicetree maintainers for guidance. This will help them prioritize + which ones to review and which ones are ok to let go. + + 2) For driver (not subsystem) bindings: If you are comfortable with the + binding, and it hasn't received an Acked-by from the devicetree + maintainers after a few weeks, go ahead and take it. + + Subsystem bindings (anything affecting more than a single device) + then getting a devicetree maintainer to review it is required. + + 3) For a series going though multiple trees, the binding patch should be + kept with the driver using the binding. + +III. Notes + + 0) Please see ...bindings/ABI.txt for details regarding devicetree ABI. + + 1) This document is intended as a general familiarization with the process as + decided at the 2013 Kernel Summit. When in doubt, the current word of the + devicetree maintainers overrules this document. In that situation, a patch + updating this document would be appreciated. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.txt index 541c25e49ab..1f0f67234a9 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/imx-thermal.txt @@ -8,10 +8,14 @@ Required properties: calibration data, e.g. OCOTP on imx6q. The details about calibration data can be found in SoC Reference Manual. +Optional properties: +- clocks : thermal sensor's clock source. + Example: tempmon { compatible = "fsl,imx6q-tempmon"; fsl,tempmon = <&anatop>; fsl,tempmon-data = <&ocotp>; + clocks = <&clks 172>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f5db6b72a36 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/thermal/thermal.txt @@ -0,0 +1,595 @@ +* Thermal Framework Device Tree descriptor + +This file describes a generic binding to provide a way of +defining hardware thermal structure using device tree. +A thermal structure includes thermal zones and their components, +such as trip points, polling intervals, sensors and cooling devices +binding descriptors. + +The target of device tree thermal descriptors is to describe only +the hardware thermal aspects. The thermal device tree bindings are +not about how the system must control or which algorithm or policy +must be taken in place. + +There are five types of nodes involved to describe thermal bindings: +- thermal sensors: devices which may be used to take temperature + measurements. +- cooling devices: devices which may be used to dissipate heat. +- trip points: describe key temperatures at which cooling is recommended. The + set of points should be chosen based on hardware limits. +- cooling maps: used to describe links between trip points and cooling devices; +- thermal zones: used to describe thermal data within the hardware; + +The following is a description of each of these node types. + +* Thermal sensor devices + +Thermal sensor devices are nodes providing temperature sensing capabilities on +thermal zones. Typical devices are I2C ADC converters and bandgaps. These are +nodes providing temperature data to thermal zones. Thermal sensor devices may +control one or more internal sensors. + +Required property: +- #thermal-sensor-cells: Used to provide sensor device specific information + Type: unsigned while referring to it. Typically 0 on thermal sensor + Size: one cell nodes with only one sensor, and at least 1 on nodes + with several internal sensors, in order + to identify uniquely the sensor instances within + the IC. See thermal zone binding for more details + on how consumers refer to sensor devices. + +* Cooling device nodes + +Cooling devices are nodes providing control on power dissipation. There +are essentially two ways to provide control on power dissipation. First +is by means of regulating device performance, which is known as passive +cooling. A typical passive cooling is a CPU that has dynamic voltage and +frequency scaling (DVFS), and uses lower frequencies as cooling states. +Second is by means of activating devices in order to remove +the dissipated heat, which is known as active cooling, e.g. regulating +fan speeds. In both cases, cooling devices shall have a way to determine +the state of cooling in which the device is. + +Any cooling device has a range of cooling states (i.e. different levels +of heat dissipation). For example a fan's cooling states correspond to +the different fan speeds possible. Cooling states are referred to by +single unsigned integers, where larger numbers mean greater heat +dissipation. The precise set of cooling states associated with a device +(as referred to be the cooling-min-state and cooling-max-state +properties) should be defined in a particular device's binding. +For more examples of cooling devices, refer to the example sections below. + +Required properties: +- cooling-min-state: An integer indicating the smallest + Type: unsigned cooling state accepted. Typically 0. + Size: one cell + +- cooling-max-state: An integer indicating the largest + Type: unsigned cooling state accepted. + Size: one cell + +- #cooling-cells: Used to provide cooling device specific information + Type: unsigned while referring to it. Must be at least 2, in order + Size: one cell to specify minimum and maximum cooling state used + in the reference. The first cell is the minimum + cooling state requested and the second cell is + the maximum cooling state requested in the reference. + See Cooling device maps section below for more details + on how consumers refer to cooling devices. + +* Trip points + +The trip node is a node to describe a point in the temperature domain +in which the system takes an action. This node describes just the point, +not the action. + +Required properties: +- temperature: An integer indicating the trip temperature level, + Type: signed in millicelsius. + Size: one cell + +- hysteresis: A low hysteresis value on temperature property (above). + Type: unsigned This is a relative value, in millicelsius. + Size: one cell + +- type: a string containing the trip type. Expected values are: + "active": A trip point to enable active cooling + "passive": A trip point to enable passive cooling + "hot": A trip point to notify emergency + "critical": Hardware not reliable. + Type: string + +* Cooling device maps + +The cooling device maps node is a node to describe how cooling devices +get assigned to trip points of the zone. The cooling devices are expected +to be loaded in the target system. + +Required properties: +- cooling-device: A phandle of a cooling device with its specifier, + Type: phandle + referring to which cooling device is used in this + cooling specifier binding. In the cooling specifier, the first cell + is the minimum cooling state and the second cell + is the maximum cooling state used in this map. +- trip: A phandle of a trip point node within the same thermal + Type: phandle of zone. + trip point node + +Optional property: +- contribution: The cooling contribution to the thermal zone of the + Type: unsigned referred cooling device at the referred trip point. + Size: one cell The contribution is a ratio of the sum + of all cooling contributions within a thermal zone. + +Note: Using the THERMAL_NO_LIMIT (-1UL) constant in the cooling-device phandle +limit specifier means: +(i) - minimum state allowed for minimum cooling state used in the reference. +(ii) - maximum state allowed for maximum cooling state used in the reference. +Refer to include/dt-bindings/thermal/thermal.h for definition of this constant. + +* Thermal zone nodes + +The thermal zone node is the node containing all the required info +for describing a thermal zone, including its cooling device bindings. The +thermal zone node must contain, apart from its own properties, one sub-node +containing trip nodes and one sub-node containing all the zone cooling maps. + +Required properties: +- polling-delay: The maximum number of milliseconds to wait between polls + Type: unsigned when checking this thermal zone. + Size: one cell + +- polling-delay-passive: The maximum number of milliseconds to wait + Type: unsigned between polls when performing passive cooling. + Size: one cell + +- thermal-sensors: A list of thermal sensor phandles and sensor specifier + Type: list of used while monitoring the thermal zone. + phandles + sensor + specifier + +- trips: A sub-node which is a container of only trip point nodes + Type: sub-node required to describe the thermal zone. + +- cooling-maps: A sub-node which is a container of only cooling device + Type: sub-node map nodes, used to describe the relation between trips + and cooling devices. + +Optional property: +- coefficients: An array of integers (one signed cell) containing + Type: array coefficients to compose a linear relation between + Elem size: one cell the sensors listed in the thermal-sensors property. + Elem type: signed Coefficients defaults to 1, in case this property + is not specified. A simple linear polynomial is used: + Z = c0 * x0 + c1 + x1 + ... + c(n-1) * x(n-1) + cn. + + The coefficients are ordered and they match with sensors + by means of sensor ID. Additional coefficients are + interpreted as constant offset. + +Note: The delay properties are bound to the maximum dT/dt (temperature +derivative over time) in two situations for a thermal zone: +(i) - when passive cooling is activated (polling-delay-passive); and +(ii) - when the zone just needs to be monitored (polling-delay) or +when active cooling is activated. + +The maximum dT/dt is highly bound to hardware power consumption and dissipation +capability. The delays should be chosen to account for said max dT/dt, +such that a device does not cross several trip boundaries unexpectedly +between polls. Choosing the right polling delays shall avoid having the +device in temperature ranges that may damage the silicon structures and +reduce silicon lifetime. + +* The thermal-zones node + +The "thermal-zones" node is a container for all thermal zone nodes. It shall +contain only sub-nodes describing thermal zones as in the section +"Thermal zone nodes". The "thermal-zones" node appears under "/". + +* Examples + +Below are several examples on how to use thermal data descriptors +using device tree bindings: + +(a) - CPU thermal zone + +The CPU thermal zone example below describes how to setup one thermal zone +using one single sensor as temperature source and many cooling devices and +power dissipation control sources. + +#include <dt-bindings/thermal/thermal.h> + +cpus { + /* + * Here is an example of describing a cooling device for a DVFS + * capable CPU. The CPU node describes its four OPPs. + * The cooling states possible are 0..3, and they are + * used as OPP indexes. The minimum cooling state is 0, which means + * all four OPPs can be available to the system. The maximum + * cooling state is 3, which means only the lowest OPPs (198MHz@0.85V) + * can be available in the system. + */ + cpu0: cpu@0 { + ... + operating-points = < + /* kHz uV */ + 970000 1200000 + 792000 1100000 + 396000 950000 + 198000 850000 + >; + cooling-min-state = <0>; + cooling-max-state = <3>; + #cooling-cells = <2>; /* min followed by max */ + }; + ... +}; + +&i2c1 { + ... + /* + * A simple fan controller which supports 10 speeds of operation + * (represented as 0-9). + */ + fan0: fan@0x48 { + ... + cooling-min-state = <0>; + cooling-max-state = <9>; + #cooling-cells = <2>; /* min followed by max */ + }; +}; + +ocp { + ... + /* + * A simple IC with a single bandgap temperature sensor. + */ + bandgap0: bandgap@0x0000ED00 { + ... + #thermal-sensor-cells = <0>; + }; +}; + +thermal-zones { + cpu-thermal: cpu-thermal { + polling-delay-passive = <250>; /* milliseconds */ + polling-delay = <1000>; /* milliseconds */ + + thermal-sensors = <&bandgap0>; + + trips { + cpu-alert0: cpu-alert { + temperature = <90000>; /* millicelsius */ + hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ + type = "active"; + }; + cpu-alert1: cpu-alert { + temperature = <100000>; /* millicelsius */ + hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ + type = "passive"; + }; + cpu-crit: cpu-crit { + temperature = <125000>; /* millicelsius */ + hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ + type = "critical"; + }; + }; + + cooling-maps { + map0 { + trip = <&cpu-alert0>; + cooling-device = <&fan0 THERMAL_NO_LIMITS 4>; + }; + map1 { + trip = <&cpu-alert1>; + cooling-device = <&fan0 5 THERMAL_NO_LIMITS>; + }; + map2 { + trip = <&cpu-alert1>; + cooling-device = + <&cpu0 THERMAL_NO_LIMITS THERMAL_NO_LIMITS>; + }; + }; + }; +}; + +In the example above, the ADC sensor (bandgap0) at address 0x0000ED00 is +used to monitor the zone 'cpu-thermal' using its sole sensor. A fan +device (fan0) is controlled via I2C bus 1, at address 0x48, and has ten +different cooling states 0-9. It is used to remove the heat out of +the thermal zone 'cpu-thermal' using its cooling states +from its minimum to 4, when it reaches trip point 'cpu-alert0' +at 90C, as an example of active cooling. The same cooling device is used at +'cpu-alert1', but from 5 to its maximum state. The cpu@0 device is also +linked to the same thermal zone, 'cpu-thermal', as a passive cooling device, +using all its cooling states at trip point 'cpu-alert1', +which is a trip point at 100C. On the thermal zone 'cpu-thermal', at the +temperature of 125C, represented by the trip point 'cpu-crit', the silicon +is not reliable anymore. + +(b) - IC with several internal sensors + +The example below describes how to deploy several thermal zones based off a +single sensor IC, assuming it has several internal sensors. This is a common +case on SoC designs with several internal IPs that may need different thermal +requirements, and thus may have their own sensor to monitor or detect internal +hotspots in their silicon. + +#include <dt-bindings/thermal/thermal.h> + +ocp { + ... + /* + * A simple IC with several bandgap temperature sensors. + */ + bandgap0: bandgap@0x0000ED00 { + ... + #thermal-sensor-cells = <1>; + }; +}; + +thermal-zones { + cpu-thermal: cpu-thermal { + polling-delay-passive = <250>; /* milliseconds */ + polling-delay = <1000>; /* milliseconds */ + + /* sensor ID */ + thermal-sensors = <&bandgap0 0>; + + trips { + /* each zone within the SoC may have its own trips */ + cpu-alert: cpu-alert { + temperature = <100000>; /* millicelsius */ + hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ + type = "passive"; + }; + cpu-crit: cpu-crit { + temperature = <125000>; /* millicelsius */ + hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ + type = "critical"; + }; + }; + + cooling-maps { + /* each zone within the SoC may have its own cooling */ + ... + }; + }; + + gpu-thermal: gpu-thermal { + polling-delay-passive = <120>; /* milliseconds */ + polling-delay = <1000>; /* milliseconds */ + + /* sensor ID */ + thermal-sensors = <&bandgap0 1>; + + trips { + /* each zone within the SoC may have its own trips */ + gpu-alert: gpu-alert { + temperature = <90000>; /* millicelsius */ + hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ + type = "passive"; + }; + gpu-crit: gpu-crit { + temperature = <105000>; /* millicelsius */ + hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ + type = "critical"; + }; + }; + + cooling-maps { + /* each zone within the SoC may have its own cooling */ + ... + }; + }; + + dsp-thermal: dsp-thermal { + polling-delay-passive = <50>; /* milliseconds */ + polling-delay = <1000>; /* milliseconds */ + + /* sensor ID */ + thermal-sensors = <&bandgap0 2>; + + trips { + /* each zone within the SoC may have its own trips */ + dsp-alert: gpu-alert { + temperature = <90000>; /* millicelsius */ + hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ + type = "passive"; + }; + dsp-crit: gpu-crit { + temperature = <135000>; /* millicelsius */ + hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ + type = "critical"; + }; + }; + + cooling-maps { + /* each zone within the SoC may have its own cooling */ + ... + }; + }; +}; + +In the example above, there is one bandgap IC which has the capability to +monitor three sensors. The hardware has been designed so that sensors are +placed on different places in the DIE to monitor different temperature +hotspots: one for CPU thermal zone, one for GPU thermal zone and the +other to monitor a DSP thermal zone. + +Thus, there is a need to assign each sensor provided by the bandgap IC +to different thermal zones. This is achieved by means of using the +#thermal-sensor-cells property and using the first cell of the sensor +specifier as sensor ID. In the example, then, <bandgap 0> is used to +monitor CPU thermal zone, <bandgap 1> is used to monitor GPU thermal +zone and <bandgap 2> is used to monitor DSP thermal zone. Each zone +may be uncorrelated, having its own dT/dt requirements, trips +and cooling maps. + + +(c) - Several sensors within one single thermal zone + +The example below illustrates how to use more than one sensor within +one thermal zone. + +#include <dt-bindings/thermal/thermal.h> + +&i2c1 { + ... + /* + * A simple IC with a single temperature sensor. + */ + adc: sensor@0x49 { + ... + #thermal-sensor-cells = <0>; + }; +}; + +ocp { + ... + /* + * A simple IC with a single bandgap temperature sensor. + */ + bandgap0: bandgap@0x0000ED00 { + ... + #thermal-sensor-cells = <0>; + }; +}; + +thermal-zones { + cpu-thermal: cpu-thermal { + polling-delay-passive = <250>; /* milliseconds */ + polling-delay = <1000>; /* milliseconds */ + + thermal-sensors = <&bandgap0>, /* cpu */ + <&adc>; /* pcb north */ + + /* hotspot = 100 * bandgap - 120 * adc + 484 */ + coefficients = <100 -120 484>; + + trips { + ... + }; + + cooling-maps { + ... + }; + }; +}; + +In some cases, there is a need to use more than one sensor to extrapolate +a thermal hotspot in the silicon. The above example illustrates this situation. +For instance, it may be the case that a sensor external to CPU IP may be placed +close to CPU hotspot and together with internal CPU sensor, it is used +to determine the hotspot. Assuming this is the case for the above example, +the hypothetical extrapolation rule would be: + hotspot = 100 * bandgap - 120 * adc + 484 + +In other context, the same idea can be used to add fixed offset. For instance, +consider the hotspot extrapolation rule below: + hotspot = 1 * adc + 6000 + +In the above equation, the hotspot is always 6C higher than what is read +from the ADC sensor. The binding would be then: + thermal-sensors = <&adc>; + + /* hotspot = 1 * adc + 6000 */ + coefficients = <1 6000>; + +(d) - Board thermal + +The board thermal example below illustrates how to setup one thermal zone +with many sensors and many cooling devices. + +#include <dt-bindings/thermal/thermal.h> + +&i2c1 { + ... + /* + * An IC with several temperature sensor. + */ + adc-dummy: sensor@0x50 { + ... + #thermal-sensor-cells = <1>; /* sensor internal ID */ + }; +}; + +thermal-zones { + batt-thermal { + polling-delay-passive = <500>; /* milliseconds */ + polling-delay = <2500>; /* milliseconds */ + + /* sensor ID */ + thermal-sensors = <&adc-dummy 4>; + + trips { + ... + }; + + cooling-maps { + ... + }; + }; + + board-thermal: board-thermal { + polling-delay-passive = <1000>; /* milliseconds */ + polling-delay = <2500>; /* milliseconds */ + + /* sensor ID */ + thermal-sensors = <&adc-dummy 0>, /* pcb top edge */ + <&adc-dummy 1>, /* lcd */ + <&adc-dymmy 2>; /* back cover */ + /* + * An array of coefficients describing the sensor + * linear relation. E.g.: + * z = c1*x1 + c2*x2 + c3*x3 + */ + coefficients = <1200 -345 890>; + + trips { + /* Trips are based on resulting linear equation */ + cpu-trip: cpu-trip { + temperature = <60000>; /* millicelsius */ + hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ + type = "passive"; + }; + gpu-trip: gpu-trip { + temperature = <55000>; /* millicelsius */ + hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ + type = "passive"; + } + lcd-trip: lcp-trip { + temperature = <53000>; /* millicelsius */ + hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ + type = "passive"; + }; + crit-trip: crit-trip { + temperature = <68000>; /* millicelsius */ + hysteresis = <2000>; /* millicelsius */ + type = "critical"; + }; + }; + + cooling-maps { + map0 { + trip = <&cpu-trip>; + cooling-device = <&cpu0 0 2>; + contribution = <55>; + }; + map1 { + trip = <&gpu-trip>; + cooling-device = <&gpu0 0 2>; + contribution = <20>; + }; + map2 { + trip = <&lcd-trip>; + cooling-device = <&lcd0 5 10>; + contribution = <15>; + }; + }; + }; +}; + +The above example is a mix of previous examples, a sensor IP with several internal +sensors used to monitor different zones, one of them is composed by several sensors and +with different cooling devices. diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra20-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra20-timer.txt index e019fdc3877..4a864bd10d3 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra20-timer.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra20-timer.txt @@ -8,6 +8,8 @@ Required properties: - compatible : should be "nvidia,tegra20-timer". - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. - interrupts : A list of 4 interrupts; one per timer channel. +- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. Example: @@ -18,4 +20,5 @@ timer { 0 1 0x04 0 41 0x04 0 42 0x04>; + clocks = <&tegra_car 132>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra30-timer.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra30-timer.txt index 906109d4c59..b5082a1cf46 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra30-timer.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/nvidia,tegra30-timer.txt @@ -10,6 +10,8 @@ Required properties: - reg : Specifies base physical address and size of the registers. - interrupts : A list of 6 interrupts; one per each of timer channels 1 through 5, and one for the shared interrupt for the remaining channels. +- clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. timer { compatible = "nvidia,tegra30-timer", "nvidia,tegra20-timer"; @@ -20,4 +22,5 @@ timer { 0 42 0x04 0 121 0x04 0 122 0x04>; + clocks = <&tegra_car 214>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/samsung,exynos4210-mct.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/samsung,exynos4210-mct.txt index b5a86d20ee3..167d5dab9f6 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/samsung,exynos4210-mct.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/timer/samsung,exynos4210-mct.txt @@ -31,38 +31,58 @@ Required properties: 7: .. i: Local Timer Interrupt n -Example 1: In this example, the system uses only the first global timer - interrupt generated by MCT and the remaining three global timer - interrupts are unused. Two local timer interrupts have been - specified. + For MCT block that uses a per-processor interrupt for local timers, such + as ones compatible with "samsung,exynos4412-mct", only one local timer + interrupt might be specified, meaning that all local timers use the same + per processor interrupt. + +Example 1: In this example, the IP contains two local timers, using separate + interrupts, so two local timer interrupts have been specified, + in addition to four global timer interrupts. mct@10050000 { compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-mct"; reg = <0x10050000 0x800>; - interrupts = <0 57 0>, <0 0 0>, <0 0 0>, <0 0 0>, + interrupts = <0 57 0>, <0 69 0>, <0 70 0>, <0 71 0>, <0 42 0>, <0 48 0>; }; -Example 2: In this example, the MCT global and local timer interrupts are - connected to two separate interrupt controllers. Hence, an - interrupt-map is created to map the interrupts to the respective - interrupt controllers. +Example 2: In this example, the timer interrupts are connected to two separate + interrupt controllers. Hence, an interrupt-map is created to map + the interrupts to the respective interrupt controllers. mct@101C0000 { compatible = "samsung,exynos4210-mct"; reg = <0x101C0000 0x800>; - interrupt-controller; - #interrups-cells = <2>; interrupt-parent = <&mct_map>; - interrupts = <0 0>, <1 0>, <2 0>, <3 0>, - <4 0>, <5 0>; + interrupts = <0>, <1>, <2>, <3>, <4>, <5>; mct_map: mct-map { - #interrupt-cells = <2>; + #interrupt-cells = <1>; #address-cells = <0>; #size-cells = <0>; - interrupt-map = <0x0 0 &combiner 23 3>, - <0x4 0 &gic 0 120 0>, - <0x5 0 &gic 0 121 0>; + interrupt-map = <0 &gic 0 57 0>, + <1 &gic 0 69 0>, + <2 &combiner 12 6>, + <3 &combiner 12 7>, + <4 &gic 0 42 0>, + <5 &gic 0 48 0>; }; }; + +Example 3: In this example, the IP contains four local timers, but using + a per-processor interrupt to handle them. Either all the local + timer interrupts can be specified, with the same interrupt specifier + value or just the first one. + + mct@10050000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos4412-mct"; + reg = <0x10050000 0x800>; + + /* Both ways are possible in this case. Either: */ + interrupts = <0 57 0>, <0 69 0>, <0 70 0>, <0 71 0>, + <0 42 0>; + /* or: */ + interrupts = <0 57 0>, <0 69 0>, <0 70 0>, <0 71 0>, + <0 42 0>, <0 42 0>, <0 42 0>, <0 42 0>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-phy.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-phy.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..f37b3a86341 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-phy.txt @@ -0,0 +1,20 @@ +TI Keystone USB PHY + +Required properties: + - compatible: should be "ti,keystone-usbphy". + - #address-cells, #size-cells : should be '1' if the device has sub-nodes + with 'reg' property. + - reg : Address and length of the usb phy control register set. + +The main purpose of this PHY driver is to enable the USB PHY reference clock +gate on the Keystone SOC for both the USB2 and USB3 PHY. Otherwise it is just +an NOP PHY driver. Hence this node is referenced as both the usb2 and usb3 +phy node in the USB Glue layer driver node. + +usb_phy: usb_phy@2620738 { + compatible = "ti,keystone-usbphy"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x2620738 32>; + status = "disabled"; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-usb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-usb.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..60527d335b5 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/keystone-usb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,42 @@ +TI Keystone Soc USB Controller + +DWC3 GLUE + +Required properties: + - compatible: should be "ti,keystone-dwc3". + - #address-cells, #size-cells : should be '1' if the device has sub-nodes + with 'reg' property. + - reg : Address and length of the register set for the USB subsystem on + the SOC. + - interrupts : The irq number of this device that is used to interrupt the + MPU. + - ranges: allows valid 1:1 translation between child's address space and + parent's address space. + - clocks: Clock IDs array as required by the controller. + - clock-names: names of clocks correseponding to IDs in the clock property. + +Sub-nodes: +The dwc3 core should be added as subnode to Keystone DWC3 glue. +- dwc3 : + The binding details of dwc3 can be found in: + Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/dwc3.txt + +Example: + usb: usb@2680000 { + compatible = "ti,keystone-dwc3"; + #address-cells = <1>; + #size-cells = <1>; + reg = <0x2680000 0x10000>; + clocks = <&clkusb>; + clock-names = "usb"; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 393 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + ranges; + status = "disabled"; + + dwc3@2690000 { + compatible = "synopsys,dwc3"; + reg = <0x2690000 0x70000>; + interrupts = <GIC_SPI 393 IRQ_TYPE_EDGE_RISING>; + usb-phy = <&usb_phy>, <&usb_phy>; + }; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt index df0933043a5..3dc9140e3df 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/usb/nvidia,tegra20-ehci.txt @@ -8,7 +8,12 @@ and additions : Required properties : - compatible : Should be "nvidia,tegra20-ehci". - nvidia,phy : phandle of the PHY that the controller is connected to. - - clocks : Contains a single entry which defines the USB controller's clock. + - clocks : Must contain one entry, for the module clock. + See ../clocks/clock-bindings.txt for details. + - resets : Must contain an entry for each entry in reset-names. + See ../reset/reset.txt for details. + - reset-names : Must include the following entries: + - usb Optional properties: - nvidia,needs-double-reset : boolean is to be set for some of the Tegra20 diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt index f29cd78b669..3f900cd51bf 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/vendor-prefixes.txt @@ -3,6 +3,7 @@ Device tree binding vendor prefix registry. Keep list in alphabetical order. This isn't an exhaustive list, but you should add new prefixes to it before using them to avoid name-space collisions. +active-semi Active-Semi International Inc ad Avionic Design GmbH adi Analog Devices, Inc. aeroflexgaisler Aeroflex Gaisler AB @@ -27,19 +28,25 @@ cortina Cortina Systems, Inc. dallas Maxim Integrated Products (formerly Dallas Semiconductor) davicom DAVICOM Semiconductor, Inc. denx Denx Software Engineering +edt Emerging Display Technologies emmicro EM Microelectronic +epfl Ecole Polytechnique Fรฉdรฉrale de Lausanne epson Seiko Epson Corp. est ESTeem Wireless Modems fsl Freescale Semiconductor GEFanuc GE Fanuc Intelligent Platforms Embedded Systems, Inc. gef GE Fanuc Intelligent Platforms Embedded Systems, Inc. gmt Global Mixed-mode Technology, Inc. +gumstix Gumstix, Inc. +haoyu Haoyu Microelectronic Co. Ltd. hisilicon Hisilicon Limited. hp Hewlett Packard ibm International Business Machines (IBM) idt Integrated Device Technologies, Inc. img Imagination Technologies Ltd. intercontrol Inter Control Group +isl Intersil +karo Ka-Ro electronics GmbH lg LG Corporation linux Linux-specific binding lsi LSI Corp. (LSI Logic) @@ -62,6 +69,7 @@ ralink Mediatek/Ralink Technology Corp. ramtron Ramtron International realtek Realtek Semiconductor Corp. renesas Renesas Electronics Corporation +rockchip Fuzhou Rockchip Electronics Co., Ltd samsung Samsung Semiconductor sbs Smart Battery System schindler Schindler @@ -74,6 +82,7 @@ st STMicroelectronics ste ST-Ericsson stericsson ST-Ericsson ti Texas Instruments +tlm Trusted Logic Mobility toshiba Toshiba Corporation toumaz Toumaz v3 V3 Semiconductor diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1289fb.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1289fb.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..4fcd5e68cb6 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/video/ssd1289fb.txt @@ -0,0 +1,13 @@ +* Solomon SSD1289 Framebuffer Driver + +Required properties: + - compatible: Should be "solomon,ssd1289fb". The only supported bus for + now is lbc. + - reg: Should contain address of the controller on the LBC bus. The detail + was described in Documentation/devicetree/bindings/powerpc/fsl/lbc.txt + +Examples: +display@2,0 { + compatible = "solomon,ssd1289fb"; + reg = <0x2 0x0000 0x0004>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt index fcdd48f7dcf..f90e294d763 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/atmel-wdt.txt @@ -9,11 +9,37 @@ Required properties: Optional properties: - timeout-sec: contains the watchdog timeout in seconds. +- interrupts : Should contain WDT interrupt. +- atmel,max-heartbeat-sec : Should contain the maximum heartbeat value in + seconds. This value should be less or equal to 16. It is used to + compute the WDV field. +- atmel,min-heartbeat-sec : Should contain the minimum heartbeat value in + seconds. This value must be smaller than the max-heartbeat-sec value. + It is used to compute the WDD field. +- atmel,watchdog-type : Should be "hardware" or "software". Hardware watchdog + use the at91 watchdog reset. Software watchdog use the watchdog + interrupt to trigger a software reset. +- atmel,reset-type : Should be "proc" or "all". + "all" : assert peripherals and processor reset signals + "proc" : assert the processor reset signal + This is valid only when using "hardware" watchdog. +- atmel,disable : Should be present if you want to disable the watchdog. +- atmel,idle-halt : Should be present if you want to stop the watchdog when + entering idle state. +- atmel,dbg-halt : Should be present if you want to stop the watchdog when + entering debug state. Example: - watchdog@fffffd40 { compatible = "atmel,at91sam9260-wdt"; reg = <0xfffffd40 0x10>; - timeout-sec = <10>; + interrupts = <1 IRQ_TYPE_LEVEL_HIGH 7>; + timeout-sec = <15>; + atmel,watchdog-type = "hardware"; + atmel,reset-type = "all"; + atmel,dbg-halt; + atmel,idle-halt; + atmel,max-heartbeat-sec = <16>; + atmel,min-heartbeat-sec = <0>; + status = "okay"; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/davinci-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/davinci-wdt.txt index 75558ccd9a0..e60b9a13bdc 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/davinci-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/davinci-wdt.txt @@ -1,12 +1,24 @@ -DaVinci Watchdog Timer (WDT) Controller +Texas Instruments DaVinci/Keystone Watchdog Timer (WDT) Controller Required properties: -- compatible : Should be "ti,davinci-wdt" +- compatible : Should be "ti,davinci-wdt", "ti,keystone-wdt" - reg : Should contain WDT registers location and length +Optional properties: +- timeout-sec : Contains the watchdog timeout in seconds +- clocks : the clock feeding the watchdog timer. + Needed if platform uses clocks. + See clock-bindings.txt + +Documentation: +Davinci DM646x - http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/spruer5b/spruer5b.pdf +Keystone - http://www.ti.com/lit/ug/sprugv5a/sprugv5a.pdf + Examples: wdt: wdt@2320000 { compatible = "ti,davinci-wdt"; reg = <0x02320000 0x80>; + timeout-sec = <30>; + clocks = <&clkwdtimer0>; }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/gpio-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/gpio-wdt.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..37afec19494 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/gpio-wdt.txt @@ -0,0 +1,23 @@ +* GPIO-controlled Watchdog + +Required Properties: +- compatible: Should contain "linux,wdt-gpio". +- gpios: From common gpio binding; gpio connection to WDT reset pin. +- hw_algo: The algorithm used by the driver. Should be one of the + following values: + - toggle: Either a high-to-low or a low-to-high transition clears + the WDT counter. The watchdog timer is disabled when GPIO is + left floating or connected to a three-state buffer. + - level: Low or high level starts counting WDT timeout, + the opposite level disables the WDT. Active level is determined + by the GPIO flags. +- hw_margin_ms: Maximum time to reset watchdog circuit (milliseconds). + +Example: + watchdog: watchdog { + /* ADM706 */ + compatible = "linux,wdt-gpio"; + gpios = <&gpio3 9 GPIO_ACTIVE_LOW>; + hw_algo = "toggle"; + hw_margin_ms = <1600>; + }; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt index 2aa486cc1ff..cfff37511aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/bindings/watchdog/samsung-wdt.txt @@ -5,10 +5,29 @@ after a preset amount of time during which the WDT reset event has not occurred. Required properties: -- compatible : should be "samsung,s3c2410-wdt" +- compatible : should be one among the following + (a) "samsung,s3c2410-wdt" for Exynos4 and previous SoCs + (b) "samsung,exynos5250-wdt" for Exynos5250 + (c) "samsung,exynos5420-wdt" for Exynos5420 + - reg : base physical address of the controller and length of memory mapped region. - interrupts : interrupt number to the cpu. +- samsung,syscon-phandle : reference to syscon node (This property required only + in case of compatible being "samsung,exynos5250-wdt" or "samsung,exynos5420-wdt". + In case of Exynos5250 and 5420 this property points to syscon node holding the PMU + base address) Optional properties: - timeout-sec : contains the watchdog timeout in seconds. + +Example: + +watchdog@101D0000 { + compatible = "samsung,exynos5250-wdt"; + reg = <0x101D0000 0x100>; + interrupts = <0 42 0>; + clocks = <&clock 336>; + clock-names = "watchdog"; + samsung,syscon-phandle = <&pmu_syscon>; +}; diff --git a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt index b2fb2f5e192..1f013bd0d32 100644 --- a/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt +++ b/Documentation/devicetree/booting-without-of.txt @@ -1364,19 +1364,16 @@ Appendix A - Sample SOC node for MPC8540 phy0: ethernet-phy@0 { interrupts = <5 1>; reg = <0>; - device_type = "ethernet-phy"; }; phy1: ethernet-phy@1 { interrupts = <5 1>; reg = <1>; - device_type = "ethernet-phy"; }; phy3: ethernet-phy@3 { interrupts = <7 1>; reg = <3>; - device_type = "ethernet-phy"; }; }; }; diff --git a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt index 1bbdcfcf1f1..46325eb2ea7 100644 --- a/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt +++ b/Documentation/dynamic-debug-howto.txt @@ -108,6 +108,12 @@ If your query set is big, you can batch them too: ~# cat query-batch-file > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control +A another way is to use wildcard. The match rule support '*' (matches +zero or more characters) and '?' (matches exactly one character).For +example, you can match all usb drivers: + + ~# echo "file drivers/usb/* +p" > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control + At the syntactical level, a command comprises a sequence of match specifications, followed by a flags change specification. @@ -315,6 +321,9 @@ nullarbor:~ # echo -n 'func svc_process -p' > nullarbor:~ # echo -n 'format "nfsd: READ" +p' > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control +// enable messages in files of which the pathes include string "usb" +nullarbor:~ # echo -n '*usb* +p' > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control + // enable all messages nullarbor:~ # echo -n '+p' > <debugfs>/dynamic_debug/control diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX b/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX index 8042050eb26..632211cbdd5 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/00-INDEX @@ -10,24 +10,32 @@ afs.txt - info and examples for the distributed AFS (Andrew File System) fs. affs.txt - info and mount options for the Amiga Fast File System. +autofs4-mount-control.txt + - info on device control operations for autofs4 module. automount-support.txt - information about filesystem automount support. befs.txt - information about the BeOS filesystem for Linux. bfs.txt - info for the SCO UnixWare Boot Filesystem (BFS). +btrfs.txt + - info for the BTRFS filesystem. +caching/ + - directory containing filesystem cache documentation. ceph.txt - - info for the Ceph Distributed File System -cifs.txt - - description of the CIFS filesystem. + - info for the Ceph Distributed File System. +cifs/ + - directory containing CIFS filesystem documentation and example code. coda.txt - description of the CODA filesystem. configfs/ - directory containing configfs documentation and example code. cramfs.txt - info on the cram filesystem for small storage (ROMs etc). -dentry-locking.txt - - info on the RCU-based dcache locking model. +debugfs.txt + - info on the debugfs filesystem. +devpts.txt + - info on the devpts filesystem. directory-locking - info about the locking scheme used for directory operations. dlmfs.txt @@ -35,7 +43,7 @@ dlmfs.txt dnotify.txt - info about directory notification in Linux. dnotify_test.c - - example program for dnotify + - example program for dnotify. ecryptfs.txt - docs on eCryptfs: stacked cryptographic filesystem for Linux. efivarfs.txt @@ -48,12 +56,18 @@ ext3.txt - info, mount options and specifications for the Ext3 filesystem. ext4.txt - info, mount options and specifications for the Ext4 filesystem. -files.txt - - info on file management in the Linux kernel. f2fs.txt - info and mount options for the F2FS filesystem. +fiemap.txt + - info on fiemap ioctl. +files.txt + - info on file management in the Linux kernel. fuse.txt - info on the Filesystem in User SpacE including mount options. +gfs2-glocks.txt + - info on the Global File System 2 - Glock internal locking rules. +gfs2-uevents.txt + - info on the Global File System 2 - uevents. gfs2.txt - info on the Global File System 2. hfs.txt @@ -84,40 +98,58 @@ ntfs.txt - info and mount options for the NTFS filesystem (Windows NT). ocfs2.txt - info and mount options for the OCFS2 clustered filesystem. +omfs.txt + - info on the Optimized MPEG FileSystem. +path-lookup.txt + - info on path walking and name lookup locking. +pohmelfs/ + - directory containing pohmelfs filesystem documentation. porting - various information on filesystem porting. proc.txt - info on Linux's /proc filesystem. +qnx6.txt + - info on the QNX6 filesystem. +quota.txt + - info on Quota subsystem. ramfs-rootfs-initramfs.txt - info on the 'in memory' filesystems ramfs, rootfs and initramfs. -reiser4.txt - - info on the Reiser4 filesystem based on dancing tree algorithms. relay.txt - info on relay, for efficient streaming from kernel to user space. romfs.txt - description of the ROMFS filesystem. seq_file.txt - - how to use the seq_file API + - how to use the seq_file API. sharedsubtree.txt - a description of shared subtrees for namespaces. spufs.txt - info and mount options for the SPU filesystem used on Cell. +squashfs.txt + - info on the squashfs filesystem. sysfs-pci.txt - info on accessing PCI device resources through sysfs. +sysfs-tagging.txt + - info on sysfs tagging to avoid duplicates. sysfs.txt - info on sysfs, a ram-based filesystem for exporting kernel objects. sysv-fs.txt - info on the SystemV/V7/Xenix/Coherent filesystem. tmpfs.txt - info on tmpfs, a filesystem that holds all files in virtual memory. +ubifs.txt + - info on the Unsorted Block Images FileSystem. udf.txt - info and mount options for the UDF filesystem. ufs.txt - info on the ufs filesystem. vfat.txt - - info on using the VFAT filesystem used in Windows NT and Windows 95 + - info on using the VFAT filesystem used in Windows NT and Windows 95. vfs.txt - - overview of the Virtual File System + - overview of the Virtual File System. +xfs-delayed-logging-design.txt + - info on the XFS Delayed Logging Design. +xfs-self-describing-metadata.txt + - info on XFS Self Describing Metadata. xfs.txt - info and mount options for the XFS filesystem. xip.txt diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt index 2c032144284..fec7144e817 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/9p.txt @@ -69,10 +69,14 @@ OPTIONS offering several exported file systems. cache=mode specifies a caching policy. By default, no caches are used. + none = default no cache policy, metadata and data + alike are synchronous. loose = no attempts are made at consistency, intended for exclusive, read-only mounts - fscache = use FS-Cache for a persistent, read-only + fscache = use FS-Cache for a persistent, read-only cache backend. + mmap = minimal cache that is only used for read-write + mmap. Northing else is cached, like cache=none debug=n specifies debug level. The debug level is a bitmask. 0x01 = display verbose error messages @@ -147,8 +151,7 @@ on sourceforge (http://sourceforge.net/projects/v9fs). News and other information is maintained on a Wiki. (http://sf.net/apps/mediawiki/v9fs/index.php). -Bug reports may be issued through the kernel.org bugzilla -(http://bugzilla.kernel.org) +Bug reports are best issued via the mailing list. For more information on the Plan 9 Operating System check out http://plan9.bell-labs.com/plan9 @@ -156,11 +159,3 @@ http://plan9.bell-labs.com/plan9 For information on Plan 9 from User Space (Plan 9 applications and libraries ported to Linux/BSD/OSX/etc) check out http://swtch.com/plan9 - -STATUS -====== - -The 2.6 kernel support is working on PPC and x86. - -PLEASE USE THE KERNEL BUGZILLA TO REPORT PROBLEMS. (http://bugzilla.kernel.org) - diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/btrfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/btrfs.txt index 5dd282dda55..d11cc2f8077 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/btrfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/btrfs.txt @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Mount Options ============= When mounting a btrfs filesystem, the following option are accepted. -Unless otherwise specified, all options default to off. +Options with (*) are default options and will not show in the mount options. alloc_start=<bytes> Debugging option to force all block allocations above a certain @@ -46,10 +46,12 @@ Unless otherwise specified, all options default to off. bytes, optionally with a K, M, or G suffix, case insensitive. Default is 1MB. + noautodefrag(*) autodefrag - Detect small random writes into files and queue them up for the - defrag process. Works best for small files; Not well suited for - large database workloads. + Disable/enable auto defragmentation. + Auto defragmentation detects small random writes into files and queue + them up for the defrag process. Works best for small files; + Not well suited for large database workloads. check_int check_int_data @@ -96,21 +98,26 @@ Unless otherwise specified, all options default to off. can be avoided. Especially useful when trying to mount a multi-device setup as root. May be specified multiple times for multiple devices. + nodiscard(*) discard - Issue frequent commands to let the block device reclaim space freed by - the filesystem. This is useful for SSD devices, thinly provisioned + Disable/enable discard mount option. + Discard issues frequent commands to let the block device reclaim space + freed by the filesystem. + This is useful for SSD devices, thinly provisioned LUNs and virtual machine images, but may have a significant performance impact. (The fstrim command is also available to initiate batch trims from userspace). + noenospc_debug(*) enospc_debug - Debugging option to be more verbose in some ENOSPC conditions. + Disable/enable debugging option to be more verbose in some ENOSPC conditions. fatal_errors=<action> Action to take when encountering a fatal error: "bug" - BUG() on a fatal error. This is the default. "panic" - panic() on a fatal error. + noflushoncommit(*) flushoncommit The 'flushoncommit' mount option forces any data dirtied by a write in a prior transaction to commit as part of the current commit. This makes @@ -134,26 +141,32 @@ Unless otherwise specified, all options default to off. Specify that 1 metadata chunk should be allocated after every <value> data chunks. Off by default. + acl(*) noacl - Disable support for Posix Access Control Lists (ACLs). See the + Enable/disable support for Posix Access Control Lists (ACLs). See the acl(5) manual page for more information about ACLs. + barrier(*) nobarrier - Disables the use of block layer write barriers. Write barriers ensure - that certain IOs make it through the device cache and are on persistent - storage. If used on a device with a volatile (non-battery-backed) - write-back cache, this option will lead to filesystem corruption on a - system crash or power loss. + Enable/disable the use of block layer write barriers. Write barriers + ensure that certain IOs make it through the device cache and are on + persistent storage. If disabled on a device with a volatile + (non-battery-backed) write-back cache, nobarrier option will lead to + filesystem corruption on a system crash or power loss. + datacow(*) nodatacow - Disable data copy-on-write for newly created files. Implies nodatasum, - and disables all compression. + Enable/disable data copy-on-write for newly created files. + Nodatacow implies nodatasum, and disables all compression. + datasum(*) nodatasum - Disable data checksumming for newly created files. + Enable/disable data checksumming for newly created files. + Datasum implies datacow. + treelog(*) notreelog - Disable the tree logging used for fsync and O_SYNC writes. + Enable/disable the tree logging used for fsync and O_SYNC writes. recovery Enable autorecovery attempts if a bad tree root is found at mount time. diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt index a3fe811bbdb..b8d284975f0 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/f2fs.txt @@ -120,6 +120,8 @@ active_logs=%u Support configuring the number of active logs. In the disable_ext_identify Disable the extension list configured by mkfs, so f2fs does not aware of cold files such as media files. inline_xattr Enable the inline xattrs feature. +inline_data Enable the inline data feature: New created small(<~3.4k) + files can be written into inode block. ================================================================================ DEBUGFS ENTRIES @@ -171,6 +173,28 @@ Files in /sys/fs/f2fs/<devname> conduct checkpoint to reclaim the prefree segments to free segments. By default, 100 segments, 200MB. + max_small_discards This parameter controls the number of discard + commands that consist small blocks less than 2MB. + The candidates to be discarded are cached until + checkpoint is triggered, and issued during the + checkpoint. By default, it is disabled with 0. + + ipu_policy This parameter controls the policy of in-place + updates in f2fs. There are five policies: + 0: F2FS_IPU_FORCE, 1: F2FS_IPU_SSR, + 2: F2FS_IPU_UTIL, 3: F2FS_IPU_SSR_UTIL, + 4: F2FS_IPU_DISABLE. + + min_ipu_util This parameter controls the threshold to trigger + in-place-updates. The number indicates percentage + of the filesystem utilization, and used by + F2FS_IPU_UTIL and F2FS_IPU_SSR_UTIL policies. + + max_victim_search This parameter controls the number of trials to + find a victim segment when conducting SSR and + cleaning operations. The default value is 4096 + which covers 8GB block address range. + ================================================================================ USAGE ================================================================================ diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs41-server.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs41-server.txt index 01c2db76979..b930ad08778 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs41-server.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nfs/nfs41-server.txt @@ -5,11 +5,11 @@ Server support for minorversion 1 can be controlled using the by reading this file will contain either "+4.1" or "-4.1" correspondingly. -Currently, server support for minorversion 1 is disabled by default. -It can be enabled at run time by writing the string "+4.1" to +Currently, server support for minorversion 1 is enabled by default. +It can be disabled at run time by writing the string "-4.1" to the /proc/fs/nfsd/versions control file. Note that to write this -control file, the nfsd service must be taken down. Use your user-mode -nfs-utils to set this up; see rpc.nfsd(8) +control file, the nfsd service must be taken down. You can use rpc.nfsd +for this; see rpc.nfsd(8). (Warning: older servers will interpret "+4.1" and "-4.1" as "+4" and "-4", respectively. Therefore, code meant to work on both new and old @@ -29,29 +29,6 @@ are still under development out of tree. See http://wiki.linux-nfs.org/wiki/index.php/PNFS_prototype_design for more information. -The current implementation is intended for developers only: while it -does support ordinary file operations on clients we have tested against -(including the linux client), it is incomplete in ways which may limit -features unexpectedly, cause known bugs in rare cases, or cause -interoperability problems with future clients. Known issues: - - - gss support is questionable: currently mounts with kerberos - from a linux client are possible, but we aren't really - conformant with the spec (for example, we don't use kerberos - on the backchannel correctly). - - We do not support SSV, which provides security for shared - client-server state (thus preventing unauthorized tampering - with locks and opens, for example). It is mandatory for - servers to support this, though no clients use it yet. - -In addition, some limitations are inherited from the current NFSv4 -implementation: - - - Incomplete delegation enforcement: if a file is renamed or - unlinked by a local process, a client holding a delegation may - continue to indefinitely allow opens of the file under the old - name. - The table below, taken from the NFSv4.1 document, lists the operations that are mandatory to implement (REQ), optional (OPT), and NFSv4.0 operations that are required not to implement (MNI) @@ -169,6 +146,16 @@ NS*| CB_WANTS_CANCELLED | OPT | FDELG, | Section 20.10 | Implementation notes: +SSV: +* The spec claims this is mandatory, but we don't actually know of any + implementations, so we're ignoring it for now. The server returns + NFS4ERR_ENCR_ALG_UNSUPP on EXCHANGE_ID, which should be future-proof. + +GSS on the backchannel: +* Again, theoretically required but not widely implemented (in + particular, the current Linux client doesn't request it). We return + NFS4ERR_ENCR_ALG_UNSUPP on CREATE_SESSION. + DELEGPURGE: * mandatory only for servers that support CLAIM_DELEGATE_PREV and/or CLAIM_DELEG_PREV_FH (which allows clients to keep delegations that @@ -176,7 +163,6 @@ DELEGPURGE: now. EXCHANGE_ID: -* only SP4_NONE state protection supported * implementation ids are ignored CREATE_SESSION: diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt index 873a2ab2e9f..06887d46ccf 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/nilfs2.txt @@ -81,6 +81,62 @@ nodiscard(*) The discard/TRIM commands are sent to the underlying block device when blocks are freed. This is useful for SSD devices and sparse/thinly-provisioned LUNs. +Ioctls +====== + +There is some NILFS2 specific functionality which can be accessed by applications +through the system call interfaces. The list of all NILFS2 specific ioctls are +shown in the table below. + +Table of NILFS2 specific ioctls +.............................................................................. + Ioctl Description + NILFS_IOCTL_CHANGE_CPMODE Change mode of given checkpoint between + checkpoint and snapshot state. This ioctl is + used in chcp and mkcp utilities. + + NILFS_IOCTL_DELETE_CHECKPOINT Remove checkpoint from NILFS2 file system. + This ioctl is used in rmcp utility. + + NILFS_IOCTL_GET_CPINFO Return info about requested checkpoints. This + ioctl is used in lscp utility and by + nilfs_cleanerd daemon. + + NILFS_IOCTL_GET_CPSTAT Return checkpoints statistics. This ioctl is + used by lscp, rmcp utilities and by + nilfs_cleanerd daemon. + + NILFS_IOCTL_GET_SUINFO Return segment usage info about requested + segments. This ioctl is used in lssu, + nilfs_resize utilities and by nilfs_cleanerd + daemon. + + NILFS_IOCTL_GET_SUSTAT Return segment usage statistics. This ioctl + is used in lssu, nilfs_resize utilities and + by nilfs_cleanerd daemon. + + NILFS_IOCTL_GET_VINFO Return information on virtual block addresses. + This ioctl is used by nilfs_cleanerd daemon. + + NILFS_IOCTL_GET_BDESCS Return information about descriptors of disk + block numbers. This ioctl is used by + nilfs_cleanerd daemon. + + NILFS_IOCTL_CLEAN_SEGMENTS Do garbage collection operation in the + environment of requested parameters from + userspace. This ioctl is used by + nilfs_cleanerd daemon. + + NILFS_IOCTL_SYNC Make a checkpoint. This ioctl is used in + mkcp utility. + + NILFS_IOCTL_RESIZE Resize NILFS2 volume. This ioctl is used + by nilfs_resize utility. + + NILFS_IOCTL_SET_ALLOC_RANGE Define lower limit of segments in bytes and + upper limit of segments in bytes. This ioctl + is used by nilfs_resize utility. + NILFS2 usage ============ diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt index 31f76178c98..f00bee144ad 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/proc.txt @@ -1386,8 +1386,8 @@ may allocate from based on an estimation of its current memory and swap use. For example, if a task is using all allowed memory, its badness score will be 1000. If it is using half of its allowed memory, its score will be 500. -There is an additional factor included in the badness score: root -processes are given 3% extra memory over other tasks. +There is an additional factor included in the badness score: the current memory +and swap usage is discounted by 3% for root processes. The amount of "allowed" memory depends on the context in which the oom killer was called. If it is due to the memory assigned to the allocating task's cpuset diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt index a6619b7064b..b35a64b82f9 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/sysfs.txt @@ -108,12 +108,12 @@ static DEVICE_ATTR(foo, S_IWUSR | S_IRUGO, show_foo, store_foo); is equivalent to doing: static struct device_attribute dev_attr_foo = { - .attr = { + .attr = { .name = "foo", .mode = S_IWUSR | S_IRUGO, - .show = show_foo, - .store = store_foo, }, + .show = show_foo, + .store = store_foo, }; diff --git a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt index deb48b5fd88..c53784c119c 100644 --- a/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt +++ b/Documentation/filesystems/vfs.txt @@ -782,7 +782,7 @@ struct file_operations ---------------------- This describes how the VFS can manipulate an open file. As of kernel -3.5, the following members are defined: +3.12, the following members are defined: struct file_operations { struct module *owner; @@ -803,9 +803,6 @@ struct file_operations { int (*aio_fsync) (struct kiocb *, int datasync); int (*fasync) (int, struct file *, int); int (*lock) (struct file *, int, struct file_lock *); - ssize_t (*readv) (struct file *, const struct iovec *, unsigned long, loff_t *); - ssize_t (*writev) (struct file *, const struct iovec *, unsigned long, loff_t *); - ssize_t (*sendfile) (struct file *, loff_t *, size_t, read_actor_t, void *); ssize_t (*sendpage) (struct file *, struct page *, int, size_t, loff_t *, int); unsigned long (*get_unmapped_area)(struct file *, unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned long, unsigned long); int (*check_flags)(int); @@ -814,6 +811,7 @@ struct file_operations { ssize_t (*splice_read)(struct file *, struct pipe_inode_info *, size_t, unsigned int); int (*setlease)(struct file *, long arg, struct file_lock **); long (*fallocate)(struct file *, int mode, loff_t offset, loff_t len); + int (*show_fdinfo)(struct seq_file *m, struct file *f); }; Again, all methods are called without any locks being held, unless @@ -864,12 +862,6 @@ otherwise noted. lock: called by the fcntl(2) system call for F_GETLK, F_SETLK, and F_SETLKW commands - readv: called by the readv(2) system call - - writev: called by the writev(2) system call - - sendfile: called by the sendfile(2) system call - get_unmapped_area: called by the mmap(2) system call check_flags: called by the fcntl(2) system call for F_SETFL command diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1025 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1025 index 39d2b781b5d..99f05049c68 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1025 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1025 @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ The NE1619 presents some differences with the original ADM1025: Authors: Chen-Yuan Wu <gwu@esoft.com>, - Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> + Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Description ----------- diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1031 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1031 index be92a77da1d..a143117c99c 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm1031 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm1031 @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ Supported chips: Authors: Alexandre d'Alton <alex@alexdalton.org> - Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> + Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Description ----------- diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/adm9240 b/Documentation/hwmon/adm9240 index 36e8ec6aa86..9b174fc700c 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/adm9240 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/adm9240 @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Authors: Philip Edelbrock <phil@netroedge.com>, Michiel Rook <michiel@grendelproject.nl>, Grant Coady <gcoady.lk@gmail.com> with guidance - from Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> + from Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Interface --------- diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/ds1621 b/Documentation/hwmon/ds1621 index 896cdc972ca..f775e612f58 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/ds1621 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/ds1621 @@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ Authors: Christian W. Zuckschwerdt <zany@triq.net> valuable contributions by Jan M. Sendler <sendler@sendler.de> ported to 2.6 by Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net> - with the help of Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> + with the help of Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Module Parameters ------------------ diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201 b/Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201 index 32f355aaf56..757629b1289 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/emc6w201 @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Supported chips: Addresses scanned: I2C 0x2c, 0x2d, 0x2e Datasheet: Not public -Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> +Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Description diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/f71805f b/Documentation/hwmon/f71805f index f0d55976740..48a356084bc 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/f71805f +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/f71805f @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ Supported chips: Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space Datasheet: Available from the Fintek website -Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> +Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Thanks to Denis Kieft from Barracuda Networks for the donation of a test system (custom Jetway K8M8MS motherboard, with CPU and RAM) and diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm b/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm index 26f9f3c02dc..494bb55b6e7 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/gl518sm @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Authors: Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, Kyรถsti Mรคlkki <kmalkki@cc.hut.fi> Hong-Gunn Chew <hglinux@gunnet.org> - Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> + Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Description ----------- diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/it87 b/Documentation/hwmon/it87 index c263740f0cb..0c1635082c9 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/it87 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/it87 @@ -2,6 +2,10 @@ Kernel driver it87 ================== Supported chips: + * IT8603E + Prefix: 'it8603' + Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) + Datasheet: Not publicly available * IT8705F Prefix: 'it87' Addresses scanned: from Super I/O config space (8 I/O ports) @@ -53,7 +57,7 @@ Supported chips: Authors: Christophe Gauthron - Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> + Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Module Parameters @@ -90,7 +94,7 @@ motherboard models. Description ----------- -This driver implements support for the IT8705F, IT8712F, IT8716F, +This driver implements support for the IT8603E, IT8705F, IT8712F, IT8716F, IT8718F, IT8720F, IT8721F, IT8726F, IT8728F, IT8758E, IT8771E, IT8772E, IT8782F, IT8783E/F, and SiS950 chips. @@ -129,6 +133,10 @@ to userspace applications. The IT8728F, IT8771E, and IT8772E are considered compatible with the IT8721F, until a datasheet becomes available (hopefully.) +The IT8603E is a custom design, hardware monitoring part is similar to +IT8728F. It only supports 16-bit fan mode, the full speed mode of the +fan is not supported (value 0 of pwmX_enable). + Temperatures are measured in degrees Celsius. An alarm is triggered once when the Overtemperature Shutdown limit is crossed. @@ -145,13 +153,16 @@ alarm is triggered if the voltage has crossed a programmable minimum or maximum limit. Note that minimum in this case always means 'closest to zero'; this is important for negative voltage measurements. All voltage inputs can measure voltages between 0 and 4.08 volts, with a resolution of -0.016 volt (except IT8721F/IT8758E and IT8728F: 0.012 volt.) The battery -voltage in8 does not have limit registers. - -On the IT8721F/IT8758E, IT8782F, and IT8783E/F, some voltage inputs are -internal and scaled inside the chip (in7 (optional for IT8782F and IT8783E/F), -in8 and optionally in3). The driver handles this transparently so user-space -doesn't have to care. +0.016 volt (except IT8603E, IT8721F/IT8758E and IT8728F: 0.012 volt.) The +battery voltage in8 does not have limit registers. + +On the IT8603E, IT8721F/IT8758E, IT8782F, and IT8783E/F, some voltage inputs +are internal and scaled inside the chip: +* in3 (optional) +* in7 (optional for IT8782F and IT8783E/F) +* in8 (always) +* in9 (relevant for IT8603E only) +The driver handles this transparently so user-space doesn't have to care. The VID lines (IT8712F/IT8716F/IT8718F/IT8720F) encode the core voltage value: the voltage level your processor should work with. This is hardcoded by diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm63 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm63 index 4d30d209881..4a00461512a 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm63 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm63 @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ Supported chips: Datasheet: Publicly available at the National Semiconductor website http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM96163.html -Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> +Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Thanks go to Tyan and especially Alex Buckingham for setting up a remote access to their S4882 test platform for this driver. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm70 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm70 index 86d182942c5..1bb2db44067 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm70 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm70 @@ -43,5 +43,5 @@ data (0.03125 degrees celsius resolution). Thanks to --------- -Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> for mentoring the hwmon-side driver +Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> for mentoring the hwmon-side driver development. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm78 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm78 index 2bdc881a0c1..4dd47731789 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm78 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm78 @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ Supported chips: http://www.national.com/ Authors: Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl> - Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> + Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Description ----------- diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm83 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm83 index a04d1fe9269..50be5cb26de 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm83 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm83 @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Supported chips: http://www.national.com/pf/LM/LM82.html -Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> +Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Description ----------- diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm87 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm87 index 6b47b67fd96..a2339fd9acb 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm87 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm87 @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ Authors: Mark Studebaker <mdsxyz123@yahoo.com>, Stephen Rousset <stephen.rousset@rocketlogix.com>, Dan Eaton <dan.eaton@rocketlogix.com>, - Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>, + Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>, Original 2.6 port Jeff Oliver Description diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm90 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm90 index ab81013cc39..8122675d30f 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm90 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm90 @@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Supported chips: http://www.ti.com/litv/pdf/sbos686 -Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> +Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Description diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/lm92 b/Documentation/hwmon/lm92 index 7705bfaa070..22f68ad032c 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/lm92 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/lm92 @@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ Supported chips: Authors: Abraham van der Merwe <abraham@2d3d.co.za> - Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> + Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Description diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/max1619 b/Documentation/hwmon/max1619 index e6d87398cc8..518bae3a80c 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/max1619 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/max1619 @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ Supported chips: Authors: Oleksij Rempel <bug-track@fisher-privat.net>, - Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> + Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Description ----------- diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pc87360 b/Documentation/hwmon/pc87360 index cbac32b59c8..d5f5cf16ce5 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/pc87360 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/pc87360 @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Supported chips: Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space Datasheets: No longer available -Authors: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> +Authors: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Thanks to Sandeep Mehta, Tonko de Rooy and Daniel Ceregatti for testing. Thanks to Rudolf Marek for helping me investigate conversion issues. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pc87427 b/Documentation/hwmon/pc87427 index 8fdd08c9e48..c313eb66e08 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/pc87427 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/pc87427 @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ Supported chips: Addresses scanned: none, address read from Super I/O config space Datasheet: No longer available -Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> +Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Thanks to Amir Habibi at Candelis for setting up a test system, and to Michael Kress for testing several iterations of this driver. diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/pcf8591 b/Documentation/hwmon/pcf8591 index ac020b3bb7b..447c0702c0e 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/pcf8591 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/pcf8591 @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ Supported chips: Authors: Aurelien Jarno <aurelien@aurel32.net> valuable contributions by Jan M. Sendler <sendler@sendler.de>, - Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> + Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Description diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/smsc47m1 b/Documentation/hwmon/smsc47m1 index 2a13378dcf2..10a24b42068 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/smsc47m1 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/smsc47m1 @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ Authors: With assistance from Bruce Allen <ballen@uwm.edu>, and his fan.c program: http://www.lsc-group.phys.uwm.edu/%7Eballen/driver/ Gabriele Gorla <gorlik@yahoo.com>, - Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> + Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Description ----------- diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf b/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf index ceaf6f652b0..735c42a85ea 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83627ehf @@ -36,7 +36,7 @@ Supported chips: Datasheet: Available from Nuvoton upon request Authors: - Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> + Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Yuan Mu (Winbond) Rudolf Marek <r.marek@assembler.cz> David Hubbard <david.c.hubbard@gmail.com> diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83795 b/Documentation/hwmon/w83795 index 9f160371f46..d3e678216b9 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/w83795 +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83795 @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Supported chips: Authors: Wei Song (Nuvoton) - Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> + Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Pin mapping diff --git a/Documentation/hwmon/w83l785ts b/Documentation/hwmon/w83l785ts index bd1fa9d4468..c8978478871 100644 --- a/Documentation/hwmon/w83l785ts +++ b/Documentation/hwmon/w83l785ts @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ Supported chips: http://www.winbond-usa.com/products/winbond_products/pdfs/PCIC/W83L785TS-S.pdf Authors: - Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> + Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Description ----------- diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 index 7b0dcdb5717..aaaf069306a 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 +++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-i801 @@ -33,7 +33,7 @@ and the additional 'Integrated Device Function' controllers are supported. Authors: Mark Studebaker <mdsxyz123@yahoo.com> - Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> + Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Module Parameters diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-parport b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-parport index 2461c7b53b2..0e2d17b460f 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-parport +++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-parport @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Kernel driver i2c-parport -Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> +Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> This is a unified driver for several i2c-over-parallel-port adapters, such as the ones made by Philips, Velleman or ELV. This driver is diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-parport-light b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-parport-light index c22ee063e1e..7071b8ba0af 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-parport-light +++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-parport-light @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Kernel driver i2c-parport-light -Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> +Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> This driver is a light version of i2c-parport. It doesn't depend on the parport driver, and uses direct I/O access instead. This might be diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-piix4 b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-piix4 index c097e0f020f..aa959fd2245 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-piix4 +++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-piix4 @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ Supported adapters: * AMD SP5100 (SB700 derivative found on some server mainboards) Datasheet: Publicly available at the AMD website http://support.amd.com/us/Embedded_TechDocs/44413.pdf - * AMD Hudson-2, CZ + * AMD Hudson-2, ML, CZ Datasheet: Not publicly available * Standard Microsystems (SMSC) SLC90E66 (Victory66) southbridge Datasheet: Publicly available at the SMSC website http://www.smsc.com diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-taos-evm b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-taos-evm index 63f62bcbf59..60299555dcf 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-taos-evm +++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-taos-evm @@ -1,6 +1,6 @@ Kernel driver i2c-taos-evm -Author: Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> +Author: Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> This is a driver for the evaluation modules for TAOS I2C/SMBus chips. The modules include an SMBus master with limited capabilities, which can diff --git a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-viapro b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-viapro index b88f91ae580..ab64ce21c25 100644 --- a/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-viapro +++ b/Documentation/i2c/busses/i2c-viapro @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ Supported adapters: Authors: Kyรถsti Mรคlkki <kmalkki@cc.hut.fi>, Mark D. Studebaker <mdsxyz123@yahoo.com>, - Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org> + Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de> Module Parameters ----------------- diff --git a/Documentation/input/gamepad.txt b/Documentation/input/gamepad.txt index 31bb6a4029e..3f6d8a5e9cd 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/gamepad.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/gamepad.txt @@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ features that you need, first. How each feature is mapped is described below. Legacy drivers often don't comply to these rules. As we cannot change them for backwards-compatibility reasons, you need to provide fixup mappings in user-space yourself. Some of them might also provide module-options that -change the mappings so you can adivce users to set these. +change the mappings so you can advise users to set these. All new gamepads are supposed to comply with this mapping. Please report any bugs, if they don't. @@ -150,10 +150,10 @@ Menu-Pad: BTN_START Many pads also have a third button which is branded or has a special symbol and meaning. Such buttons are mapped as BTN_MODE. Examples are the Nintendo - "HOME" button, the XBox "X"-button or Sony "P" button. + "HOME" button, the XBox "X"-button or Sony "PS" button. Rumble: - Rumble is adverticed as FF_RUMBLE. + Rumble is advertised as FF_RUMBLE. ---------------------------------------------------------------------------- Written 2013 by David Herrmann <dh.herrmann@gmail.com> diff --git a/Documentation/input/joystick-api.txt b/Documentation/input/joystick-api.txt index c507330740c..943b18eac91 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/joystick-api.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/joystick-api.txt @@ -16,14 +16,14 @@ joystick. By default, the device is opened in blocking mode. - int fd = open ("/dev/js0", O_RDONLY); + int fd = open ("/dev/input/js0", O_RDONLY); 2. Event Reading ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ struct js_event e; - read (fd, &e, sizeof(struct js_event)); + read (fd, &e, sizeof(e)); where js_event is defined as @@ -34,8 +34,8 @@ where js_event is defined as __u8 number; /* axis/button number */ }; -If the read is successful, it will return sizeof(struct js_event), unless -you wanted to read more than one event per read as described in section 3.1. +If the read is successful, it will return sizeof(e), unless you wanted to read +more than one event per read as described in section 3.1. 2.1 js_event.type @@ -99,9 +99,9 @@ may work well if you handle JS_EVENT_INIT events separately, if ((js_event.type & ~JS_EVENT_INIT) == JS_EVENT_BUTTON) { if (js_event.value) - buttons_state |= (1 << js_event.number); - else - buttons_state &= ~(1 << js_event.number); + buttons_state |= (1 << js_event.number); + else + buttons_state &= ~(1 << js_event.number); } is much safer since it can't lose sync with the driver. As you would @@ -144,14 +144,14 @@ all events on the queue (that is, until you get a -1). For example, while (1) { - while (read (fd, &e, sizeof(struct js_event)) > 0) { - process_event (e); - } - /* EAGAIN is returned when the queue is empty */ - if (errno != EAGAIN) { - /* error */ - } - /* do something interesting with processed events */ + while (read (fd, &e, sizeof(e)) > 0) { + process_event (e); + } + /* EAGAIN is returned when the queue is empty */ + if (errno != EAGAIN) { + /* error */ + } + /* do something interesting with processed events */ } One reason for emptying the queue is that if it gets full you'll start @@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ at a time using the typical read(2) functionality. For that, you would replace the read above with something like struct js_event mybuffer[0xff]; - int i = read (fd, mybuffer, sizeof(struct mybuffer)); + int i = read (fd, mybuffer, sizeof(mybuffer)); In this case, read would return -1 if the queue was empty, or some other value in which the number of events read would be i / @@ -269,9 +269,9 @@ The driver offers backward compatibility, though. Here's a quick summary: struct JS_DATA_TYPE js; while (1) { if (read (fd, &js, JS_RETURN) != JS_RETURN) { - /* error */ - } - usleep (1000); + /* error */ + } + usleep (1000); } As you can figure out from the example, the read returns immediately, diff --git a/Documentation/input/joystick.txt b/Documentation/input/joystick.txt index 304262bb661..8d027dc86c1 100644 --- a/Documentation/input/joystick.txt +++ b/Documentation/input/joystick.txt @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ your needs: For testing the joystick driver functionality, there is the jstest program in the utilities package. You run it by typing: - jstest /dev/js0 + jstest /dev/input/js0 And it should show a line with the joystick values, which update as you move the stick, and press its buttons. The axes should all be zero when the @@ -136,7 +136,7 @@ joystick should be autocalibrated by the driver automagically. However, with some analog joysticks, that either do not use linear resistors, or if you want better precision, you can use the jscal program - jscal -c /dev/js0 + jscal -c /dev/input/js0 included in the joystick package to set better correction coefficients than what the driver would choose itself. @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ what the driver would choose itself. calibration using the jstest command, and if you do, you then can save the correction coefficients into a file - jscal -p /dev/js0 > /etc/joystick.cal + jscal -p /dev/input/js0 > /etc/joystick.cal And add a line to your rc script executing that file @@ -556,7 +556,7 @@ interface, and "old" for the "0.x" interface. You run it by typing: 5. FAQ ~~~~~~ -Q: Running 'jstest /dev/js0' results in "File not found" error. What's the +Q: Running 'jstest /dev/input/js0' results in "File not found" error. What's the cause? A: The device files don't exist. Create them (see section 2.2). diff --git a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt index 7cbfa3c4fc3..d7e43fa8857 100644 --- a/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt +++ b/Documentation/ioctl/ioctl-number.txt @@ -73,6 +73,7 @@ Code Seq#(hex) Include File Comments 0x09 all linux/raid/md_u.h 0x10 00-0F drivers/char/s390/vmcp.h 0x10 10-1F arch/s390/include/uapi/sclp_ctl.h +0x10 20-2F arch/s390/include/uapi/asm/hypfs.h 0x12 all linux/fs.h linux/blkpg.h 0x1b all InfiniBand Subsystem <http://infiniband.sourceforge.net/> diff --git a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt index f085a61a1ed..8f441dab039 100644 --- a/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt +++ b/Documentation/kernel-parameters.txt @@ -343,6 +343,9 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. no: ACPI OperationRegions are not marked as reserved, no further checks are performed. + acpi_no_memhotplug [ACPI] Disable memory hotplug. Useful for kdump + kernels. + add_efi_memmap [EFI; X86] Include EFI memory map in kernel's map of available physical RAM. @@ -463,6 +466,22 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. atkbd.softrepeat= [HW] Use software keyboard repeat + audit= [KNL] Enable the audit sub-system + Format: { "0" | "1" } (0 = disabled, 1 = enabled) + 0 - kernel audit is disabled and can not be enabled + until the next reboot + unset - kernel audit is initialized but disabled and + will be fully enabled by the userspace auditd. + 1 - kernel audit is initialized and partially enabled, + storing at most audit_backlog_limit messages in + RAM until it is fully enabled by the userspace + auditd. + Default: unset + + audit_backlog_limit= [KNL] Set the audit queue size limit. + Format: <int> (must be >=0) + Default: 64 + baycom_epp= [HW,AX25] Format: <io>,<mode> @@ -1043,7 +1062,9 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. debugfs files are removed at module unload time. gpt [EFI] Forces disk with valid GPT signature but - invalid Protective MBR to be treated as GPT. + invalid Protective MBR to be treated as GPT. If the + primary GPT is corrupted, it enables the backup/alternate + GPT to be used instead. grcan.enable0= [HW] Configuration of physical interface 0. Determines the "Enable 0" bit of the configuration register. @@ -1445,6 +1466,13 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. Valid arguments: on, off Default: on + kmemcheck= [X86] Boot-time kmemcheck enable/disable/one-shot mode + Valid arguments: 0, 1, 2 + kmemcheck=0 (disabled) + kmemcheck=1 (enabled) + kmemcheck=2 (one-shot mode) + Default: 2 (one-shot mode) + kstack=N [X86] Print N words from the kernel stack in oops dumps. @@ -3096,7 +3124,11 @@ bytes respectively. Such letter suffixes can also be entirely omitted. controller if no parameter or 1 is given or disable it if 0 is given (See Documentation/cgroups/memory.txt) - swiotlb= [IA-64] Number of I/O TLB slabs + swiotlb= [ARM,IA-64,PPC,MIPS,X86] + Format: { <int> | force } + <int> -- Number of I/O TLB slabs + force -- force using of bounce buffers even if they + wouldn't be automatically used by the kernel switches= [HW,M68k] diff --git a/Documentation/kmsg/s390/zcrypt b/Documentation/kmsg/s390/zcrypt deleted file mode 100644 index 7fb2087409d..00000000000 --- a/Documentation/kmsg/s390/zcrypt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,20 +0,0 @@ -/*? - * Text: "Cryptographic device %x failed and was set offline\n" - * Severity: Error - * Parameter: - * @1: device index - * Description: - * A cryptographic device failed to process a cryptographic request. - * The cryptographic device driver could not correct the error and - * set the device offline. The application that issued the - * request received an indication that the request has failed. - * User action: - * Use the lszcrypt command to confirm that the cryptographic - * hardware is still configured to your LPAR or z/VM guest virtual - * machine. If the device is available to your Linux instance the - * command output contains a line that begins with 'card<device index>', - * where <device index> is the two-digit decimal number in the message text. - * After ensuring that the device is available, use the chzcrypt command to - * set it online again. - * If the error persists, contact your support organization. - */ diff --git a/Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt index 82713ff92eb..bcea12a0c58 100644 --- a/Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt +++ b/Documentation/leds/leds-lp55xx.txt @@ -73,6 +73,10 @@ select_engine : Select which engine is used for running program run_engine : Start program which is loaded via the firmware interface firmware : Load program data +In case of LP5523, one more command is required, 'enginex_leds'. +It is used for selecting LED output(s) at each engine number. +In more details, please refer to 'leds-lp5523.txt'. + For example, run blinking pattern in engine #1 of LP5521 echo 1 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/select_engine echo 1 > /sys/class/firmware/lp5521/loading @@ -81,10 +85,12 @@ echo 0 > /sys/class/firmware/lp5521/loading echo 1 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/run_engine For example, run blinking pattern in engine #3 of LP55231 +Two LEDs are configured as pattern output channels. echo 3 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/select_engine echo 1 > /sys/class/firmware/lp55231/loading echo "9d0740ff7e0040007e00a0010000" > /sys/class/firmware/lp55231/data echo 0 > /sys/class/firmware/lp55231/loading +echo "000001100" > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/engine3_leds echo 1 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/run_engine To start blinking patterns in engine #2 and #3 simultaneously, @@ -99,17 +105,19 @@ done echo 1 > /sys/class/leds/red/device/run_engine Here is another example for LP5523. +Full LED strings are selected by 'engine2_leds'. echo 2 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/select_engine echo 1 > /sys/class/firmware/lp5523/loading echo "9d80400004ff05ff437f0000" > /sys/class/firmware/lp5523/data echo 0 > /sys/class/firmware/lp5523/loading +echo "111111111" > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/engine2_leds echo 1 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/run_engine As soon as 'loading' is set to 0, registered callback is called. Inside the callback, the selected engine is loaded and memory is updated. To run programmed pattern, 'run_engine' attribute should be enabled. -The pattern sqeuence of LP8501 is same as LP5523. +The pattern sqeuence of LP8501 is similar to LP5523. However pattern data is specific. Ex 1) Engine 1 is used echo 1 > /sys/bus/i2c/devices/xxxx/select_engine diff --git a/Documentation/misc-devices/eeprom b/Documentation/misc-devices/eeprom index f7e8104b576..ba692011f22 100644 --- a/Documentation/misc-devices/eeprom +++ b/Documentation/misc-devices/eeprom @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ Supported chips: Authors: Frodo Looijaard <frodol@dds.nl>, Philip Edelbrock <phil@netroedge.com>, - Jean Delvare <khali@linux-fr.org>, + Jean Delvare <jdelvare@suse.de>, Greg Kroah-Hartman <greg@kroah.com>, IBM Corp. diff --git a/Documentation/mtd/nand/pxa3xx-nand.txt b/Documentation/mtd/nand/pxa3xx-nand.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..840fd41c181 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/mtd/nand/pxa3xx-nand.txt @@ -0,0 +1,113 @@ + +About this document +=================== + +Some notes about Marvell's NAND controller available in PXA and Armada 370/XP +SoC (aka NFCv1 and NFCv2), with an emphasis on the latter. + +NFCv2 controller background +=========================== + +The controller has a 2176 bytes FIFO buffer. Therefore, in order to support +larger pages, I/O operations on 4 KiB and 8 KiB pages is done with a set of +chunked transfers. + +For instance, if we choose a 2048 data chunk and set "BCH" ECC (see below) +we'll have this layout in the pages: + + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + | 2048B data | 32B spare | 30B ECC || 2048B data | 32B spare | 30B ECC | ... | + ------------------------------------------------------------------------------ + +The driver reads the data and spare portions independently and builds an internal +buffer with this layout (in the 4 KiB page case): + + ------------------------------------------ + | 4096B data | 64B spare | + ------------------------------------------ + +Also, for the READOOB command the driver disables the ECC and reads a 'spare + ECC' +OOB, one per chunk read. + + ------------------------------------------------------------------- + | 4096B data | 32B spare | 30B ECC | 32B spare | 30B ECC | + ------------------------------------------------------------------- + +So, in order to achieve reading (for instance), we issue several READ0 commands +(with some additional controller-specific magic) and read two chunks of 2080B +(2048 data + 32 spare) each. +The driver accommodates this data to expose the NAND core a contiguous buffer +(4096 data + spare) or (4096 + spare + ECC + spare + ECC). + +ECC +=== + +The controller has built-in hardware ECC capabilities. In addition it is +configurable between two modes: 1) Hamming, 2) BCH. + +Note that the actual BCH mode: BCH-4 or BCH-8 will depend on the way +the controller is configured to transfer the data. + +In the BCH mode the ECC code will be calculated for each transfered chunk +and expected to be located (when reading/programming) right after the spare +bytes as the figure above shows. + +So, repeating the above scheme, a 2048B data chunk will be followed by 32B +spare, and then the ECC controller will read/write the ECC code (30B in +this case): + + ------------------------------------ + | 2048B data | 32B spare | 30B ECC | + ------------------------------------ + +If the ECC mode is 'BCH' then the ECC is *always* 30 bytes long. +If the ECC mode is 'Hamming' the ECC is 6 bytes long, for each 512B block. +So in Hamming mode, a 2048B page will have a 24B ECC. + +Despite all of the above, the controller requires the driver to only read or +write in multiples of 8-bytes, because the data buffer is 64-bits. + +OOB +=== + +Because of the above scheme, and because the "spare" OOB is really located in +the middle of a page, spare OOB cannot be read or write independently of the +data area. In other words, in order to read the OOB (aka READOOB), the entire +page (aka READ0) has to be read. + +In the same sense, in order to write to the spare OOB the driver has to write +an *entire* page. + +Factory bad blocks handling +=========================== + +Given the ECC BCH requires to layout the device's pages in a split +data/OOB/data/OOB way, the controller has a view of the flash page that's +different from the specified (aka the manufacturer's) view. In other words, + +Factory view: + + ----------------------------------------------- + | Data |x OOB | + ----------------------------------------------- + +Driver's view: + + ----------------------------------------------- + | Data | OOB | Data x | OOB | + ----------------------------------------------- + +It can be seen from the above, that the factory bad block marker must be +searched within the 'data' region, and not in the usual OOB region. + +In addition, this means under regular usage the driver will write such +position (since it belongs to the data region) and every used block is +likely to be marked as bad. + +For this reason, marking the block as bad in the OOB is explicitly +disabled by using the NAND_BBT_NO_OOB_BBM option in the driver. The rationale +for this is that there's no point in marking a block as bad, because good +blocks are also 'marked as bad' (in the OOB BBM sense) under normal usage. + +Instead, the driver relies on the bad block table alone, and should only perform +the bad block scan on the very first time (when the device hasn't been used). diff --git a/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt b/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt index 89490beb3c0..58e49042fc2 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/batman-adv.txt @@ -66,11 +66,10 @@ All mesh wide settings can be found in batman's own interface folder: # ls /sys/class/net/bat0/mesh/ -# aggregated_ogms gw_bandwidth log_level -# ap_isolation gw_mode orig_interval -# bonding gw_sel_class routing_algo -# bridge_loop_avoidance hop_penalty fragmentation - +#aggregated_ogms distributed_arp_table gw_sel_class orig_interval +#ap_isolation fragmentation hop_penalty routing_algo +#bonding gw_bandwidth isolation_mark vlan0 +#bridge_loop_avoidance gw_mode log_level There is a special folder for debugging information: diff --git a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt index 2cdb8b66caa..5cdb22971d1 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/bonding.txt @@ -657,7 +657,8 @@ primary one slave is preferred over another, e.g., when one slave has higher throughput than another. - The primary option is only valid for active-backup mode. + The primary option is only valid for active-backup(1), + balance-tlb (5) and balance-alb (6) mode. primary_reselect @@ -853,6 +854,14 @@ resend_igmp This option was added for bonding version 3.7.0. +lp_interval + + Specifies the number of seconds between instances where the bonding + driver sends learning packets to each slaves peer switch. + + The valid range is 1 - 0x7fffffff; the default value is 1. This Option + has effect only in balance-tlb and balance-alb modes. + 3. Configuring Bonding Devices ============================== diff --git a/Documentation/networking/can.txt b/Documentation/networking/can.txt index 4c072414ead..f3089d42351 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/can.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/can.txt @@ -2,21 +2,20 @@ can.txt -Readme file for the Controller Area Network Protocol Family (aka Socket CAN) +Readme file for the Controller Area Network Protocol Family (aka SocketCAN) This file contains - 1 Overview / What is Socket CAN + 1 Overview / What is SocketCAN 2 Motivation / Why using the socket API - 3 Socket CAN concept + 3 SocketCAN concept 3.1 receive lists 3.2 local loopback of sent frames - 3.3 network security issues (capabilities) - 3.4 network problem notifications + 3.3 network problem notifications - 4 How to use Socket CAN + 4 How to use SocketCAN 4.1 RAW protocol sockets with can_filters (SOCK_RAW) 4.1.1 RAW socket option CAN_RAW_FILTER 4.1.2 RAW socket option CAN_RAW_ERR_FILTER @@ -34,7 +33,7 @@ This file contains 4.3 connected transport protocols (SOCK_SEQPACKET) 4.4 unconnected transport protocols (SOCK_DGRAM) - 5 Socket CAN core module + 5 SocketCAN core module 5.1 can.ko module params 5.2 procfs content 5.3 writing own CAN protocol modules @@ -51,20 +50,20 @@ This file contains 6.6 CAN FD (flexible data rate) driver support 6.7 supported CAN hardware - 7 Socket CAN resources + 7 SocketCAN resources 8 Credits ============================================================================ -1. Overview / What is Socket CAN +1. Overview / What is SocketCAN -------------------------------- The socketcan package is an implementation of CAN protocols (Controller Area Network) for Linux. CAN is a networking technology which has widespread use in automation, embedded devices, and automotive fields. While there have been other CAN implementations -for Linux based on character devices, Socket CAN uses the Berkeley +for Linux based on character devices, SocketCAN uses the Berkeley socket API, the Linux network stack and implements the CAN device drivers as network interfaces. The CAN socket API has been designed as similar as possible to the TCP/IP protocols to allow programmers, @@ -74,7 +73,7 @@ sockets. 2. Motivation / Why using the socket API ---------------------------------------- -There have been CAN implementations for Linux before Socket CAN so the +There have been CAN implementations for Linux before SocketCAN so the question arises, why we have started another project. Most existing implementations come as a device driver for some CAN hardware, they are based on character devices and provide comparatively little @@ -89,10 +88,10 @@ the CAN controller requires employment of another device driver and often the need for adaption of large parts of the application to the new driver's API. -Socket CAN was designed to overcome all of these limitations. A new +SocketCAN was designed to overcome all of these limitations. A new protocol family has been implemented which provides a socket interface to user space applications and which builds upon the Linux network -layer, so to use all of the provided queueing functionality. A device +layer, enabling use all of the provided queueing functionality. A device driver for CAN controller hardware registers itself with the Linux network layer as a network device, so that CAN frames from the controller can be passed up to the network layer and on to the CAN @@ -146,15 +145,15 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: providing an API for device drivers to register with. However, then it would be no more difficult, or may be even easier, to use the networking framework provided by the Linux kernel, and this is what - Socket CAN does. + SocketCAN does. The use of the networking framework of the Linux kernel is just the natural and most appropriate way to implement CAN for Linux. -3. Socket CAN concept +3. SocketCAN concept --------------------- - As described in chapter 2 it is the main goal of Socket CAN to + As described in chapter 2 it is the main goal of SocketCAN to provide a socket interface to user space applications which builds upon the Linux network layer. In contrast to the commonly known TCP/IP and ethernet networking, the CAN bus is a broadcast-only(!) @@ -168,11 +167,11 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: The network transparent access of multiple applications leads to the problem that different applications may be interested in the same - CAN-IDs from the same CAN network interface. The Socket CAN core + CAN-IDs from the same CAN network interface. The SocketCAN core module - which implements the protocol family CAN - provides several high efficient receive lists for this reason. If e.g. a user space application opens a CAN RAW socket, the raw protocol module itself - requests the (range of) CAN-IDs from the Socket CAN core that are + requests the (range of) CAN-IDs from the SocketCAN core that are requested by the user. The subscription and unsubscription of CAN-IDs can be done for specific CAN interfaces or for all(!) known CAN interfaces with the can_rx_(un)register() functions provided to @@ -217,21 +216,7 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: * = you really like to have this when you're running analyser tools like 'candump' or 'cansniffer' on the (same) node. - 3.3 network security issues (capabilities) - - The Controller Area Network is a local field bus transmitting only - broadcast messages without any routing and security concepts. - In the majority of cases the user application has to deal with - raw CAN frames. Therefore it might be reasonable NOT to restrict - the CAN access only to the user root, as known from other networks. - Since the currently implemented CAN_RAW and CAN_BCM sockets can only - send and receive frames to/from CAN interfaces it does not affect - security of others networks to allow all users to access the CAN. - To enable non-root users to access CAN_RAW and CAN_BCM protocol - sockets the Kconfig options CAN_RAW_USER and/or CAN_BCM_USER may be - selected at kernel compile time. - - 3.4 network problem notifications + 3.3 network problem notifications The use of the CAN bus may lead to several problems on the physical and media access control layer. Detecting and logging of these lower @@ -251,11 +236,11 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: by default. The format of the CAN error message frame is briefly described in the Linux header file "include/linux/can/error.h". -4. How to use Socket CAN +4. How to use SocketCAN ------------------------ Like TCP/IP, you first need to open a socket for communicating over a - CAN network. Since Socket CAN implements a new protocol family, you + CAN network. Since SocketCAN implements a new protocol family, you need to pass PF_CAN as the first argument to the socket(2) system call. Currently, there are two CAN protocols to choose from, the raw socket protocol and the broadcast manager (BCM). So to open a socket, @@ -286,8 +271,8 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: }; The alignment of the (linear) payload data[] to a 64bit boundary - allows the user to define own structs and unions to easily access the - CAN payload. There is no given byteorder on the CAN bus by + allows the user to define their own structs and unions to easily access + the CAN payload. There is no given byteorder on the CAN bus by default. A read(2) system call on a CAN_RAW socket transfers a struct can_frame to the user space. @@ -479,7 +464,7 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: setsockopt(s, SOL_CAN_RAW, CAN_RAW_FILTER, NULL, 0); - To set the filters to zero filters is quite obsolete as not read + To set the filters to zero filters is quite obsolete as to not read data causes the raw socket to discard the received CAN frames. But having this 'send only' use-case we may remove the receive list in the Kernel to save a little (really a very little!) CPU usage. @@ -814,17 +799,17 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: 4.4 unconnected transport protocols (SOCK_DGRAM) -5. Socket CAN core module +5. SocketCAN core module ------------------------- - The Socket CAN core module implements the protocol family + The SocketCAN core module implements the protocol family PF_CAN. CAN protocol modules are loaded by the core module at runtime. The core module provides an interface for CAN protocol modules to subscribe needed CAN IDs (see chapter 3.1). 5.1 can.ko module params - - stats_timer: To calculate the Socket CAN core statistics + - stats_timer: To calculate the SocketCAN core statistics (e.g. current/maximum frames per second) this 1 second timer is invoked at can.ko module start time by default. This timer can be disabled by using stattimer=0 on the module commandline. @@ -833,7 +818,7 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: 5.2 procfs content - As described in chapter 3.1 the Socket CAN core uses several filter + As described in chapter 3.1 the SocketCAN core uses several filter lists to deliver received CAN frames to CAN protocol modules. These receive lists, their filters and the count of filter matches can be checked in the appropriate receive list. All entries contain the @@ -860,15 +845,15 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: Additional procfs files in /proc/net/can - stats - Socket CAN core statistics (rx/tx frames, match ratios, ...) + stats - SocketCAN core statistics (rx/tx frames, match ratios, ...) reset_stats - manual statistic reset - version - prints the Socket CAN core version and the ABI version + version - prints the SocketCAN core version and the ABI version 5.3 writing own CAN protocol modules To implement a new protocol in the protocol family PF_CAN a new protocol has to be defined in include/linux/can.h . - The prototypes and definitions to use the Socket CAN core can be + The prototypes and definitions to use the SocketCAN core can be accessed by including include/linux/can/core.h . In addition to functions that register the CAN protocol and the CAN device notifier chain there are functions to subscribe CAN @@ -1105,7 +1090,7 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: $ ip link set canX up type can bitrate 125000 - A device may enter the "bus-off" state if too much errors occurred on + A device may enter the "bus-off" state if too many errors occurred on the CAN bus. Then no more messages are received or sent. An automatic bus-off recovery can be enabled by setting the "restart-ms" to a non-zero value, e.g.: @@ -1125,7 +1110,7 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: CAN FD capable CAN controllers support two different bitrates for the arbitration phase and the payload phase of the CAN FD frame. Therefore a - second bittiming has to be specified in order to enable the CAN FD bitrate. + second bit timing has to be specified in order to enable the CAN FD bitrate. Additionally CAN FD capable CAN controllers support up to 64 bytes of payload. The representation of this length in can_frame.can_dlc and @@ -1150,21 +1135,16 @@ solution for a couple of reasons: 6.7 Supported CAN hardware Please check the "Kconfig" file in "drivers/net/can" to get an actual - list of the support CAN hardware. On the Socket CAN project website + list of the support CAN hardware. On the SocketCAN project website (see chapter 7) there might be further drivers available, also for older kernel versions. -7. Socket CAN resources +7. SocketCAN resources ----------------------- - You can find further resources for Socket CAN like user space tools, - support for old kernel versions, more drivers, mailing lists, etc. - at the BerliOS OSS project website for Socket CAN: - - http://developer.berlios.de/projects/socketcan - - If you have questions, bug fixes, etc., don't hesitate to post them to - the Socketcan-Users mailing list. But please search the archives first. + The Linux CAN / SocketCAN project ressources (project site / mailing list) + are referenced in the MAINTAINERS file in the Linux source tree. + Search for CAN NETWORK [LAYERS|DRIVERS]. 8. Credits ---------- diff --git a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt index cdb3e40b9d1..a06b48d2f5c 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/filter.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/filter.txt @@ -1,49 +1,563 @@ -filter.txt: Linux Socket Filtering -Written by: Jay Schulist <jschlst@samba.org> +Linux Socket Filtering aka Berkeley Packet Filter (BPF) +======================================================= Introduction -============ - - Linux Socket Filtering is derived from the Berkeley -Packet Filter. There are some distinct differences between -the BSD and Linux Kernel Filtering. - -Linux Socket Filtering (LSF) allows a user-space program to -attach a filter onto any socket and allow or disallow certain -types of data to come through the socket. LSF follows exactly -the same filter code structure as the BSD Berkeley Packet Filter -(BPF), so referring to the BSD bpf.4 manpage is very helpful in -creating filters. - -LSF is much simpler than BPF. One does not have to worry about -devices or anything like that. You simply create your filter -code, send it to the kernel via the SO_ATTACH_FILTER option and -if your filter code passes the kernel check on it, you then -immediately begin filtering data on that socket. - -You can also detach filters from your socket via the -SO_DETACH_FILTER option. This will probably not be used much -since when you close a socket that has a filter on it the -filter is automagically removed. The other less common case -may be adding a different filter on the same socket where you had another -filter that is still running: the kernel takes care of removing -the old one and placing your new one in its place, assuming your -filter has passed the checks, otherwise if it fails the old filter -will remain on that socket. - -SO_LOCK_FILTER option allows to lock the filter attached to a -socket. Once set, a filter cannot be removed or changed. This allows -one process to setup a socket, attach a filter, lock it then drop -privileges and be assured that the filter will be kept until the -socket is closed. - -Examples -======== - -Ioctls- -setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ATTACH_FILTER, &Filter, sizeof(Filter)); -setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_DETACH_FILTER, &value, sizeof(value)); -setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_LOCK_FILTER, &value, sizeof(value)); - -See the BSD bpf.4 manpage and the BSD Packet Filter paper written by -Steven McCanne and Van Jacobson of Lawrence Berkeley Laboratory. +------------ + +Linux Socket Filtering (LSF) is derived from the Berkeley Packet Filter. +Though there are some distinct differences between the BSD and Linux +Kernel filtering, but when we speak of BPF or LSF in Linux context, we +mean the very same mechanism of filtering in the Linux kernel. + +BPF allows a user-space program to attach a filter onto any socket and +allow or disallow certain types of data to come through the socket. LSF +follows exactly the same filter code structure as BSD's BPF, so referring +to the BSD bpf.4 manpage is very helpful in creating filters. + +On Linux, BPF is much simpler than on BSD. One does not have to worry +about devices or anything like that. You simply create your filter code, +send it to the kernel via the SO_ATTACH_FILTER option and if your filter +code passes the kernel check on it, you then immediately begin filtering +data on that socket. + +You can also detach filters from your socket via the SO_DETACH_FILTER +option. This will probably not be used much since when you close a socket +that has a filter on it the filter is automagically removed. The other +less common case may be adding a different filter on the same socket where +you had another filter that is still running: the kernel takes care of +removing the old one and placing your new one in its place, assuming your +filter has passed the checks, otherwise if it fails the old filter will +remain on that socket. + +SO_LOCK_FILTER option allows to lock the filter attached to a socket. Once +set, a filter cannot be removed or changed. This allows one process to +setup a socket, attach a filter, lock it then drop privileges and be +assured that the filter will be kept until the socket is closed. + +The biggest user of this construct might be libpcap. Issuing a high-level +filter command like `tcpdump -i em1 port 22` passes through the libpcap +internal compiler that generates a structure that can eventually be loaded +via SO_ATTACH_FILTER to the kernel. `tcpdump -i em1 port 22 -ddd` +displays what is being placed into this structure. + +Although we were only speaking about sockets here, BPF in Linux is used +in many more places. There's xt_bpf for netfilter, cls_bpf in the kernel +qdisc layer, SECCOMP-BPF (SECure COMPuting [1]), and lots of other places +such as team driver, PTP code, etc where BPF is being used. + + [1] Documentation/prctl/seccomp_filter.txt + +Original BPF paper: + +Steven McCanne and Van Jacobson. 1993. The BSD packet filter: a new +architecture for user-level packet capture. In Proceedings of the +USENIX Winter 1993 Conference Proceedings on USENIX Winter 1993 +Conference Proceedings (USENIX'93). USENIX Association, Berkeley, +CA, USA, 2-2. [http://www.tcpdump.org/papers/bpf-usenix93.pdf] + +Structure +--------- + +User space applications include <linux/filter.h> which contains the +following relevant structures: + +struct sock_filter { /* Filter block */ + __u16 code; /* Actual filter code */ + __u8 jt; /* Jump true */ + __u8 jf; /* Jump false */ + __u32 k; /* Generic multiuse field */ +}; + +Such a structure is assembled as an array of 4-tuples, that contains +a code, jt, jf and k value. jt and jf are jump offsets and k a generic +value to be used for a provided code. + +struct sock_fprog { /* Required for SO_ATTACH_FILTER. */ + unsigned short len; /* Number of filter blocks */ + struct sock_filter __user *filter; +}; + +For socket filtering, a pointer to this structure (as shown in +follow-up example) is being passed to the kernel through setsockopt(2). + +Example +------- + +#include <sys/socket.h> +#include <sys/types.h> +#include <arpa/inet.h> +#include <linux/if_ether.h> +/* ... */ + +/* From the example above: tcpdump -i em1 port 22 -dd */ +struct sock_filter code[] = { + { 0x28, 0, 0, 0x0000000c }, + { 0x15, 0, 8, 0x000086dd }, + { 0x30, 0, 0, 0x00000014 }, + { 0x15, 2, 0, 0x00000084 }, + { 0x15, 1, 0, 0x00000006 }, + { 0x15, 0, 17, 0x00000011 }, + { 0x28, 0, 0, 0x00000036 }, + { 0x15, 14, 0, 0x00000016 }, + { 0x28, 0, 0, 0x00000038 }, + { 0x15, 12, 13, 0x00000016 }, + { 0x15, 0, 12, 0x00000800 }, + { 0x30, 0, 0, 0x00000017 }, + { 0x15, 2, 0, 0x00000084 }, + { 0x15, 1, 0, 0x00000006 }, + { 0x15, 0, 8, 0x00000011 }, + { 0x28, 0, 0, 0x00000014 }, + { 0x45, 6, 0, 0x00001fff }, + { 0xb1, 0, 0, 0x0000000e }, + { 0x48, 0, 0, 0x0000000e }, + { 0x15, 2, 0, 0x00000016 }, + { 0x48, 0, 0, 0x00000010 }, + { 0x15, 0, 1, 0x00000016 }, + { 0x06, 0, 0, 0x0000ffff }, + { 0x06, 0, 0, 0x00000000 }, +}; + +struct sock_fprog bpf = { + .len = ARRAY_SIZE(code), + .filter = code, +}; + +sock = socket(PF_PACKET, SOCK_RAW, htons(ETH_P_ALL)); +if (sock < 0) + /* ... bail out ... */ + +ret = setsockopt(sock, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ATTACH_FILTER, &bpf, sizeof(bpf)); +if (ret < 0) + /* ... bail out ... */ + +/* ... */ +close(sock); + +The above example code attaches a socket filter for a PF_PACKET socket +in order to let all IPv4/IPv6 packets with port 22 pass. The rest will +be dropped for this socket. + +The setsockopt(2) call to SO_DETACH_FILTER doesn't need any arguments +and SO_LOCK_FILTER for preventing the filter to be detached, takes an +integer value with 0 or 1. + +Note that socket filters are not restricted to PF_PACKET sockets only, +but can also be used on other socket families. + +Summary of system calls: + + * setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_ATTACH_FILTER, &val, sizeof(val)); + * setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_DETACH_FILTER, &val, sizeof(val)); + * setsockopt(sockfd, SOL_SOCKET, SO_LOCK_FILTER, &val, sizeof(val)); + +Normally, most use cases for socket filtering on packet sockets will be +covered by libpcap in high-level syntax, so as an application developer +you should stick to that. libpcap wraps its own layer around all that. + +Unless i) using/linking to libpcap is not an option, ii) the required BPF +filters use Linux extensions that are not supported by libpcap's compiler, +iii) a filter might be more complex and not cleanly implementable with +libpcap's compiler, or iv) particular filter codes should be optimized +differently than libpcap's internal compiler does; then in such cases +writing such a filter "by hand" can be of an alternative. For example, +xt_bpf and cls_bpf users might have requirements that could result in +more complex filter code, or one that cannot be expressed with libpcap +(e.g. different return codes for various code paths). Moreover, BPF JIT +implementors may wish to manually write test cases and thus need low-level +access to BPF code as well. + +BPF engine and instruction set +------------------------------ + +Under tools/net/ there's a small helper tool called bpf_asm which can +be used to write low-level filters for example scenarios mentioned in the +previous section. Asm-like syntax mentioned here has been implemented in +bpf_asm and will be used for further explanations (instead of dealing with +less readable opcodes directly, principles are the same). The syntax is +closely modelled after Steven McCanne's and Van Jacobson's BPF paper. + +The BPF architecture consists of the following basic elements: + + Element Description + + A 32 bit wide accumulator + X 32 bit wide X register + M[] 16 x 32 bit wide misc registers aka "scratch memory + store", addressable from 0 to 15 + +A program, that is translated by bpf_asm into "opcodes" is an array that +consists of the following elements (as already mentioned): + + op:16, jt:8, jf:8, k:32 + +The element op is a 16 bit wide opcode that has a particular instruction +encoded. jt and jf are two 8 bit wide jump targets, one for condition +"jump if true", the other one "jump if false". Eventually, element k +contains a miscellaneous argument that can be interpreted in different +ways depending on the given instruction in op. + +The instruction set consists of load, store, branch, alu, miscellaneous +and return instructions that are also represented in bpf_asm syntax. This +table lists all bpf_asm instructions available resp. what their underlying +opcodes as defined in linux/filter.h stand for: + + Instruction Addressing mode Description + + ld 1, 2, 3, 4, 10 Load word into A + ldi 4 Load word into A + ldh 1, 2 Load half-word into A + ldb 1, 2 Load byte into A + ldx 3, 4, 5, 10 Load word into X + ldxi 4 Load word into X + ldxb 5 Load byte into X + + st 3 Store A into M[] + stx 3 Store X into M[] + + jmp 6 Jump to label + ja 6 Jump to label + jeq 7, 8 Jump on k == A + jneq 8 Jump on k != A + jne 8 Jump on k != A + jlt 8 Jump on k < A + jle 8 Jump on k <= A + jgt 7, 8 Jump on k > A + jge 7, 8 Jump on k >= A + jset 7, 8 Jump on k & A + + add 0, 4 A + <x> + sub 0, 4 A - <x> + mul 0, 4 A * <x> + div 0, 4 A / <x> + mod 0, 4 A % <x> + neg 0, 4 !A + and 0, 4 A & <x> + or 0, 4 A | <x> + xor 0, 4 A ^ <x> + lsh 0, 4 A << <x> + rsh 0, 4 A >> <x> + + tax Copy A into X + txa Copy X into A + + ret 4, 9 Return + +The next table shows addressing formats from the 2nd column: + + Addressing mode Syntax Description + + 0 x/%x Register X + 1 [k] BHW at byte offset k in the packet + 2 [x + k] BHW at the offset X + k in the packet + 3 M[k] Word at offset k in M[] + 4 #k Literal value stored in k + 5 4*([k]&0xf) Lower nibble * 4 at byte offset k in the packet + 6 L Jump label L + 7 #k,Lt,Lf Jump to Lt if true, otherwise jump to Lf + 8 #k,Lt Jump to Lt if predicate is true + 9 a/%a Accumulator A + 10 extension BPF extension + +The Linux kernel also has a couple of BPF extensions that are used along +with the class of load instructions by "overloading" the k argument with +a negative offset + a particular extension offset. The result of such BPF +extensions are loaded into A. + +Possible BPF extensions are shown in the following table: + + Extension Description + + len skb->len + proto skb->protocol + type skb->pkt_type + poff Payload start offset + ifidx skb->dev->ifindex + nla Netlink attribute of type X with offset A + nlan Nested Netlink attribute of type X with offset A + mark skb->mark + queue skb->queue_mapping + hatype skb->dev->type + rxhash skb->rxhash + cpu raw_smp_processor_id() + vlan_tci vlan_tx_tag_get(skb) + vlan_pr vlan_tx_tag_present(skb) + +These extensions can also be prefixed with '#'. +Examples for low-level BPF: + +** ARP packets: + + ldh [12] + jne #0x806, drop + ret #-1 + drop: ret #0 + +** IPv4 TCP packets: + + ldh [12] + jne #0x800, drop + ldb [23] + jneq #6, drop + ret #-1 + drop: ret #0 + +** (Accelerated) VLAN w/ id 10: + + ld vlan_tci + jneq #10, drop + ret #-1 + drop: ret #0 + +** SECCOMP filter example: + + ld [4] /* offsetof(struct seccomp_data, arch) */ + jne #0xc000003e, bad /* AUDIT_ARCH_X86_64 */ + ld [0] /* offsetof(struct seccomp_data, nr) */ + jeq #15, good /* __NR_rt_sigreturn */ + jeq #231, good /* __NR_exit_group */ + jeq #60, good /* __NR_exit */ + jeq #0, good /* __NR_read */ + jeq #1, good /* __NR_write */ + jeq #5, good /* __NR_fstat */ + jeq #9, good /* __NR_mmap */ + jeq #14, good /* __NR_rt_sigprocmask */ + jeq #13, good /* __NR_rt_sigaction */ + jeq #35, good /* __NR_nanosleep */ + bad: ret #0 /* SECCOMP_RET_KILL */ + good: ret #0x7fff0000 /* SECCOMP_RET_ALLOW */ + +The above example code can be placed into a file (here called "foo"), and +then be passed to the bpf_asm tool for generating opcodes, output that xt_bpf +and cls_bpf understands and can directly be loaded with. Example with above +ARP code: + +$ ./bpf_asm foo +4,40 0 0 12,21 0 1 2054,6 0 0 4294967295,6 0 0 0, + +In copy and paste C-like output: + +$ ./bpf_asm -c foo +{ 0x28, 0, 0, 0x0000000c }, +{ 0x15, 0, 1, 0x00000806 }, +{ 0x06, 0, 0, 0xffffffff }, +{ 0x06, 0, 0, 0000000000 }, + +In particular, as usage with xt_bpf or cls_bpf can result in more complex BPF +filters that might not be obvious at first, it's good to test filters before +attaching to a live system. For that purpose, there's a small tool called +bpf_dbg under tools/net/ in the kernel source directory. This debugger allows +for testing BPF filters against given pcap files, single stepping through the +BPF code on the pcap's packets and to do BPF machine register dumps. + +Starting bpf_dbg is trivial and just requires issuing: + +# ./bpf_dbg + +In case input and output do not equal stdin/stdout, bpf_dbg takes an +alternative stdin source as a first argument, and an alternative stdout +sink as a second one, e.g. `./bpf_dbg test_in.txt test_out.txt`. + +Other than that, a particular libreadline configuration can be set via +file "~/.bpf_dbg_init" and the command history is stored in the file +"~/.bpf_dbg_history". + +Interaction in bpf_dbg happens through a shell that also has auto-completion +support (follow-up example commands starting with '>' denote bpf_dbg shell). +The usual workflow would be to ... + +> load bpf 6,40 0 0 12,21 0 3 2048,48 0 0 23,21 0 1 1,6 0 0 65535,6 0 0 0 + Loads a BPF filter from standard output of bpf_asm, or transformed via + e.g. `tcpdump -iem1 -ddd port 22 | tr '\n' ','`. Note that for JIT + debugging (next section), this command creates a temporary socket and + loads the BPF code into the kernel. Thus, this will also be useful for + JIT developers. + +> load pcap foo.pcap + Loads standard tcpdump pcap file. + +> run [<n>] +bpf passes:1 fails:9 + Runs through all packets from a pcap to account how many passes and fails + the filter will generate. A limit of packets to traverse can be given. + +> disassemble +l0: ldh [12] +l1: jeq #0x800, l2, l5 +l2: ldb [23] +l3: jeq #0x1, l4, l5 +l4: ret #0xffff +l5: ret #0 + Prints out BPF code disassembly. + +> dump +/* { op, jt, jf, k }, */ +{ 0x28, 0, 0, 0x0000000c }, +{ 0x15, 0, 3, 0x00000800 }, +{ 0x30, 0, 0, 0x00000017 }, +{ 0x15, 0, 1, 0x00000001 }, +{ 0x06, 0, 0, 0x0000ffff }, +{ 0x06, 0, 0, 0000000000 }, + Prints out C-style BPF code dump. + +> breakpoint 0 +breakpoint at: l0: ldh [12] +> breakpoint 1 +breakpoint at: l1: jeq #0x800, l2, l5 + ... + Sets breakpoints at particular BPF instructions. Issuing a `run` command + will walk through the pcap file continuing from the current packet and + break when a breakpoint is being hit (another `run` will continue from + the currently active breakpoint executing next instructions): + + > run + -- register dump -- + pc: [0] <-- program counter + code: [40] jt[0] jf[0] k[12] <-- plain BPF code of current instruction + curr: l0: ldh [12] <-- disassembly of current instruction + A: [00000000][0] <-- content of A (hex, decimal) + X: [00000000][0] <-- content of X (hex, decimal) + M[0,15]: [00000000][0] <-- folded content of M (hex, decimal) + -- packet dump -- <-- Current packet from pcap (hex) + len: 42 + 0: 00 19 cb 55 55 a4 00 14 a4 43 78 69 08 06 00 01 + 16: 08 00 06 04 00 01 00 14 a4 43 78 69 0a 3b 01 26 + 32: 00 00 00 00 00 00 0a 3b 01 01 + (breakpoint) + > + +> breakpoint +breakpoints: 0 1 + Prints currently set breakpoints. + +> step [-<n>, +<n>] + Performs single stepping through the BPF program from the current pc + offset. Thus, on each step invocation, above register dump is issued. + This can go forwards and backwards in time, a plain `step` will break + on the next BPF instruction, thus +1. (No `run` needs to be issued here.) + +> select <n> + Selects a given packet from the pcap file to continue from. Thus, on + the next `run` or `step`, the BPF program is being evaluated against + the user pre-selected packet. Numbering starts just as in Wireshark + with index 1. + +> quit +# + Exits bpf_dbg. + +JIT compiler +------------ + +The Linux kernel has a built-in BPF JIT compiler for x86_64, SPARC, PowerPC, +ARM and s390 and can be enabled through CONFIG_BPF_JIT. The JIT compiler is +transparently invoked for each attached filter from user space or for internal +kernel users if it has been previously enabled by root: + + echo 1 > /proc/sys/net/core/bpf_jit_enable + +For JIT developers, doing audits etc, each compile run can output the generated +opcode image into the kernel log via: + + echo 2 > /proc/sys/net/core/bpf_jit_enable + +Example output from dmesg: + +[ 3389.935842] flen=6 proglen=70 pass=3 image=ffffffffa0069c8f +[ 3389.935847] JIT code: 00000000: 55 48 89 e5 48 83 ec 60 48 89 5d f8 44 8b 4f 68 +[ 3389.935849] JIT code: 00000010: 44 2b 4f 6c 4c 8b 87 d8 00 00 00 be 0c 00 00 00 +[ 3389.935850] JIT code: 00000020: e8 1d 94 ff e0 3d 00 08 00 00 75 16 be 17 00 00 +[ 3389.935851] JIT code: 00000030: 00 e8 28 94 ff e0 83 f8 01 75 07 b8 ff ff 00 00 +[ 3389.935852] JIT code: 00000040: eb 02 31 c0 c9 c3 + +In the kernel source tree under tools/net/, there's bpf_jit_disasm for +generating disassembly out of the kernel log's hexdump: + +# ./bpf_jit_disasm +70 bytes emitted from JIT compiler (pass:3, flen:6) +ffffffffa0069c8f + <x>: + 0: push %rbp + 1: mov %rsp,%rbp + 4: sub $0x60,%rsp + 8: mov %rbx,-0x8(%rbp) + c: mov 0x68(%rdi),%r9d + 10: sub 0x6c(%rdi),%r9d + 14: mov 0xd8(%rdi),%r8 + 1b: mov $0xc,%esi + 20: callq 0xffffffffe0ff9442 + 25: cmp $0x800,%eax + 2a: jne 0x0000000000000042 + 2c: mov $0x17,%esi + 31: callq 0xffffffffe0ff945e + 36: cmp $0x1,%eax + 39: jne 0x0000000000000042 + 3b: mov $0xffff,%eax + 40: jmp 0x0000000000000044 + 42: xor %eax,%eax + 44: leaveq + 45: retq + +Issuing option `-o` will "annotate" opcodes to resulting assembler +instructions, which can be very useful for JIT developers: + +# ./bpf_jit_disasm -o +70 bytes emitted from JIT compiler (pass:3, flen:6) +ffffffffa0069c8f + <x>: + 0: push %rbp + 55 + 1: mov %rsp,%rbp + 48 89 e5 + 4: sub $0x60,%rsp + 48 83 ec 60 + 8: mov %rbx,-0x8(%rbp) + 48 89 5d f8 + c: mov 0x68(%rdi),%r9d + 44 8b 4f 68 + 10: sub 0x6c(%rdi),%r9d + 44 2b 4f 6c + 14: mov 0xd8(%rdi),%r8 + 4c 8b 87 d8 00 00 00 + 1b: mov $0xc,%esi + be 0c 00 00 00 + 20: callq 0xffffffffe0ff9442 + e8 1d 94 ff e0 + 25: cmp $0x800,%eax + 3d 00 08 00 00 + 2a: jne 0x0000000000000042 + 75 16 + 2c: mov $0x17,%esi + be 17 00 00 00 + 31: callq 0xffffffffe0ff945e + e8 28 94 ff e0 + 36: cmp $0x1,%eax + 83 f8 01 + 39: jne 0x0000000000000042 + 75 07 + 3b: mov $0xffff,%eax + b8 ff ff 00 00 + 40: jmp 0x0000000000000044 + eb 02 + 42: xor %eax,%eax + 31 c0 + 44: leaveq + c9 + 45: retq + c3 + +For BPF JIT developers, bpf_jit_disasm, bpf_asm and bpf_dbg provides a useful +toolchain for developing and testing the kernel's JIT compiler. + +Misc +---- + +Also trinity, the Linux syscall fuzzer, has built-in support for BPF and +SECCOMP-BPF kernel fuzzing. + +Written by +---------- + +The document was written in the hope that it is found useful and in order +to give potential BPF hackers or security auditors a better overview of +the underlying architecture. + +Jay Schulist <jschlst@samba.org> +Daniel Borkmann <dborkman@redhat.com> diff --git a/Documentation/networking/i40evf.txt b/Documentation/networking/i40evf.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..21e41271af7 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/i40evf.txt @@ -0,0 +1,47 @@ +Linux* Base Driver for Intel(R) Network Connection +================================================== + +Intel XL710 X710 Virtual Function Linux driver. +Copyright(c) 2013 Intel Corporation. + +Contents +======== + +- Identifying Your Adapter +- Known Issues/Troubleshooting +- Support + +This file describes the i40evf Linux* Base Driver for the Intel(R) XL710 +X710 Virtual Function. + +The i40evf driver supports XL710 and X710 virtual function devices that +can only be activated on kernels with CONFIG_PCI_IOV enabled. + +The guest OS loading the i40evf driver must support MSI-X interrupts. + +Identifying Your Adapter +======================== + +For more information on how to identify your adapter, go to the Adapter & +Driver ID Guide at: + + http://support.intel.com/support/go/network/adapter/idguide.htm + +Known Issues/Troubleshooting +============================ + + +Support +======= + +For general information, go to the Intel support website at: + + http://support.intel.com + +or the Intel Wired Networking project hosted by Sourceforge at: + + http://sourceforge.net/projects/e1000 + +If an issue is identified with the released source code on the supported +kernel with a supported adapter, email the specific information related +to the issue to e1000-devel@lists.sf.net diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt index 8a984e994e6..ab42c95f998 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt @@ -15,17 +15,47 @@ ip_default_ttl - INTEGER forwarded) IP packets. Should be between 1 and 255 inclusive. Default: 64 (as recommended by RFC1700) -ip_no_pmtu_disc - BOOLEAN - Disable Path MTU Discovery. If enabled and a +ip_no_pmtu_disc - INTEGER + Disable Path MTU Discovery. If enabled in mode 1 and a fragmentation-required ICMP is received, the PMTU to this destination will be set to min_pmtu (see below). You will need to raise min_pmtu to the smallest interface MTU on your system manually if you want to avoid locally generated fragments. + + In mode 2 incoming Path MTU Discovery messages will be + discarded. Outgoing frames are handled the same as in mode 1, + implicitly setting IP_PMTUDISC_DONT on every created socket. + + Mode 3 is a hardend pmtu discover mode. The kernel will only + accept fragmentation-needed errors if the underlying protocol + can verify them besides a plain socket lookup. Current + protocols for which pmtu events will be honored are TCP, SCTP + and DCCP as they verify e.g. the sequence number or the + association. This mode should not be enabled globally but is + only intended to secure e.g. name servers in namespaces where + TCP path mtu must still work but path MTU information of other + protocols should be discarded. If enabled globally this mode + could break other protocols. + + Possible values: 0-3 Default: FALSE min_pmtu - INTEGER default 552 - minimum discovered Path MTU +ip_forward_use_pmtu - BOOLEAN + By default we don't trust protocol path MTUs while forwarding + because they could be easily forged and can lead to unwanted + fragmentation by the router. + You only need to enable this if you have user-space software + which tries to discover path mtus by itself and depends on the + kernel honoring this information. This is normally not the + case. + Default: 0 (disabled) + Possible values: + 0 - disabled + 1 - enabled + route/max_size - INTEGER Maximum number of routes allowed in the kernel. Increase this when using large numbers of interfaces and/or routes. @@ -160,6 +190,16 @@ tcp_app_win - INTEGER buffer. Value 0 is special, it means that nothing is reserved. Default: 31 +tcp_autocorking - BOOLEAN + Enable TCP auto corking : + When applications do consecutive small write()/sendmsg() system calls, + we try to coalesce these small writes as much as possible, to lower + total amount of sent packets. This is done if at least one prior + packet for the flow is waiting in Qdisc queues or device transmit + queue. Applications can still use TCP_CORK for optimal behavior + when they know how/when to uncork their sockets. + Default : 1 + tcp_available_congestion_control - STRING Shows the available congestion control choices that are registered. More congestion control algorithms may be available as modules, @@ -1048,6 +1088,12 @@ igmpv3_unsolicited_report_interval - INTEGER IGMPv3 report retransmit will take place. Default: 1000 (1 seconds) +promote_secondaries - BOOLEAN + When a primary IP address is removed from this interface + promote a corresponding secondary IP address instead of + removing all the corresponding secondary IP addresses. + + tag - INTEGER Allows you to write a number, which can be used as required. Default value is 0. @@ -1078,6 +1124,21 @@ bindv6only - BOOLEAN Default: FALSE (as specified in RFC3493) +flowlabel_consistency - BOOLEAN + Protect the consistency (and unicity) of flow label. + You have to disable it to use IPV6_FL_F_REFLECT flag on the + flow label manager. + TRUE: enabled + FALSE: disabled + Default: TRUE + +anycast_src_echo_reply - BOOLEAN + Controls the use of anycast addresses as source addresses for ICMPv6 + echo reply + TRUE: enabled + FALSE: disabled + Default: FALSE + IPv6 Fragmentation: ip6frag_high_thresh - INTEGER diff --git a/Documentation/networking/ipsec.txt b/Documentation/networking/ipsec.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..8dbc08b7e43 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/ipsec.txt @@ -0,0 +1,38 @@ + +Here documents known IPsec corner cases which need to be keep in mind when +deploy various IPsec configuration in real world production environment. + +1. IPcomp: Small IP packet won't get compressed at sender, and failed on + policy check on receiver. + +Quote from RFC3173: +2.2. Non-Expansion Policy + + If the total size of a compressed payload and the IPComp header, as + defined in section 3, is not smaller than the size of the original + payload, the IP datagram MUST be sent in the original non-compressed + form. To clarify: If an IP datagram is sent non-compressed, no + + IPComp header is added to the datagram. This policy ensures saving + the decompression processing cycles and avoiding incurring IP + datagram fragmentation when the expanded datagram is larger than the + MTU. + + Small IP datagrams are likely to expand as a result of compression. + Therefore, a numeric threshold should be applied before compression, + where IP datagrams of size smaller than the threshold are sent in the + original form without attempting compression. The numeric threshold + is implementation dependent. + +Current IPComp implementation is indeed by the book, while as in practice +when sending non-compressed packet to the peer(whether or not packet len +is smaller than the threshold or the compressed len is large than original +packet len), the packet is dropped when checking the policy as this packet +matches the selector but not coming from any XFRM layer, i.e., with no +security path. Such naked packet will not eventually make it to upper layer. +The result is much more wired to the user when ping peer with different +payload length. + +One workaround is try to set "level use" for each policy if user observed +above scenario. The consequence of doing so is small packet(uncompressed) +will skip policy checking on receiver side. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt index 8e48e3b1422..1404674c0a0 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/packet_mmap.txt @@ -98,6 +98,11 @@ by the kernel. The destruction of the socket and all associated resources is done by a simple call to close(fd). +Similarly as without PACKET_MMAP, it is possible to use one socket +for capture and transmission. This can be done by mapping the +allocated RX and TX buffer ring with a single mmap() call. +See "Mapping and use of the circular buffer (ring)". + Next I will describe PACKET_MMAP settings and its constraints, also the mapping of the circular buffer in the user process and the use of this buffer. @@ -414,6 +419,19 @@ tp_block_size/tp_frame_size frames there will be a gap between the frames. This is because a frame cannot be spawn across two blocks. +To use one socket for capture and transmission, the mapping of both the +RX and TX buffer ring has to be done with one call to mmap: + + ... + setsockopt(fd, SOL_PACKET, PACKET_RX_RING, &foo, sizeof(foo)); + setsockopt(fd, SOL_PACKET, PACKET_TX_RING, &bar, sizeof(bar)); + ... + rx_ring = mmap(0, size * 2, PROT_READ|PROT_WRITE, MAP_SHARED, fd, 0); + tx_ring = rx_ring + size; + +RX must be the first as the kernel maps the TX ring memory right +after the RX one. + At the beginning of each frame there is an status field (see struct tpacket_hdr). If this field is 0 means that the frame is ready to be used for the kernel, If not, there is a frame the user can read @@ -517,8 +535,6 @@ where 'tpacket_version' can be TPACKET_V1 (default), TPACKET_V2, TPACKET_V3. TPACKET_V1: - Default if not otherwise specified by setsockopt(2) - RX_RING, TX_RING available - - VLAN metadata information available for packets - (TP_STATUS_VLAN_VALID) TPACKET_V1 --> TPACKET_V2: - Made 64 bit clean due to unsigned long usage in TPACKET_V1 @@ -526,6 +542,13 @@ TPACKET_V1 --> TPACKET_V2: userspace and the like - Timestamp resolution in nanoseconds instead of microseconds - RX_RING, TX_RING available + - VLAN metadata information available for packets + (TP_STATUS_VLAN_VALID, TP_STATUS_VLAN_TPID_VALID), + in the tpacket2_hdr structure: + - TP_STATUS_VLAN_VALID bit being set into the tp_status field indicates + that the tp_vlan_tci field has valid VLAN TCI value + - TP_STATUS_VLAN_TPID_VALID bit being set into the tp_status field + indicates that the tp_vlan_tpid field has valid VLAN TPID value - How to switch to TPACKET_V2: 1. Replace struct tpacket_hdr by struct tpacket2_hdr 2. Query header len and save @@ -560,6 +583,7 @@ Currently implemented fanout policies are: - PACKET_FANOUT_CPU: schedule to socket by CPU packet arrives on - PACKET_FANOUT_RND: schedule to socket by random selection - PACKET_FANOUT_ROLLOVER: if one socket is full, rollover to another + - PACKET_FANOUT_QM: schedule to socket by skbs recorded queue_mapping Minimal example code by David S. Miller (try things like "./test eth0 hash", "./test eth0 lb", etc.): @@ -953,6 +977,27 @@ int main(int argc, char **argp) } ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- ++ PACKET_QDISC_BYPASS +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + +If there is a requirement to load the network with many packets in a similar +fashion as pktgen does, you might set the following option after socket +creation: + + int one = 1; + setsockopt(fd, SOL_PACKET, PACKET_QDISC_BYPASS, &one, sizeof(one)); + +This has the side-effect, that packets sent through PF_PACKET will bypass the +kernel's qdisc layer and are forcedly pushed to the driver directly. Meaning, +packet are not buffered, tc disciplines are ignored, increased loss can occur +and such packets are also not visible to other PF_PACKET sockets anymore. So, +you have been warned; generally, this can be useful for stress testing various +components of a system. + +On default, PACKET_QDISC_BYPASS is disabled and needs to be explicitly enabled +on PF_PACKET sockets. + +------------------------------------------------------------------------------- + PACKET_TIMESTAMP ------------------------------------------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt index d5b1a393524..ebf27071940 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/phy.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/phy.txt @@ -255,7 +255,8 @@ Writing a PHY driver config_init: configures PHY into a sane state after a reset. For instance, a Davicom PHY requires descrambling disabled. - probe: Does any setup needed by the driver + probe: Allocate phy->priv, optionally refuse to bind. + PHY may not have been reset or had fixups run yet. suspend/resume: power management config_aneg: Changes the speed/duplex/negotiation settings read_status: Reads the current speed/duplex/negotiation settings diff --git a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt index 75e4fd708cc..5a61a240a65 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/pktgen.txt @@ -108,7 +108,9 @@ Examples: MPLS_RND, VID_RND, SVID_RND QUEUE_MAP_RND # queue map random QUEUE_MAP_CPU # queue map mirrors smp_processor_id() + IPSEC # Make IPsec encapsulation for packet + pgset spi SPI_VALUE Set specific SA used to transform packet. pgset "udp_src_min 9" set UDP source port min, If < udp_src_max, then cycle through the port range. @@ -177,6 +179,18 @@ Note when adding devices to a specific CPU there good idea to also assign /proc/irq/XX/smp_affinity so the TX-interrupts gets bound to the same CPU. as this reduces cache bouncing when freeing skb's. +Enable IPsec +============ +Default IPsec transformation with ESP encapsulation plus Transport mode +could be enabled by simply setting: + +pgset "flag IPSEC" +pgset "flows 1" + +To avoid breaking existing testbed scripts for using AH type and tunnel mode, +user could use "pgset spi SPI_VALUE" to specify which formal of transformation +to employ. + Current commands and configuration options ========================================== @@ -225,6 +239,7 @@ flag UDPDST_RND MACSRC_RND MACDST_RND + IPSEC dst_min dst_max diff --git a/Documentation/networking/regulatory.txt b/Documentation/networking/regulatory.txt index 9551622d0a7..356f791af57 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/regulatory.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/regulatory.txt @@ -159,10 +159,10 @@ struct ieee80211_regdomain mydriver_jp_regdom = { REG_RULE(2412-20, 2484+20, 40, 6, 20, 0), /* IEEE 802.11a, channels 34..48 */ REG_RULE(5170-20, 5240+20, 40, 6, 20, - NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN), + NL80211_RRF_NO_IR), /* IEEE 802.11a, channels 52..64 */ REG_RULE(5260-20, 5320+20, 40, 6, 20, - NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS | + NL80211_RRF_NO_IR| NL80211_RRF_DFS), } }; diff --git a/Documentation/networking/stmmac.txt b/Documentation/networking/stmmac.txt index cdd916da838..2090895b08d 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/stmmac.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/stmmac.txt @@ -127,8 +127,9 @@ struct plat_stmmacenet_data { int riwt_off; void (*fix_mac_speed)(void *priv, unsigned int speed); void (*bus_setup)(void __iomem *ioaddr); - int (*init)(struct platform_device *pdev); - void (*exit)(struct platform_device *pdev); + void *(*setup)(struct platform_device *pdev); + int (*init)(struct platform_device *pdev, void *priv); + void (*exit)(struct platform_device *pdev, void *priv); void *custom_cfg; void *custom_data; void *bsp_priv; @@ -169,10 +170,13 @@ Where: o bus_setup: perform HW setup of the bus. For example, on some ST platforms this field is used to configure the AMBA bridge to generate more efficient STBus traffic. - o init/exit: callbacks used for calling a custom initialization; + o setup/init/exit: callbacks used for calling a custom initialization; this is sometime necessary on some platforms (e.g. ST boxes) where the HW needs to have set some PIO lines or system cfg - registers. + registers. setup should return a pointer to private data, + which will be stored in bsp_priv, and then passed to init and + exit callbacks. init/exit callbacks should not use or modify + platform data. o custom_cfg/custom_data: this is a custom configuration that can be passed while initializing the resources. o bsp_priv: another private pointer. diff --git a/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt b/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt index 98097d8cb91..661d3c316a1 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt +++ b/Documentation/networking/timestamping.txt @@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ Filled in if SOF_TIMESTAMPING_SYS_HARDWARE is set. Requires support by the network device and will be empty without that support. -SIOCSHWTSTAMP: +SIOCSHWTSTAMP, SIOCGHWTSTAMP: Hardware time stamping must also be initialized for each device driver that is expected to do hardware time stamping. The parameter is defined in @@ -115,6 +115,10 @@ Only a processes with admin rights may change the configuration. User space is responsible to ensure that multiple processes don't interfere with each other and that the settings are reset. +Any process can read the actual configuration by passing this +structure to ioctl(SIOCGHWTSTAMP) in the same way. However, this has +not been implemented in all drivers. + /* possible values for hwtstamp_config->tx_type */ enum { /* @@ -157,7 +161,8 @@ DEVICE IMPLEMENTATION A driver which supports hardware time stamping must support the SIOCSHWTSTAMP ioctl and update the supplied struct hwtstamp_config with -the actual values as described in the section on SIOCSHWTSTAMP. +the actual values as described in the section on SIOCSHWTSTAMP. It +should also support SIOCGHWTSTAMP. Time stamps for received packets must be stored in the skb. To get a pointer to the shared time stamp structure of the skb call skb_hwtstamps(). Then diff --git a/Documentation/networking/timestamping/.gitignore b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/.gitignore index 71e81eb2e22..a380159765c 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/timestamping/.gitignore +++ b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/.gitignore @@ -1 +1,2 @@ timestamping +hwtstamp_config diff --git a/Documentation/networking/timestamping/Makefile b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/Makefile index e79973443e9..d934afc8306 100644 --- a/Documentation/networking/timestamping/Makefile +++ b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/Makefile @@ -2,12 +2,13 @@ obj- := dummy.o # List of programs to build -hostprogs-y := timestamping +hostprogs-y := timestamping hwtstamp_config # Tell kbuild to always build the programs always := $(hostprogs-y) HOSTCFLAGS_timestamping.o += -I$(objtree)/usr/include +HOSTCFLAGS_hwtstamp_config.o += -I$(objtree)/usr/include clean: - rm -f timestamping + rm -f timestamping hwtstamp_config diff --git a/Documentation/networking/timestamping/hwtstamp_config.c b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/hwtstamp_config.c new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..e8b685a7f15 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/networking/timestamping/hwtstamp_config.c @@ -0,0 +1,134 @@ +/* Test program for SIOC{G,S}HWTSTAMP + * Copyright 2013 Solarflare Communications + * Author: Ben Hutchings + */ + +#include <errno.h> +#include <stdio.h> +#include <stdlib.h> +#include <string.h> + +#include <sys/socket.h> +#include <sys/ioctl.h> + +#include <linux/if.h> +#include <linux/net_tstamp.h> +#include <linux/sockios.h> + +static int +lookup_value(const char **names, int size, const char *name) +{ + int value; + + for (value = 0; value < size; value++) + if (names[value] && strcasecmp(names[value], name) == 0) + return value; + + return -1; +} + +static const char * +lookup_name(const char **names, int size, int value) +{ + return (value >= 0 && value < size) ? names[value] : NULL; +} + +static void list_names(FILE *f, const char **names, int size) +{ + int value; + + for (value = 0; value < size; value++) + if (names[value]) + fprintf(f, " %s\n", names[value]); +} + +static const char *tx_types[] = { +#define TX_TYPE(name) [HWTSTAMP_TX_ ## name] = #name + TX_TYPE(OFF), + TX_TYPE(ON), + TX_TYPE(ONESTEP_SYNC) +#undef TX_TYPE +}; +#define N_TX_TYPES ((int)(sizeof(tx_types) / sizeof(tx_types[0]))) + +static const char *rx_filters[] = { +#define RX_FILTER(name) [HWTSTAMP_FILTER_ ## name] = #name + RX_FILTER(NONE), + RX_FILTER(ALL), + RX_FILTER(SOME), + RX_FILTER(PTP_V1_L4_EVENT), + RX_FILTER(PTP_V1_L4_SYNC), + RX_FILTER(PTP_V1_L4_DELAY_REQ), + RX_FILTER(PTP_V2_L4_EVENT), + RX_FILTER(PTP_V2_L4_SYNC), + RX_FILTER(PTP_V2_L4_DELAY_REQ), + RX_FILTER(PTP_V2_L2_EVENT), + RX_FILTER(PTP_V2_L2_SYNC), + RX_FILTER(PTP_V2_L2_DELAY_REQ), + RX_FILTER(PTP_V2_EVENT), + RX_FILTER(PTP_V2_SYNC), + RX_FILTER(PTP_V2_DELAY_REQ), +#undef RX_FILTER +}; +#define N_RX_FILTERS ((int)(sizeof(rx_filters) / sizeof(rx_filters[0]))) + +static void usage(void) +{ + fputs("Usage: hwtstamp_config if_name [tx_type rx_filter]\n" + "tx_type is any of (case-insensitive):\n", + stderr); + list_names(stderr, tx_types, N_TX_TYPES); + fputs("rx_filter is any of (case-insensitive):\n", stderr); + list_names(stderr, rx_filters, N_RX_FILTERS); +} + +int main(int argc, char **argv) +{ + struct ifreq ifr; + struct hwtstamp_config config; + const char *name; + int sock; + + if ((argc != 2 && argc != 4) || (strlen(argv[1]) >= IFNAMSIZ)) { + usage(); + return 2; + } + + if (argc == 4) { + config.flags = 0; + config.tx_type = lookup_value(tx_types, N_TX_TYPES, argv[2]); + config.rx_filter = lookup_value(rx_filters, N_RX_FILTERS, argv[3]); + if (config.tx_type < 0 || config.rx_filter < 0) { + usage(); + return 2; + } + } + + sock = socket(AF_INET, SOCK_DGRAM, 0); + if (sock < 0) { + perror("socket"); + return 1; + } + + strcpy(ifr.ifr_name, argv[1]); + ifr.ifr_data = (caddr_t)&config; + + if (ioctl(sock, (argc == 2) ? SIOCGHWTSTAMP : SIOCSHWTSTAMP, &ifr)) { + perror("ioctl"); + return 1; + } + + printf("flags = %#x\n", config.flags); + name = lookup_name(tx_types, N_TX_TYPES, config.tx_type); + if (name) + printf("tx_type = %s\n", name); + else + printf("tx_type = %d\n", config.tx_type); + name = lookup_name(rx_filters, N_RX_FILTERS, config.rx_filter); + if (name) + printf("rx_filter = %s\n", name); + else + printf("rx_filter = %d\n", config.rx_filter); + + return 0; +} diff --git a/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt b/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt index e9b54de8fdf..edeecd447d2 100644 --- a/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt +++ b/Documentation/power/basic-pm-debugging.txt @@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ you can boot the kernel with the 'no_console_suspend' parameter and try to log kernel messages using the serial console. This may provide you with some information about the reasons of the suspend (resume) failure. Alternatively, it may be possible to use a FireWire port for debugging with firescope -(ftp://ftp.firstfloor.org/pub/ak/firescope/). On x86 it is also possible to +(http://v3.sk/~lkundrak/firescope/). On x86 it is also possible to use the PM_TRACE mechanism documented in Documentation/power/s2ram.txt . 2. Testing suspend to RAM (STR) diff --git a/Documentation/printk-formats.txt b/Documentation/printk-formats.txt index 445ad743ec8..6f4eb322ffa 100644 --- a/Documentation/printk-formats.txt +++ b/Documentation/printk-formats.txt @@ -55,14 +55,21 @@ Struct Resources: For printing struct resources. The 'R' and 'r' specifiers result in a printed resource with ('R') or without ('r') a decoded flags member. -Physical addresses: +Physical addresses types phys_addr_t: - %pa 0x01234567 or 0x0123456789abcdef + %pa[p] 0x01234567 or 0x0123456789abcdef For printing a phys_addr_t type (and its derivatives, such as resource_size_t) which can vary based on build options, regardless of the width of the CPU data path. Passed by reference. +DMA addresses types dma_addr_t: + + %pad 0x01234567 or 0x0123456789abcdef + + For printing a dma_addr_t type which can vary based on build options, + regardless of the width of the CPU data path. Passed by reference. + Raw buffer as a hex string: %*ph 00 01 02 ... 3f %*phC 00:01:02: ... :3f diff --git a/Documentation/s390/qeth.txt b/Documentation/s390/qeth.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..74122ada994 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/s390/qeth.txt @@ -0,0 +1,50 @@ +IBM s390 QDIO Ethernet Driver + +HiperSockets Bridge Port Support + +Uevents + +To generate the events the device must be assigned a role of either +a primary or a secondary Bridge Port. For more information, see +"z/VM Connectivity, SC24-6174". + +When run on HiperSockets Bridge Capable Port hardware, and the state +of some configured Bridge Port device on the channel changes, a udev +event with ACTION=CHANGE is emitted on behalf of the corresponding +ccwgroup device. The event has the following attributes: + +BRIDGEPORT=statechange - indicates that the Bridge Port device changed + its state. + +ROLE={primary|secondary|none} - the role assigned to the port. + +STATE={active|standby|inactive} - the newly assumed state of the port. + +When run on HiperSockets Bridge Capable Port hardware with host address +notifications enabled, a udev event with ACTION=CHANGE is emitted. +It is emitted on behalf of the corresponding ccwgroup device when a host +or a VLAN is registered or unregistered on the network served by the device. +The event has the following attributes: + +BRIDGEDHOST={reset|register|deregister|abort} - host address + notifications are started afresh, a new host or VLAN is registered or + deregistered on the Bridge Port HiperSockets channel, or address + notifications are aborted. + +VLAN=numeric-vlan-id - VLAN ID on which the event occurred. Not included + if no VLAN is involved in the event. + +MAC=xx:xx:xx:xx:xx:xx - MAC address of the host that is being registered + or deregistered from the HiperSockets channel. Not reported if the + event reports the creation or destruction of a VLAN. + +NTOK_BUSID=x.y.zzzz - device bus ID (CSSID, SSID and device number). + +NTOK_IID=xx - device IID. + +NTOK_CHPID=xx - device CHPID. + +NTOK_CHID=xxxx - device channel ID. + +Note that the NTOK_* attributes refer to devices other than the one +connected to the system on which the OS is running. diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/00-INDEX b/Documentation/scheduler/00-INDEX index d2651c47ae2..46702e4f89c 100644 --- a/Documentation/scheduler/00-INDEX +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/00-INDEX @@ -10,5 +10,7 @@ sched-nice-design.txt - How and why the scheduler's nice levels are implemented. sched-rt-group.txt - real-time group scheduling. +sched-deadline.txt + - deadline scheduling. sched-stats.txt - information on schedstats (Linux Scheduler Statistics). diff --git a/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.txt b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..18adc92a6b3 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scheduler/sched-deadline.txt @@ -0,0 +1,281 @@ + Deadline Task Scheduling + ------------------------ + +CONTENTS +======== + + 0. WARNING + 1. Overview + 2. Scheduling algorithm + 3. Scheduling Real-Time Tasks + 4. Bandwidth management + 4.1 System-wide settings + 4.2 Task interface + 4.3 Default behavior + 5. Tasks CPU affinity + 5.1 SCHED_DEADLINE and cpusets HOWTO + 6. Future plans + + +0. WARNING +========== + + Fiddling with these settings can result in an unpredictable or even unstable + system behavior. As for -rt (group) scheduling, it is assumed that root users + know what they're doing. + + +1. Overview +=========== + + The SCHED_DEADLINE policy contained inside the sched_dl scheduling class is + basically an implementation of the Earliest Deadline First (EDF) scheduling + algorithm, augmented with a mechanism (called Constant Bandwidth Server, CBS) + that makes it possible to isolate the behavior of tasks between each other. + + +2. Scheduling algorithm +================== + + SCHED_DEADLINE uses three parameters, named "runtime", "period", and + "deadline" to schedule tasks. A SCHED_DEADLINE task is guaranteed to receive + "runtime" microseconds of execution time every "period" microseconds, and + these "runtime" microseconds are available within "deadline" microseconds + from the beginning of the period. In order to implement this behaviour, + every time the task wakes up, the scheduler computes a "scheduling deadline" + consistent with the guarantee (using the CBS[2,3] algorithm). Tasks are then + scheduled using EDF[1] on these scheduling deadlines (the task with the + smallest scheduling deadline is selected for execution). Notice that this + guaranteed is respected if a proper "admission control" strategy (see Section + "4. Bandwidth management") is used. + + Summing up, the CBS[2,3] algorithms assigns scheduling deadlines to tasks so + that each task runs for at most its runtime every period, avoiding any + interference between different tasks (bandwidth isolation), while the EDF[1] + algorithm selects the task with the smallest scheduling deadline as the one + to be executed first. Thanks to this feature, also tasks that do not + strictly comply with the "traditional" real-time task model (see Section 3) + can effectively use the new policy. + + In more details, the CBS algorithm assigns scheduling deadlines to + tasks in the following way: + + - Each SCHED_DEADLINE task is characterised by the "runtime", + "deadline", and "period" parameters; + + - The state of the task is described by a "scheduling deadline", and + a "current runtime". These two parameters are initially set to 0; + + - When a SCHED_DEADLINE task wakes up (becomes ready for execution), + the scheduler checks if + + current runtime runtime + ---------------------------------- > ---------------- + scheduling deadline - current time period + + then, if the scheduling deadline is smaller than the current time, or + this condition is verified, the scheduling deadline and the + current budget are re-initialised as + + scheduling deadline = current time + deadline + current runtime = runtime + + otherwise, the scheduling deadline and the current runtime are + left unchanged; + + - When a SCHED_DEADLINE task executes for an amount of time t, its + current runtime is decreased as + + current runtime = current runtime - t + + (technically, the runtime is decreased at every tick, or when the + task is descheduled / preempted); + + - When the current runtime becomes less or equal than 0, the task is + said to be "throttled" (also known as "depleted" in real-time literature) + and cannot be scheduled until its scheduling deadline. The "replenishment + time" for this task (see next item) is set to be equal to the current + value of the scheduling deadline; + + - When the current time is equal to the replenishment time of a + throttled task, the scheduling deadline and the current runtime are + updated as + + scheduling deadline = scheduling deadline + period + current runtime = current runtime + runtime + + +3. Scheduling Real-Time Tasks +============================= + + * BIG FAT WARNING ****************************************************** + * + * This section contains a (not-thorough) summary on classical deadline + * scheduling theory, and how it applies to SCHED_DEADLINE. + * The reader can "safely" skip to Section 4 if only interested in seeing + * how the scheduling policy can be used. Anyway, we strongly recommend + * to come back here and continue reading (once the urge for testing is + * satisfied :P) to be sure of fully understanding all technical details. + ************************************************************************ + + There are no limitations on what kind of task can exploit this new + scheduling discipline, even if it must be said that it is particularly + suited for periodic or sporadic real-time tasks that need guarantees on their + timing behavior, e.g., multimedia, streaming, control applications, etc. + + A typical real-time task is composed of a repetition of computation phases + (task instances, or jobs) which are activated on a periodic or sporadic + fashion. + Each job J_j (where J_j is the j^th job of the task) is characterised by an + arrival time r_j (the time when the job starts), an amount of computation + time c_j needed to finish the job, and a job absolute deadline d_j, which + is the time within which the job should be finished. The maximum execution + time max_j{c_j} is called "Worst Case Execution Time" (WCET) for the task. + A real-time task can be periodic with period P if r_{j+1} = r_j + P, or + sporadic with minimum inter-arrival time P is r_{j+1} >= r_j + P. Finally, + d_j = r_j + D, where D is the task's relative deadline. + + SCHED_DEADLINE can be used to schedule real-time tasks guaranteeing that + the jobs' deadlines of a task are respected. In order to do this, a task + must be scheduled by setting: + + - runtime >= WCET + - deadline = D + - period <= P + + IOW, if runtime >= WCET and if period is >= P, then the scheduling deadlines + and the absolute deadlines (d_j) coincide, so a proper admission control + allows to respect the jobs' absolute deadlines for this task (this is what is + called "hard schedulability property" and is an extension of Lemma 1 of [2]). + + References: + 1 - C. L. Liu and J. W. Layland. Scheduling algorithms for multiprogram- + ming in a hard-real-time environment. Journal of the Association for + Computing Machinery, 20(1), 1973. + 2 - L. Abeni , G. Buttazzo. Integrating Multimedia Applications in Hard + Real-Time Systems. Proceedings of the 19th IEEE Real-time Systems + Symposium, 1998. http://retis.sssup.it/~giorgio/paps/1998/rtss98-cbs.pdf + 3 - L. Abeni. Server Mechanisms for Multimedia Applications. ReTiS Lab + Technical Report. http://xoomer.virgilio.it/lucabe72/pubs/tr-98-01.ps + +4. Bandwidth management +======================= + + In order for the -deadline scheduling to be effective and useful, it is + important to have some method to keep the allocation of the available CPU + bandwidth to the tasks under control. + This is usually called "admission control" and if it is not performed at all, + no guarantee can be given on the actual scheduling of the -deadline tasks. + + Since when RT-throttling has been introduced each task group has a bandwidth + associated, calculated as a certain amount of runtime over a period. + Moreover, to make it possible to manipulate such bandwidth, readable/writable + controls have been added to both procfs (for system wide settings) and cgroupfs + (for per-group settings). + Therefore, the same interface is being used for controlling the bandwidth + distrubution to -deadline tasks. + + However, more discussion is needed in order to figure out how we want to manage + SCHED_DEADLINE bandwidth at the task group level. Therefore, SCHED_DEADLINE + uses (for now) a less sophisticated, but actually very sensible, mechanism to + ensure that a certain utilization cap is not overcome per each root_domain. + + Another main difference between deadline bandwidth management and RT-throttling + is that -deadline tasks have bandwidth on their own (while -rt ones don't!), + and thus we don't need an higher level throttling mechanism to enforce the + desired bandwidth. + +4.1 System wide settings +------------------------ + + The system wide settings are configured under the /proc virtual file system. + + For now the -rt knobs are used for dl admission control and the -deadline + runtime is accounted against the -rt runtime. We realise that this isn't + entirely desirable; however, it is better to have a small interface for now, + and be able to change it easily later. The ideal situation (see 5.) is to run + -rt tasks from a -deadline server; in which case the -rt bandwidth is a direct + subset of dl_bw. + + This means that, for a root_domain comprising M CPUs, -deadline tasks + can be created while the sum of their bandwidths stays below: + + M * (sched_rt_runtime_us / sched_rt_period_us) + + It is also possible to disable this bandwidth management logic, and + be thus free of oversubscribing the system up to any arbitrary level. + This is done by writing -1 in /proc/sys/kernel/sched_rt_runtime_us. + + +4.2 Task interface +------------------ + + Specifying a periodic/sporadic task that executes for a given amount of + runtime at each instance, and that is scheduled according to the urgency of + its own timing constraints needs, in general, a way of declaring: + - a (maximum/typical) instance execution time, + - a minimum interval between consecutive instances, + - a time constraint by which each instance must be completed. + + Therefore: + * a new struct sched_attr, containing all the necessary fields is + provided; + * the new scheduling related syscalls that manipulate it, i.e., + sched_setattr() and sched_getattr() are implemented. + + +4.3 Default behavior +--------------------- + + The default value for SCHED_DEADLINE bandwidth is to have rt_runtime equal to + 950000. With rt_period equal to 1000000, by default, it means that -deadline + tasks can use at most 95%, multiplied by the number of CPUs that compose the + root_domain, for each root_domain. + + A -deadline task cannot fork. + +5. Tasks CPU affinity +===================== + + -deadline tasks cannot have an affinity mask smaller that the entire + root_domain they are created on. However, affinities can be specified + through the cpuset facility (Documentation/cgroups/cpusets.txt). + +5.1 SCHED_DEADLINE and cpusets HOWTO +------------------------------------ + + An example of a simple configuration (pin a -deadline task to CPU0) + follows (rt-app is used to create a -deadline task). + + mkdir /dev/cpuset + mount -t cgroup -o cpuset cpuset /dev/cpuset + cd /dev/cpuset + mkdir cpu0 + echo 0 > cpu0/cpuset.cpus + echo 0 > cpu0/cpuset.mems + echo 1 > cpuset.cpu_exclusive + echo 0 > cpuset.sched_load_balance + echo 1 > cpu0/cpuset.cpu_exclusive + echo 1 > cpu0/cpuset.mem_exclusive + echo $$ > cpu0/tasks + rt-app -t 100000:10000:d:0 -D5 (it is now actually superfluous to specify + task affinity) + +6. Future plans +=============== + + Still missing: + + - refinements to deadline inheritance, especially regarding the possibility + of retaining bandwidth isolation among non-interacting tasks. This is + being studied from both theoretical and practical points of view, and + hopefully we should be able to produce some demonstrative code soon; + - (c)group based bandwidth management, and maybe scheduling; + - access control for non-root users (and related security concerns to + address), which is the best way to allow unprivileged use of the mechanisms + and how to prevent non-root users "cheat" the system? + + As already discussed, we are planning also to merge this work with the EDF + throttling patches [https://lkml.org/lkml/2010/2/23/239] but we still are in + the preliminary phases of the merge and we really seek feedback that would + help us decide on the direction it should take. diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_transport_srp/Makefile b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_transport_srp/Makefile new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..5f6b567e955 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_transport_srp/Makefile @@ -0,0 +1,7 @@ +all: rport_state_diagram.svg rport_state_diagram.png + +rport_state_diagram.svg: rport_state_diagram.dot + dot -Tsvg -o $@ $< + +rport_state_diagram.png: rport_state_diagram.dot + dot -Tpng -o $@ $< diff --git a/Documentation/scsi/scsi_transport_srp/rport_state_diagram.dot b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_transport_srp/rport_state_diagram.dot new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..75d610d6411 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/scsi/scsi_transport_srp/rport_state_diagram.dot @@ -0,0 +1,26 @@ +digraph srp_initiator { + node [shape = doublecircle]; running lost; + node [shape = circle]; + + { + rank = min; + running_rta [ label = "running;\nreconnect\ntimer\nactive" ]; + }; + running [ label = "running;\nreconnect\ntimer\nstopped" ]; + blocked; + failfast [ label = "fail I/O\nfast" ]; + lost; + + running -> running_rta [ label = "fast_io_fail_tmo = off and\ndev_loss_tmo = off;\nsrp_start_tl_fail_timers()" ]; + running_rta -> running [ label = "fast_io_fail_tmo = off and\ndev_loss_tmo = off;\nreconnecting succeeded" ]; + running -> blocked [ label = "fast_io_fail_tmo >= 0 or\ndev_loss_tmo >= 0;\nsrp_start_tl_fail_timers()" ]; + running -> failfast [ label = "fast_io_fail_tmo = off and\ndev_loss_tmo = off;\nreconnecting failed\n" ]; + blocked -> failfast [ label = "fast_io_fail_tmo\nexpired or\nreconnecting\nfailed" ]; + blocked -> lost [ label = "dev_loss_tmo\nexpired or\nsrp_stop_rport_timers()" ]; + failfast -> lost [ label = "dev_loss_tmo\nexpired or\nsrp_stop_rport_timers()" ]; + blocked -> running [ label = "reconnecting\nsucceeded" ]; + failfast -> failfast [ label = "reconnecting\nfailed" ]; + failfast -> running [ label = "reconnecting\nsucceeded" ]; + running -> lost [ label = "srp_stop_rport_timers()" ]; + running_rta -> lost [ label = "srp_stop_rport_timers()" ]; +} diff --git a/Documentation/spi/spi-summary b/Documentation/spi/spi-summary index f21edb98341..f72e0d1e0da 100644 --- a/Documentation/spi/spi-summary +++ b/Documentation/spi/spi-summary @@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ SPI slave functions are usually not interoperable between vendors - It may also be used to stream data in either direction (half duplex), or both of them at the same time (full duplex). - - Some devices may use eight bit words. Others may different word + - Some devices may use eight bit words. Others may use different word lengths, such as streams of 12-bit or 20-bit digital samples. - Words are usually sent with their most significant bit (MSB) first, @@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ active. So the master must set the clock to inactive before selecting a slave, and the slave can tell the chosen polarity by sampling the clock level when its select line goes active. That's why many devices support for example both modes 0 and 3: they don't care about polarity, -and alway clock data in/out on rising clock edges. +and always clock data in/out on rising clock edges. How do these driver programming interfaces work? @@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ a command and then reading its response. There are two types of SPI driver, here called: - Controller drivers ... controllers may be built in to System-On-Chip + Controller drivers ... controllers may be built into System-On-Chip processors, and often support both Master and Slave roles. These drivers touch hardware registers and may use DMA. Or they can be PIO bitbangers, needing just GPIO pins. @@ -548,7 +548,7 @@ SPI MASTER METHODS DEPRECATED METHODS master->transfer(struct spi_device *spi, struct spi_message *message) - This must not sleep. Its responsibility is arrange that the + This must not sleep. Its responsibility is to arrange that the transfer happens and its complete() callback is issued. The two will normally happen later, after other transfers complete, and if the controller is idle it will need to be kickstarted. This diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt index 6d486404200..e55124e7c40 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/kernel.txt @@ -33,6 +33,11 @@ show up in /proc/sys/kernel: - domainname - hostname - hotplug +- hung_task_panic +- hung_task_check_count +- hung_task_timeout_secs +- hung_task_warnings +- kexec_load_disabled - kptr_restrict - kstack_depth_to_print [ X86 only ] - l2cr [ PPC only ] @@ -287,6 +292,56 @@ Default value is "/sbin/hotplug". ============================================================== +hung_task_panic: + +Controls the kernel's behavior when a hung task is detected. +This file shows up if CONFIG_DETECT_HUNG_TASK is enabled. + +0: continue operation. This is the default behavior. + +1: panic immediately. + +============================================================== + +hung_task_check_count: + +The upper bound on the number of tasks that are checked. +This file shows up if CONFIG_DETECT_HUNG_TASK is enabled. + +============================================================== + +hung_task_timeout_secs: + +Check interval. When a task in D state did not get scheduled +for more than this value report a warning. +This file shows up if CONFIG_DETECT_HUNG_TASK is enabled. + +0: means infinite timeout - no checking done. + +============================================================== + +hung_task_warning: + +The maximum number of warnings to report. During a check interval +When this value is reached, no more the warnings will be reported. +This file shows up if CONFIG_DETECT_HUNG_TASK is enabled. + +-1: report an infinite number of warnings. + +============================================================== + +kexec_load_disabled: + +A toggle indicating if the kexec_load syscall has been disabled. This +value defaults to 0 (false: kexec_load enabled), but can be set to 1 +(true: kexec_load disabled). Once true, kexec can no longer be used, and +the toggle cannot be set back to false. This allows a kexec image to be +loaded before disabling the syscall, allowing a system to set up (and +later use) an image without it being altered. Generally used together +with the "modules_disabled" sysctl. + +============================================================== + kptr_restrict: This toggle indicates whether restrictions are placed on @@ -331,7 +386,7 @@ A toggle value indicating if modules are allowed to be loaded in an otherwise modular kernel. This toggle defaults to off (0), but can be set true (1). Once true, modules can be neither loaded nor unloaded, and the toggle cannot be set back -to false. +to false. Generally used with the "kexec_load_disabled" toggle. ============================================================== diff --git a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt index 9f5481bdc5a..d614a9b6a28 100644 --- a/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt +++ b/Documentation/sysctl/vm.txt @@ -696,7 +696,9 @@ swappiness This control is used to define how aggressive the kernel will swap memory pages. Higher values will increase agressiveness, lower values -decrease the amount of swap. +decrease the amount of swap. A value of 0 instructs the kernel not to +initiate swap until the amount of free and file-backed pages is less +than the high water mark in a zone. The default value is 60. diff --git a/Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl b/Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl index 4a37c4759cd..00e425faa2f 100644 --- a/Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl +++ b/Documentation/trace/postprocess/trace-vmscan-postprocess.pl @@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ my $regex_writepage; # Static regex used. Specified like this for readability and for use with /o # (process_pid) (cpus ) ( time ) (tpoint ) (details) -my $regex_traceevent = '\s*([a-zA-Z0-9-]*)\s*(\[[0-9]*\])\s*([0-9.]*):\s*([a-zA-Z_]*):\s*(.*)'; +my $regex_traceevent = '\s*([a-zA-Z0-9-]*)\s*(\[[0-9]*\])(\s*[dX.][Nnp.][Hhs.][0-9a-fA-F.]*|)\s*([0-9.]*):\s*([a-zA-Z_]*):\s*(.*)'; my $regex_statname = '[-0-9]*\s\((.*)\).*'; my $regex_statppid = '[-0-9]*\s\(.*\)\s[A-Za-z]\s([0-9]*).*'; @@ -270,8 +270,8 @@ EVENT_PROCESS: while ($traceevent = <STDIN>) { if ($traceevent =~ /$regex_traceevent/o) { $process_pid = $1; - $timestamp = $3; - $tracepoint = $4; + $timestamp = $4; + $tracepoint = $5; $process_pid =~ /(.*)-([0-9]*)$/; my $process = $1; @@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ EVENT_PROCESS: $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_DIRECT_RECLAIM_BEGIN}++; $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{STATE_DIRECT_BEGIN} = $timestamp; - $details = $5; + $details = $6; if ($details !~ /$regex_direct_begin/o) { print "WARNING: Failed to parse mm_vmscan_direct_reclaim_begin as expected\n"; print " $details\n"; @@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ EVENT_PROCESS: $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_DIRECT_RECLAIM_LATENCY}[$index] = "$order-$latency"; } } elsif ($tracepoint eq "mm_vmscan_kswapd_wake") { - $details = $5; + $details = $6; if ($details !~ /$regex_kswapd_wake/o) { print "WARNING: Failed to parse mm_vmscan_kswapd_wake as expected\n"; print " $details\n"; @@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ EVENT_PROCESS: } elsif ($tracepoint eq "mm_vmscan_wakeup_kswapd") { $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WAKEUP_KSWAPD}++; - $details = $5; + $details = $6; if ($details !~ /$regex_wakeup_kswapd/o) { print "WARNING: Failed to parse mm_vmscan_wakeup_kswapd as expected\n"; print " $details\n"; @@ -366,7 +366,7 @@ EVENT_PROCESS: my $order = $3; $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{MM_VMSCAN_WAKEUP_KSWAPD_PERORDER}[$order]++; } elsif ($tracepoint eq "mm_vmscan_lru_isolate") { - $details = $5; + $details = $6; if ($details !~ /$regex_lru_isolate/o) { print "WARNING: Failed to parse mm_vmscan_lru_isolate as expected\n"; print " $details\n"; @@ -387,7 +387,7 @@ EVENT_PROCESS: } $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_CONTIG_DIRTY} += $nr_contig_dirty; } elsif ($tracepoint eq "mm_vmscan_lru_shrink_inactive") { - $details = $5; + $details = $6; if ($details !~ /$regex_lru_shrink_inactive/o) { print "WARNING: Failed to parse mm_vmscan_lru_shrink_inactive as expected\n"; print " $details\n"; @@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ EVENT_PROCESS: my $nr_reclaimed = $4; $perprocesspid{$process_pid}->{HIGH_NR_RECLAIMED} += $nr_reclaimed; } elsif ($tracepoint eq "mm_vmscan_writepage") { - $details = $5; + $details = $6; if ($details !~ /$regex_writepage/o) { print "WARNING: Failed to parse mm_vmscan_writepage as expected\n"; print " $details\n"; diff --git a/Documentation/unaligned-memory-access.txt b/Documentation/unaligned-memory-access.txt index f866c72291b..a445da098bc 100644 --- a/Documentation/unaligned-memory-access.txt +++ b/Documentation/unaligned-memory-access.txt @@ -137,24 +137,34 @@ Code that causes unaligned access ================================= With the above in mind, let's move onto a real life example of a function -that can cause an unaligned memory access. The following function adapted +that can cause an unaligned memory access. The following function taken from include/linux/etherdevice.h is an optimized routine to compare two ethernet MAC addresses for equality. -unsigned int compare_ether_addr(const u8 *addr1, const u8 *addr2) +bool ether_addr_equal(const u8 *addr1, const u8 *addr2) { - const u16 *a = (const u16 *) addr1; - const u16 *b = (const u16 *) addr2; +#ifdef CONFIG_HAVE_EFFICIENT_UNALIGNED_ACCESS + u32 fold = ((*(const u32 *)addr1) ^ (*(const u32 *)addr2)) | + ((*(const u16 *)(addr1 + 4)) ^ (*(const u16 *)(addr2 + 4))); + + return fold == 0; +#else + const u16 *a = (const u16 *)addr1; + const u16 *b = (const u16 *)addr2; return ((a[0] ^ b[0]) | (a[1] ^ b[1]) | (a[2] ^ b[2])) != 0; +#endif } -In the above function, the reference to a[0] causes 2 bytes (16 bits) to -be read from memory starting at address addr1. Think about what would happen -if addr1 was an odd address such as 0x10003. (Hint: it'd be an unaligned -access.) +In the above function, when the hardware has efficient unaligned access +capability, there is no issue with this code. But when the hardware isn't +able to access memory on arbitrary boundaries, the reference to a[0] causes +2 bytes (16 bits) to be read from memory starting at address addr1. + +Think about what would happen if addr1 was an odd address such as 0x10003. +(Hint: it'd be an unaligned access.) Despite the potential unaligned access problems with the above function, it -is included in the kernel anyway but is understood to only work on +is included in the kernel anyway but is understood to only work normally on 16-bit-aligned addresses. It is up to the caller to ensure this alignment or not use this function at all. This alignment-unsafe function is still useful as it is a decent optimization for the cases when you can ensure alignment, diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/omap4_camera.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/omap4_camera.txt new file mode 100644 index 00000000000..25d9b40a465 --- /dev/null +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/omap4_camera.txt @@ -0,0 +1,60 @@ + OMAP4 ISS Driver + ================ + +Introduction +------------ + +The OMAP44XX family of chips contains the Imaging SubSystem (a.k.a. ISS), +Which contains several components that can be categorized in 3 big groups: + +- Interfaces (2 Interfaces: CSI2-A & CSI2-B/CCP2) +- ISP (Image Signal Processor) +- SIMCOP (Still Image Coprocessor) + +For more information, please look in [1] for latest version of: + "OMAP4430 Multimedia Device Silicon Revision 2.x" + +As of Revision AB, the ISS is described in detail in section 8. + +This driver is supporting _only_ the CSI2-A/B interfaces for now. + +It makes use of the Media Controller framework [2], and inherited most of the +code from OMAP3 ISP driver (found under drivers/media/platform/omap3isp/*), +except that it doesn't need an IOMMU now for ISS buffers memory mapping. + +Supports usage of MMAP buffers only (for now). + +Tested platforms +---------------- + +- OMAP4430SDP, w/ ES2.1 GP & SEVM4430-CAM-V1-0 (Contains IMX060 & OV5640, in + which only the last one is supported, outputting YUV422 frames). + +- TI Blaze MDP, w/ OMAP4430 ES2.2 EMU (Contains 1 IMX060 & 2 OV5650 sensors, in + which only the OV5650 are supported, outputting RAW10 frames). + +- PandaBoard, Rev. A2, w/ OMAP4430 ES2.1 GP & OV adapter board, tested with + following sensors: + * OV5640 + * OV5650 + +- Tested on mainline kernel: + + http://git.kernel.org/?p=linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux-2.6.git;a=summary + + Tag: v3.3 (commit c16fa4f2ad19908a47c63d8fa436a1178438c7e7) + +File list +--------- +drivers/staging/media/omap4iss/ +include/media/omap4iss.h + +References +---------- + +[1] http://focus.ti.com/general/docs/wtbu/wtbudocumentcenter.tsp?navigationId=12037&templateId=6123#62 +[2] http://lwn.net/Articles/420485/ +[3] http://www.spinics.net/lists/linux-media/msg44370.html +-- +Author: Sergio Aguirre <sergio.a.aguirre@gmail.com> +Copyright (C) 2012, Texas Instruments diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/si476x.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/si476x.txt index 2f9b4875ab8..616607955aa 100644 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/si476x.txt +++ b/Documentation/video4linux/si476x.txt @@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ The drivers exposes following files: -------------------------------------------------------------------- 0x12 | readfreq | Current tuned frequency -------------------------------------------------------------------- - 0x14 | freqoff | Singed frequency offset in units of + 0x14 | freqoff | Signed frequency offset in units of | | 2ppm -------------------------------------------------------------------- 0x15 | rssi | Signed value of RSSI in dBuV diff --git a/Documentation/video4linux/sn9c102.txt b/Documentation/video4linux/sn9c102.txt deleted file mode 100644 index b4f67040403..00000000000 --- a/Documentation/video4linux/sn9c102.txt +++ /dev/null @@ -1,592 +0,0 @@ - - SN9C1xx PC Camera Controllers - Driver for Linux - ============================= - - - Documentation - - - -Index -===== -1. Copyright -2. Disclaimer -3. License -4. Overview and features -5. Module dependencies -6. Module loading -7. Module parameters -8. Optional device control through "sysfs" -9. Supported devices -10. Notes for V4L2 application developers -11. Video frame formats -12. Contact information -13. Credits - - -1. Copyright -============ -Copyright (C) 2004-2007 by Luca Risolia <luca.risolia@studio.unibo.it> - - -2. Disclaimer -============= -SONiX is a trademark of SONiX Technology Company Limited, inc. -This software is not sponsored or developed by SONiX. - - -3. License -========== -This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify -it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by -the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or -(at your option) any later version. - -This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, -but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of -MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the -GNU General Public License for more details. - -You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License -along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software -Foundation, Inc., 675 Mass Ave, Cambridge, MA 02139, USA. - - -4. Overview and features -======================== -This driver attempts to support the video interface of the devices assembling -the SONiX SN9C101, SN9C102, SN9C103, SN9C105 and SN9C120 PC Camera Controllers -("SN9C1xx" from now on). - -The driver relies on the Video4Linux2 and USB core modules. It has been -designed to run properly on SMP systems as well. - -The latest version of the SN9C1xx driver can be found at the following URL: -http://www.linux-projects.org/ - -Some of the features of the driver are: - -- full compliance with the Video4Linux2 API (see also "Notes for V4L2 - application developers" paragraph); -- available mmap or read/poll methods for video streaming through isochronous - data transfers; -- automatic detection of image sensor; -- support for built-in microphone interface; -- support for any window resolutions and optional panning within the maximum - pixel area of image sensor; -- image downscaling with arbitrary scaling factors from 1, 2 and 4 in both - directions (see "Notes for V4L2 application developers" paragraph); -- two different video formats for uncompressed or compressed data in low or - high compression quality (see also "Notes for V4L2 application developers" - and "Video frame formats" paragraphs); -- full support for the capabilities of many of the possible image sensors that - can be connected to the SN9C1xx bridges, including, for instance, red, green, - blue and global gain adjustments and exposure (see "Supported devices" - paragraph for details); -- use of default color settings for sunlight conditions; -- dynamic I/O interface for both SN9C1xx and image sensor control and - monitoring (see "Optional device control through 'sysfs'" paragraph); -- dynamic driver control thanks to various module parameters (see "Module - parameters" paragraph); -- up to 64 cameras can be handled at the same time; they can be connected and - disconnected from the host many times without turning off the computer, if - the system supports hotplugging; -- no known bugs. - - -5. Module dependencies -====================== -For it to work properly, the driver needs kernel support for Video4Linux and -USB. - -The following options of the kernel configuration file must be enabled and -corresponding modules must be compiled: - - # Multimedia devices - # - CONFIG_VIDEO_DEV=m - -To enable advanced debugging functionality on the device through /sysfs: - - # Multimedia devices - # - CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG=y - - # USB support - # - CONFIG_USB=m - -In addition, depending on the hardware being used, the modules below are -necessary: - - # USB Host Controller Drivers - # - CONFIG_USB_EHCI_HCD=m - CONFIG_USB_UHCI_HCD=m - CONFIG_USB_OHCI_HCD=m - -The SN9C103, SN9c105 and SN9C120 controllers also provide a built-in microphone -interface. It is supported by the USB Audio driver thanks to the ALSA API: - - # Sound - # - CONFIG_SOUND=y - - # Advanced Linux Sound Architecture - # - CONFIG_SND=m - - # USB devices - # - CONFIG_SND_USB_AUDIO=m - -And finally: - - # USB Multimedia devices - # - CONFIG_USB_SN9C102=m - - -6. Module loading -================= -To use the driver, it is necessary to load the "sn9c102" module into memory -after every other module required: "videodev", "v4l2_common", "compat_ioctl32", -"usbcore" and, depending on the USB host controller you have, "ehci-hcd", -"uhci-hcd" or "ohci-hcd". - -Loading can be done as shown below: - - [root@localhost home]# modprobe sn9c102 - -Note that the module is called "sn9c102" for historic reasons, although it -does not just support the SN9C102. - -At this point all the devices supported by the driver and connected to the USB -ports should be recognized. You can invoke "dmesg" to analyze kernel messages -and verify that the loading process has gone well: - - [user@localhost home]$ dmesg - -or, to isolate all the kernel messages generated by the driver: - - [user@localhost home]$ dmesg | grep sn9c102 - - -7. Module parameters -==================== -Module parameters are listed below: -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Name: video_nr -Type: short array (min = 0, max = 64) -Syntax: <-1|n[,...]> -Description: Specify V4L2 minor mode number: - -1 = use next available - n = use minor number n - You can specify up to 64 cameras this way. - For example: - video_nr=-1,2,-1 would assign minor number 2 to the second - recognized camera and use auto for the first one and for every - other camera. -Default: -1 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Name: force_munmap -Type: bool array (min = 0, max = 64) -Syntax: <0|1[,...]> -Description: Force the application to unmap previously mapped buffer memory - before calling any VIDIOC_S_CROP or VIDIOC_S_FMT ioctl's. Not - all the applications support this feature. This parameter is - specific for each detected camera. - 0 = do not force memory unmapping - 1 = force memory unmapping (save memory) -Default: 0 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Name: frame_timeout -Type: uint array (min = 0, max = 64) -Syntax: <0|n[,...]> -Description: Timeout for a video frame in seconds before returning an I/O - error; 0 for infinity. This parameter is specific for each - detected camera and can be changed at runtime thanks to the - /sys filesystem interface. -Default: 2 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -Name: debug -Type: ushort -Syntax: <n> -Description: Debugging information level, from 0 to 3: - 0 = none (use carefully) - 1 = critical errors - 2 = significant information - 3 = more verbose messages - Level 3 is useful for testing only. It also shows some more - information about the hardware being detected. - This parameter can be changed at runtime thanks to the /sys - filesystem interface. -Default: 2 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- - - -8. Optional device control through "sysfs" [1] -========================================== -If the kernel has been compiled with the CONFIG_VIDEO_ADV_DEBUG option enabled, -it is possible to read and write both the SN9C1xx and the image sensor -registers by using the "sysfs" filesystem interface. - -Every time a supported device is recognized, a write-only file named "green" is -created in the /sys/class/video4linux/videoX directory. You can set the green -channel's gain by writing the desired value to it. The value may range from 0 -to 15 for the SN9C101 or SN9C102 bridges, from 0 to 127 for the SN9C103, -SN9C105 and SN9C120 bridges. -Similarly, only for the SN9C103, SN9C105 and SN9C120 controllers, blue and red -gain control files are available in the same directory, for which accepted -values may range from 0 to 127. - -There are other four entries in the directory above for each registered camera: -"reg", "val", "i2c_reg" and "i2c_val". The first two files control the -SN9C1xx bridge, while the other two control the sensor chip. "reg" and -"i2c_reg" hold the values of the current register index where the following -reading/writing operations are addressed at through "val" and "i2c_val". Their -use is not intended for end-users. Note that "i2c_reg" and "i2c_val" will not -be created if the sensor does not actually support the standard I2C protocol or -its registers are not 8-bit long. Also, remember that you must be logged in as -root before writing to them. - -As an example, suppose we were to want to read the value contained in the -register number 1 of the sensor register table - which is usually the product -identifier - of the camera registered as "/dev/video0": - - [root@localhost #] cd /sys/class/video4linux/video0 - [root@localhost #] echo 1 > i2c_reg - [root@localhost #] cat i2c_val - -Note that "cat" will fail if sensor registers cannot be read. - -Now let's set the green gain's register of the SN9C101 or SN9C102 chips to 2: - - [root@localhost #] echo 0x11 > reg - [root@localhost #] echo 2 > val - -Note that the SN9C1xx always returns 0 when some of its registers are read. -To avoid race conditions, all the I/O accesses to the above files are -serialized. -The sysfs interface also provides the "frame_header" entry, which exports the -frame header of the most recent requested and captured video frame. The header -is always 18-bytes long and is appended to every video frame by the SN9C1xx -controllers. As an example, this additional information can be used by the user -application for implementing auto-exposure features via software. - -The following table describes the frame header exported by the SN9C101 and -SN9C102: - -Byte # Value or bits Description ------- ------------- ----------- -0x00 0xFF Frame synchronisation pattern -0x01 0xFF Frame synchronisation pattern -0x02 0x00 Frame synchronisation pattern -0x03 0xC4 Frame synchronisation pattern -0x04 0xC4 Frame synchronisation pattern -0x05 0x96 Frame synchronisation pattern -0x06 [3:0] Read channel gain control = (1+R_GAIN/8) - [7:4] Blue channel gain control = (1+B_GAIN/8) -0x07 [ 0 ] Compression mode. 0=No compression, 1=Compression enabled - [2:1] Maximum scale factor for compression - [ 3 ] 1 = USB fifo(2K bytes) is full - [ 4 ] 1 = Digital gain is finish - [ 5 ] 1 = Exposure is finish - [7:6] Frame index -0x08 [7:0] Y sum inside Auto-Exposure area (low-byte) -0x09 [7:0] Y sum inside Auto-Exposure area (high-byte) - where Y sum = (R/4 + 5G/16 + B/8) / 32 -0x0A [7:0] Y sum outside Auto-Exposure area (low-byte) -0x0B [7:0] Y sum outside Auto-Exposure area (high-byte) - where Y sum = (R/4 + 5G/16 + B/8) / 128 -0x0C 0xXX Not used -0x0D 0xXX Not used -0x0E 0xXX Not used -0x0F 0xXX Not used -0x10 0xXX Not used -0x11 0xXX Not used - -The following table describes the frame header exported by the SN9C103: - -Byte # Value or bits Description ------- ------------- ----------- -0x00 0xFF Frame synchronisation pattern -0x01 0xFF Frame synchronisation pattern -0x02 0x00 Frame synchronisation pattern -0x03 0xC4 Frame synchronisation pattern -0x04 0xC4 Frame synchronisation pattern -0x05 0x96 Frame synchronisation pattern -0x06 [6:0] Read channel gain control = (1/2+R_GAIN/64) -0x07 [6:0] Blue channel gain control = (1/2+B_GAIN/64) - [7:4] -0x08 [ 0 ] Compression mode. 0=No compression, 1=Compression enabled - [2:1] Maximum scale factor for compression - [ 3 ] 1 = USB fifo(2K bytes) is full - [ 4 ] 1 = Digital gain is finish - [ 5 ] 1 = Exposure is finish - [7:6] Frame index -0x09 [7:0] Y sum inside Auto-Exposure area (low-byte) -0x0A [7:0] Y sum inside Auto-Exposure area (high-byte) - where Y sum = (R/4 + 5G/16 + B/8) / 32 -0x0B [7:0] Y sum outside Auto-Exposure area (low-byte) -0x0C [7:0] Y sum outside Auto-Exposure area (high-byte) - where Y sum = (R/4 + 5G/16 + B/8) / 128 -0x0D [1:0] Audio frame number - [ 2 ] 1 = Audio is recording -0x0E [7:0] Audio summation (low-byte) -0x0F [7:0] Audio summation (high-byte) -0x10 [7:0] Audio sample count -0x11 [7:0] Audio peak data in audio frame - -The AE area (sx, sy, ex, ey) in the active window can be set by programming the -registers 0x1c, 0x1d, 0x1e and 0x1f of the SN9C1xx controllers, where one unit -corresponds to 32 pixels. - -[1] The frame headers exported by the SN9C105 and SN9C120 are not described. - - -9. Supported devices -==================== -None of the names of the companies as well as their products will be mentioned -here. They have never collaborated with the author, so no advertising. - -From the point of view of a driver, what unambiguously identify a device are -its vendor and product USB identifiers. Below is a list of known identifiers of -devices assembling the SN9C1xx PC camera controllers: - -Vendor ID Product ID ---------- ---------- -0x0458 0x7025 -0x045e 0x00f5 -0x045e 0x00f7 -0x0471 0x0327 -0x0471 0x0328 -0x0c45 0x6001 -0x0c45 0x6005 -0x0c45 0x6007 -0x0c45 0x6009 -0x0c45 0x600d -0x0c45 0x6011 -0x0c45 0x6019 -0x0c45 0x6024 -0x0c45 0x6025 -0x0c45 0x6028 -0x0c45 0x6029 -0x0c45 0x602a -0x0c45 0x602b -0x0c45 0x602c -0x0c45 0x602d -0x0c45 0x602e -0x0c45 0x6030 -0x0c45 0x603f -0x0c45 0x6080 -0x0c45 0x6082 -0x0c45 0x6083 -0x0c45 0x6088 -0x0c45 0x608a -0x0c45 0x608b -0x0c45 0x608c -0x0c45 0x608e -0x0c45 0x608f -0x0c45 0x60a0 -0x0c45 0x60a2 -0x0c45 0x60a3 -0x0c45 0x60a8 -0x0c45 0x60aa -0x0c45 0x60ab -0x0c45 0x60ac -0x0c45 0x60ae -0x0c45 0x60af -0x0c45 0x60b0 -0x0c45 0x60b2 -0x0c45 0x60b3 -0x0c45 0x60b8 -0x0c45 0x60ba -0x0c45 0x60bb -0x0c45 0x60bc -0x0c45 0x60be -0x0c45 0x60c0 -0x0c45 0x60c2 -0x0c45 0x60c8 -0x0c45 0x60cc -0x0c45 0x60ea -0x0c45 0x60ec -0x0c45 0x60ef -0x0c45 0x60fa -0x0c45 0x60fb -0x0c45 0x60fc -0x0c45 0x60fe -0x0c45 0x6102 -0x0c45 0x6108 -0x0c45 0x610f -0x0c45 0x6130 -0x0c45 0x6138 -0x0c45 0x613a -0x0c45 0x613b -0x0c45 0x613c -0x0c45 0x613e - -The list above does not imply that all those devices work with this driver: up -until now only the ones that assemble the following pairs of SN9C1xx bridges -and image sensors are supported; kernel messages will always tell you whether -this is the case (see "Module loading" paragraph): - -Image sensor / SN9C1xx bridge | SN9C10[12] SN9C103 SN9C105 SN9C120 -------------------------------------------------------------------------------- -HV7131D Hynix Semiconductor | Yes No No No -HV7131R Hynix Semiconductor | No Yes Yes Yes -MI-0343 Micron Technology | Yes No No No -MI-0360 Micron Technology | No Yes Yes Yes -OV7630 OmniVision Technologies | Yes Yes Yes Yes -OV7660 OmniVision Technologies | No No Yes Yes -PAS106B PixArt Imaging | Yes No No No -PAS202B PixArt Imaging | Yes Yes No No -TAS5110C1B Taiwan Advanced Sensor | Yes No No No -TAS5110D Taiwan Advanced Sensor | Yes No No No -TAS5130D1B Taiwan Advanced Sensor | Yes No No No - -"Yes" means that the pair is supported by the driver, while "No" means that the -pair does not exist or is not supported by the driver. - -Only some of the available control settings of each image sensor are supported -through the V4L2 interface. - -Donations of new models for further testing and support would be much -appreciated. Non-available hardware will not be supported by the author of this -driver. - - -10. Notes for V4L2 application developers -========================================= -This driver follows the V4L2 API specifications. In particular, it enforces two -rules: - -- exactly one I/O method, either "mmap" or "read", is associated with each -file descriptor. Once it is selected, the application must close and reopen the -device to switch to the other I/O method; - -- although it is not mandatory, previously mapped buffer memory should always -be unmapped before calling any "VIDIOC_S_CROP" or "VIDIOC_S_FMT" ioctl's. -The same number of buffers as before will be allocated again to match the size -of the new video frames, so you have to map the buffers again before any I/O -attempts on them. - -Consistently with the hardware limits, this driver also supports image -downscaling with arbitrary scaling factors from 1, 2 and 4 in both directions. -However, the V4L2 API specifications don't correctly define how the scaling -factor can be chosen arbitrarily by the "negotiation" of the "source" and -"target" rectangles. To work around this flaw, we have added the convention -that, during the negotiation, whenever the "VIDIOC_S_CROP" ioctl is issued, the -scaling factor is restored to 1. - -This driver supports two different video formats: the first one is the "8-bit -Sequential Bayer" format and can be used to obtain uncompressed video data -from the device through the current I/O method, while the second one provides -either "raw" compressed video data (without frame headers not related to the -compressed data) or standard JPEG (with frame headers). The compression quality -may vary from 0 to 1 and can be selected or queried thanks to the -VIDIOC_S_JPEGCOMP and VIDIOC_G_JPEGCOMP V4L2 ioctl's. For maximum flexibility, -both the default active video format and the default compression quality -depend on how the image sensor being used is initialized. - - -11. Video frame formats [1] -======================= -The SN9C1xx PC Camera Controllers can send images in two possible video -formats over the USB: either native "Sequential RGB Bayer" or compressed. -The compression is used to achieve high frame rates. With regard to the -SN9C101, SN9C102 and SN9C103, the compression is based on the Huffman encoding -algorithm described below, while with regard to the SN9C105 and SN9C120 the -compression is based on the JPEG standard. -The current video format may be selected or queried from the user application -by calling the VIDIOC_S_FMT or VIDIOC_G_FMT ioctl's, as described in the V4L2 -API specifications. - -The name "Sequential Bayer" indicates the organization of the red, green and -blue pixels in one video frame. Each pixel is associated with a 8-bit long -value and is disposed in memory according to the pattern shown below: - -B[0] G[1] B[2] G[3] ... B[m-2] G[m-1] -G[m] R[m+1] G[m+2] R[m+2] ... G[2m-2] R[2m-1] -... -... B[(n-1)(m-2)] G[(n-1)(m-1)] -... G[n(m-2)] R[n(m-1)] - -The above matrix also represents the sequential or progressive read-out mode of -the (n, m) Bayer color filter array used in many CCD or CMOS image sensors. - -The Huffman compressed video frame consists of a bitstream that encodes for -every R, G, or B pixel the difference between the value of the pixel itself and -some reference pixel value. Pixels are organised in the Bayer pattern and the -Bayer sub-pixels are tracked individually and alternatingly. For example, in -the first line values for the B and G1 pixels are alternatingly encoded, while -in the second line values for the G2 and R pixels are alternatingly encoded. - -The pixel reference value is calculated as follows: -- the 4 top left pixels are encoded in raw uncompressed 8-bit format; -- the value in the top two rows is the value of the pixel left of the current - pixel; -- the value in the left column is the value of the pixel above the current - pixel; -- for all other pixels, the reference value is the average of the value of the - pixel on the left and the value of the pixel above the current pixel; -- there is one code in the bitstream that specifies the value of a pixel - directly (in 4-bit resolution); -- pixel values need to be clamped inside the range [0..255] for proper - decoding. - -The algorithm purely describes the conversion from compressed Bayer code used -in the SN9C101, SN9C102 and SN9C103 chips to uncompressed Bayer. Additional -steps are required to convert this to a color image (i.e. a color interpolation -algorithm). - -The following Huffman codes have been found: -0: +0 (relative to reference pixel value) -100: +4 -101: -4? -1110xxxx: set absolute value to xxxx.0000 -1101: +11 -1111: -11 -11001: +20 -110000: -20 -110001: ??? - these codes are apparently not used - -[1] The Huffman compression algorithm has been reverse-engineered and - documented by Bertrik Sikken. - - -12. Contact information -======================= -The author may be contacted by e-mail at <luca.risolia@studio.unibo.it>. - -GPG/PGP encrypted e-mail's are accepted. The GPG key ID of the author is -'FCE635A4'; the public 1024-bit key should be available at any keyserver; -the fingerprint is: '88E8 F32F 7244 68BA 3958 5D40 99DA 5D2A FCE6 35A4'. - - -13. Credits -=========== -Many thanks to following persons for their contribute (listed in alphabetical -order): - -- David Anderson for the donation of a webcam; -- Luca Capello for the donation of a webcam; -- Philippe Coval for having helped testing the PAS202BCA image sensor; -- Joao Rodrigo Fuzaro, Joao Limirio, Claudio Filho and Caio Begotti for the - donation of a webcam; -- Dennis Heitmann for the donation of a webcam; -- Jon Hollstrom for the donation of a webcam; -- Nick McGill for the donation of a webcam; -- Carlos Eduardo Medaglia Dyonisio, who added the support for the PAS202BCB - image sensor; -- Stefano Mozzi, who donated 45 EU; -- Andrew Pearce for the donation of a webcam; -- John Pullan for the donation of a webcam; -- Bertrik Sikken, who reverse-engineered and documented the Huffman compression - algorithm used in the SN9C101, SN9C102 and SN9C103 controllers and - implemented the first decoder; -- Ronny Standke for the donation of a webcam; -- Mizuno Takafumi for the donation of a webcam; -- an "anonymous" donator (who didn't want his name to be revealed) for the - donation of a webcam. -- an anonymous donator for the donation of four webcams and two boards with ten - image sensors. diff --git a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt index 366bf4b47ef..6cd63a9010f 100644 --- a/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt +++ b/Documentation/virtual/kvm/api.txt @@ -1838,6 +1838,7 @@ registers, find a list below: PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_LPCR | 64 PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_PPR | 64 PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_ARCH_COMPAT 32 + PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_DABRX | 32 PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_GPR0 | 64 ... PPC | KVM_REG_PPC_TM_GPR31 | 64 diff --git a/Documentation/vm/locking b/Documentation/vm/locking deleted file mode 100644 index f61228bd639..00000000000 --- a/Documentation/vm/locking +++ /dev/null @@ -1,130 +0,0 @@ -Started Oct 1999 by Kanoj Sarcar <kanojsarcar@yahoo.com> - -The intent of this file is to have an uptodate, running commentary -from different people about how locking and synchronization is done -in the Linux vm code. - -page_table_lock & mmap_sem --------------------------------------- - -Page stealers pick processes out of the process pool and scan for -the best process to steal pages from. To guarantee the existence -of the victim mm, a mm_count inc and a mmdrop are done in swap_out(). -Page stealers hold kernel_lock to protect against a bunch of races. -The vma list of the victim mm is also scanned by the stealer, -and the page_table_lock is used to preserve list sanity against the -process adding/deleting to the list. This also guarantees existence -of the vma. Vma existence is not guaranteed once try_to_swap_out() -drops the page_table_lock. To guarantee the existence of the underlying -file structure, a get_file is done before the swapout() method is -invoked. The page passed into swapout() is guaranteed not to be reused -for a different purpose because the page reference count due to being -present in the user's pte is not released till after swapout() returns. - -Any code that modifies the vmlist, or the vm_start/vm_end/ -vm_flags:VM_LOCKED/vm_next of any vma *in the list* must prevent -kswapd from looking at the chain. - -The rules are: -1. To scan the vmlist (look but don't touch) you must hold the - mmap_sem with read bias, i.e. down_read(&mm->mmap_sem) -2. To modify the vmlist you need to hold the mmap_sem with - read&write bias, i.e. down_write(&mm->mmap_sem) *AND* - you need to take the page_table_lock. -3. The swapper takes _just_ the page_table_lock, this is done - because the mmap_sem can be an extremely long lived lock - and the swapper just cannot sleep on that. -4. The exception to this rule is expand_stack, which just - takes the read lock and the page_table_lock, this is ok - because it doesn't really modify fields anybody relies on. -5. You must be able to guarantee that while holding page_table_lock - or page_table_lock of mm A, you will not try to get either lock - for mm B. - -The caveats are: -1. find_vma() makes use of, and updates, the mmap_cache pointer hint. -The update of mmap_cache is racy (page stealer can race with other code -that invokes find_vma with mmap_sem held), but that is okay, since it -is a hint. This can be fixed, if desired, by having find_vma grab the -page_table_lock. - - -Code that add/delete elements from the vmlist chain are -1. callers of insert_vm_struct -2. callers of merge_segments -3. callers of avl_remove - -Code that changes vm_start/vm_end/vm_flags:VM_LOCKED of vma's on -the list: -1. expand_stack -2. mprotect -3. mlock -4. mremap - -It is advisable that changes to vm_start/vm_end be protected, although -in some cases it is not really needed. Eg, vm_start is modified by -expand_stack(), it is hard to come up with a destructive scenario without -having the vmlist protection in this case. - -The page_table_lock nests with the inode i_mmap_mutex and the kmem cache -c_spinlock spinlocks. This is okay, since the kmem code asks for pages after -dropping c_spinlock. The page_table_lock also nests with pagecache_lock and -pagemap_lru_lock spinlocks, and no code asks for memory with these locks -held. - -The page_table_lock is grabbed while holding the kernel_lock spinning monitor. - -The page_table_lock is a spin lock. - -Note: PTL can also be used to guarantee that no new clones using the -mm start up ... this is a loose form of stability on mm_users. For -example, it is used in copy_mm to protect against a racing tlb_gather_mmu -single address space optimization, so that the zap_page_range (from -truncate) does not lose sending ipi's to cloned threads that might -be spawned underneath it and go to user mode to drag in pte's into tlbs. - -swap_lock --------------- -The swap devices are chained in priority order from the "swap_list" header. -The "swap_list" is used for the round-robin swaphandle allocation strategy. -The #free swaphandles is maintained in "nr_swap_pages". These two together -are protected by the swap_lock. - -The swap_lock also protects all the device reference counts on the -corresponding swaphandles, maintained in the "swap_map" array, and the -"highest_bit" and "lowest_bit" fields. - -The swap_lock is a spinlock, and is never acquired from intr level. - -To prevent races between swap space deletion or async readahead swapins -deciding whether a swap handle is being used, ie worthy of being read in -from disk, and an unmap -> swap_free making the handle unused, the swap -delete and readahead code grabs a temp reference on the swaphandle to -prevent warning messages from swap_duplicate <- read_swap_cache_async. - -Swap cache locking ------------------- -Pages are added into the swap cache with kernel_lock held, to make sure -that multiple pages are not being added (and hence lost) by associating -all of them with the same swaphandle. - -Pages are guaranteed not to be removed from the scache if the page is -"shared": ie, other processes hold reference on the page or the associated -swap handle. The only code that does not follow this rule is shrink_mmap, -which deletes pages from the swap cache if no process has a reference on -the page (multiple processes might have references on the corresponding -swap handle though). lookup_swap_cache() races with shrink_mmap, when -establishing a reference on a scache page, so, it must check whether the -page it located is still in the swapcache, or shrink_mmap deleted it. -(This race is due to the fact that shrink_mmap looks at the page ref -count with pagecache_lock, but then drops pagecache_lock before deleting -the page from the scache). - -do_wp_page and do_swap_page have MP races in them while trying to figure -out whether a page is "shared", by looking at the page_count + swap_count. -To preserve the sum of the counts, the page lock _must_ be acquired before -calling is_page_shared (else processes might switch their swap_count refs -to the page count refs, after the page count ref has been snapshotted). - -Swap device deletion code currently breaks all the scache assumptions, -since it grabs neither mmap_sem nor page_table_lock. diff --git a/Documentation/xtensa/atomctl.txt b/Documentation/xtensa/atomctl.txt index 10a8d1ff35e..1da783ac200 100644 --- a/Documentation/xtensa/atomctl.txt +++ b/Documentation/xtensa/atomctl.txt @@ -40,5 +40,5 @@ See Section 4.3.12.4 of ISA; Bits: --------- --------------- ----------------- ---------------- 0 Exception Exception Exception 1 RCW Transaction RCW Transaction RCW Transaction - 2 Internal Operation Exception Reserved + 2 Internal Operation Internal Operation Reserved 3 Reserved Reserved Reserved diff --git a/Documentation/xtensa/mmu.txt b/Documentation/xtensa/mmu.txt index 2b1af7606d5..0312fe66475 100644 --- a/Documentation/xtensa/mmu.txt +++ b/Documentation/xtensa/mmu.txt @@ -44,3 +44,21 @@ After step 4, we jump to intended (linked) address of this code. 40..5F -> 40 40..5F -> pc -> pc 40..5F -> pc 20..3F -> 20 -> 20 20..3F -> 20 00..1F -> 00 -> 00 00..1F -> 00 + +The default location of IO peripherals is above 0xf0000000. This may change +using a "ranges" property in a device tree simple-bus node. See ePAPR 1.1, ยง6.5 +for details on the syntax and semantic of simple-bus nodes. The following +limitations apply: + +1. Only top level simple-bus nodes are considered + +2. Only one (first) simple-bus node is considered + +3. Empty "ranges" properties are not supported + +4. Only the first triplet in the "ranges" property is considered + +5. The parent-bus-address value is rounded down to the nearest 256MB boundary + +6. The IO area covers the entire 256MB segment of parent-bus-address; the + "ranges" triplet length field is ignored |